Book Title: Jaina Terms
Author(s): Mukul Raj Mehta
Publisher: Kala Prakashan Varnasi
Catalog link: https://jainqq.org/explore/016018/1

JAIN EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL FOR PRIVATE AND PERSONAL USE ONLY
Page #1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ DICTIONARY OF JAINA TERMS (PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH, HINDI) MUKUL RAJ MEHTA Page #2 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ ABOUT THE BOOK The arrangement of the terms is in alphabetical order. The description of the term is in three stages - 1. putting first the technical term in Prakrit (Devanagari Script) for example “अत्थिकाय”, then exact transliteration of the term in bracket as "(atthikay)". The same line carries the meaning of the term in English as "An extensive substance". Then the first part ends with the Hindi (Sanskrit) form of the term like "f" 2. Now begins second part of the description, which is the definition of the term in Prakrit language (as available in the text), put in transliterated form with reference, for example"-Jesim atthisahao gunehim sah pajjaehim vivihehim. te honti atthikaya vippannam jehim taelukkam. (Panca. Ka. 5)". 3. The third stage of description begins with the box bracket, which is the same definition of the term in Prakrit language (as available in the text), put in the Devanagari script with reference, for example- "जेसिं अत्थि सहाओ गुणेहिं सहपज्जएहिं विविहेहिं । ते होंति अत्थिकाया विप्पण्णं जेहिं तइलुक्कं । (पंचा. का. ५) ” Page #3 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ DICTIONARY OF JAINA TERMS (PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH / HINDI) Page #4 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ Page #5 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ DICTIONARY OF JAINA TERMS (PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH / HINDI) MUKUL RAJ MEHTA DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION BANARAS HINDU UNIVERSITY VARANASI, INDIA 2000 KALA PRAKASHAN VARANASI-5 Page #6 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ All Rights Reserved: Mukul Raj Mehta ISBN 81-87566-08-6 First Edition: 2000 Price: Rs. 500.00 Published By: Kala Prakashan B.33/33 A-1,New Saket Colony B.H.U.,Varanasi - 221005. Composing By: Sardaben Chimanbhai Educational Research Centre, 'Darshan', Opp. Ranakpur Housing. Society, Shahi Bagh, Ahmedabad. Page #7 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ DEDICATED TO “MAHAMANA MADAN MOHAN MALAVIYA” FOUNDER OF THE GREAT BANARAS HINDU UNIVERSITY Page #8 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ Page #9 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ INTRODUCTION Ancient Indian Literature was composed mainly in three languages i.e. Sanskrit, Pali and Prakrit. Among these three, Pali is nothing but a shade of Prakrit language. As a literary language, Prakrit being a group of various local dilects as Magadhi, Pali, Paisaci, Saurseni, Maharastri, was never developed as a single language but as a group of languages. Various types of Apabhramsa were also developed according to their different places and time. If we consider these three main languages from religious point of view, all the Vedic religious literature are found in Sanskrit while the Jain canonical and Buddhist literature is in Prakrit and Pali respectively. So for as the Jain religious literature of early period is concerned, it was mainly written in Prakrit, known as Prakrit canons. Jainas started writing from 3rd - 4th century A.D. in Sanskrit but, it is worth mentioning that these Sanskrit works were written on Prakrit works either as an independent or in the form of commentaries. To bring this work in the present form, first I had to consult the available Prakrit, Sanskrit and Hindi work relating to my U.G.C. project, which includes dictionaries like 1-Volumes of Abhidhana Rajendra Kosh by Rajendra Suriji 2. Jainendra Siddhanta Kosh by Jinendra Varniji 3. Prakrit-Hindi Kosh by Dr. K.R. Chandra, 4. Paea-Sadda Mahannavo by Hargovind Dasji 5. Volumes of Jain Lakshanavali by Balchandra Siddhanta Sastri 6. Volumes of Ardha Magadhi Sabda-Kosa by Ratna Candra Ji 7. Prakrit Proper Names and Jain Technical Terms by Dr. M.L. Mehta and other works. This is the first work I have tried to bring out, because it was so difficult for non-Hindi speaking scholars to understand the meaning of Prakrit technical terms as there is no such work available till now. Further, in the West also very few scholars are acqainted with Prakrit language. I have also tried to bring out maximum Page #10 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ original references to define the terms though few references I could not trace out in spite of my best effort. On some places I had to put Sanskrit references. I am very much thankful to Prof. R.R. Pandey, Head, Department of Philosophy & Religion, Banaras Hindu University, who very kindly extended the financial support to get this work published. Dr. J.B. Shah, Director, L.D. Institute of Indology, Ahmedabad was always with me at every step of this work, and he extended every facility regarding computer, at the campus of Shardaben Chimanbhai Educational Research Centre, Ahmedabad. I am thankful to him and his staff Mr. Akhilesh Mishra, Harish Bhai, Priten Bhai and others. I am thankful to Dr. Prem Shanker Dwivedi, who is also my friend, for the trouble he faced while publishing this work. I extend my full respect to Prof. N.S.S. Raman, who very kindly gave me several suggestions from time to time. Prof. Bhuvan Chandel of Department of Philosophy, Panjab University, Chandigarh has been the real presiding deity over and above all the efforts I performed to complete the book. I dedicate my humble 'Pranam' to her, because she made me whatever I am today. Date : 16-04-2000 MUKUL RAJ MEHTA Deptt. of Philosophy & Religion BANARAS HINDU UNIVERSITY Page #11 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ Abbreviations adhyatmak -- adhyatmakamalamārtand -- kavi rājamall adhyātmar -- adhyatmarahasy (yogoddīpan śāsts) -- pam. āśādhar adhyātmasă -- adhyātmasār -- yasovijay an. dh. -- anagāradharmāmrt -- pam. āśādhar an.dh. svo.ţi. -- anagāradharmāmít ţikā -- pam. āśādhar anuyo. -- anuyogadvārasūts -- āryara kşit sthavir anuyo.mal. hem.vi. -- anuyogadvar tikā -- maladhāragacchiy hemacandr anuyo.cũ. -- anuyogadvār cūrņi -- maladhāragacchiy hemacandr anuyo.hari. vi. -- anuyogadvăr tikā -- haribhadrasuri ane. j.p. -- anekānta ja yapatā kā -- harbhadr sūri amit... -- amitagati āva kācār(bhāgacandrakrt ţikā sahit) -- ācāry amitagati astak -- astakāni -- haribhadrasūri abhi.rā. -- abhidhān rā jendrakoş (sāt bhāg) -- śri vijay rã jendr sūrisvar aştaś. -- aştasati -- bhatta kalan kadev astas. -- aştasahastri -- a. vidyānand astas.vr. -- aştasahastri tātparyavivaran -- u.yašo vijay ācā.sā.,a.sā. -- acārasār -- viranandi saiddhāntikacakravarti ācārā.sū. -- ācārăngasūtr (pratham v dvitiy śrut.) -- ăcără.ni. -- ācārang niryukti -- bhadrabāhu ācāry ācārā. śi. vs. -- ācārārg vitti -- śīlānkācāry ·ācāryabh. -- ācāryabhakti (kriyāk) -- ātmānu. -- ātmānusāsan -- gunabhadrācāry ātmānu.vi. -- ātmānuśāsan vitti -- prabhācandrācāry ā.mi. -- aptamimārņsā (de vāgam) -- samantabhadrācāry ā.mi.vi, -- ātmamimāmsā padavrtti -- vasunandi saiddhāntikacakravarti āptasv. -- āptasvarüp -- ā.sā. -- ārādhanāsār -- de vasenācāry ā.sā. ți. -- ārādhanāsār tīkā -- sri ratnakirtidev ālāp. -- ālāpapaddhati -- de vasenācāry āv.sů. -- āvaśyak sūts (adhy.1) -- āv.ni. -- ävaśyak niryukti (adhy.1) -- ā.bhadrabahu äv.bhā. -- āvasyak bhāsy (adhy. 1) -- āv.vr. -- āvaśyak vrtti (adhy. 1) -- haribhadrasuri āv.sū. -- āvaśyak sūtr (adhy 2,3,4) -- Page #12 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI äv.vr. āv.sü. āv.vr. ǎv.ni. āv.bhā. āv.vr. āvaśyak vṛtti (adhy 2,3,4) haribhadrasūri ǎv.sû. ävaśyak vṛtti (bha. 1,2) āvaśyak vṛtti ävaśyak sūtr (bhä.3) ǎvaśyak sūtr vṛtti ā.malayagiri -- —— -- 11 avaśyak niryukti(adhy 2,3,4) āvaśyak bhāṣy (adhy 2,3,4) āv.hari.vṛ.mal.hem.ți. ―― --- -- ävasyakasūtr haribhadra viracit vṛtti par maladharagacchiy hemacandrasūri tippan işto padeś pūjyapādācāry iştos. iştop.ti. iṣṭopades tikā pam. āśādhar uttaradhyayan sütr utt.ne.vr. uttaradhyayan subodhã vṛtti uttară. ne micandrācāry -- -- -- -- Abbreviations -- uttara.sū. uttară.ni. uttaradhyayan sútr (pratham vibhāg) uttaradhyayan niryukti bhadrabahu uttară.śām. Vṛ. uttaradhyayan ni.vṛtti santi sūri upade.p. up.p. upades (pratham vi.) haribhadrasūri upade.p.ţi. upadeśapad tikā municandrasūri upade. p., up. upadeśapad (dvitiy vi.) haribhadrasūri upade.p.ți. upadeśapad tikā municandrasūri upade.mā. upadeśamālā dharmadās gani upāsakā. upāsakādhāyayan somade vasūri ṛṣibhā. ṛṣibhāṣit, sūtr oghani.vr. oghaniryukti (sabhāṣy) vṛttikar droṇācāry aupapā tik sutr aupapa. opapă.abhay.vr. opapātik sūtravṛtti angap. angapannatti subhacandrācāry karmapr. karmaprakṛti vācak sivaśarmasūri karmapr.cũ. karmaprakṛti cũmi karmapr. malay.vṛ. karmaprakṛti vṛtti karmapr. yaso.ti. karmaprakṛti tīkā upadhyay yaso vijay karmavi.g. karmavipäk malayagiri -- karmast. karmast.go.VT. -1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- - karmastav. ā.malayagiri -- -- -- -- -- -- karmavi.pü.vyǎ. karma vipak vyäkhyā karmavi.g.paramă.vṛ. karma vipak vṛtti karma vi.de. karmavipäk de vendrasūri karmavi.de.svo.vr. karma vipak vṛtti karmastav vṛtti —— ―― -- -- garg maharşi ―& a. bhadra bähu —— vṛttikar abhayadev 11 paramānandasūri devendrasūri gobind gani Page #13 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI kalpasū. kalpasū. s. vṛ. kalpasů. vinay.vr. kasāy.pā. 11 gadyaci. gun.kr. -- kasayapahuḍ sutt guṇadharācāry kasay.pā.cū. kasayo pahuḍ cūmi sūtr yativṛṣabhācāry jayadh. kasāyapāhuḍ tīkā (jayadhavalā) vilasenācāry aur jinasenācāry kārtike. kartikeyānu prekṣā kārtike.ti. kartikeyanuprekṣā tikā -- ―― subhacandrācāry kṣa traců. kṣatracūḍamani -- -- —— go.k.ji.pr.ti. candr.c. că.sā.pr. jambūdvi. Abbreviations kalpasūtr bhadrabahu -- -- —— -- gadyacintamani guṇasthānakramaroh gu.gu.s. gurugunaṣata trimśikā gu.gu.s. svo.vr. gurugunaṣatatrimśikā vṛtti kalpasūtravṛtti —— -- -- kalpasūtr vṛtti sūru a.ne micandr si.c. go.ji. gommaṭasar jivakāñj go.ji.mam.pr. ti. go.manda prabodhini tīkā (jñānamārgaṇā paryant) abhayacandrācāry go.k. -- jñānā. jyotisk. jyotisk.malay.vṛ. -- gommaṭakar karmakänd a.nemicandr si.c. kesava vari go. jiva tattvaprakāśini tikā candraprabhacaritr ǎ.viranandi căritrasăr -- jambudvipaprajñaptisūtr jambūdvì.śa.v. jambusvämicarit pam. rājamall jam.di.p. jam būdiv-pannatti-sangaho ā.padmanandi jitak. jitak.cū. jitak. vi. vyā. jiv.c. jīvandharacampū jivas. jivasamās (mūl) jivāji.malay.vr. jiväjiväbhigam vṛtti jaivat. jainatark paribhāṣā jñā.sā. jñā.sā. jñā.sā.ți. -- —— -- -- -- wwwwww samayasundar gani vinayavijay gani svāmikumār vādībhasimh sūri vādībhasim hasüri -- jitakalpasūtr jinabhadrāņi-kṣamāśramaņ jitakalpasūtr cūri siddhasenasūri jitakalp-viṣayapadavyākhyā kavi haricandr -- ratnasekharasūri ratnasekharasūri cāmuṇḍaray -- ➖➖ padmasimh muni jñānasär jñānasagar sūtr -- u. yaśovijay jñānasār tikā jñānāmav subhacandr ācāry jyotişkarandak jyo tiskarandak vṛtti —— -- ǎ. yaśo vijay ratnasekhar -- ā.malayagiri de vabhadr munis śricandrasūri malayagiri Page #14 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI Abbreviations - - - - - - - - - - - - - ācāry t.så. -- tattvasār -- sride vasen tattvānu. -- tattvänuśāsan -- rāmasen muni t.bhā. -- tattvårthabhāsy (bhā. 1,2) -- svo pa jñ (umāsvāti) t.bhā.si.vr. -- tattvārthabhāşyavrtti -- siddhasen gani t.bhā.hari. vi. -- tattvärthabhāşyavrtti -- haribhadrasūri t.vā. -- tattvärtha vārtik (bhā. 1,2) -- akalarkade v t. vrtti. -- tattvārthavrtti -- śrutasāgar sūri t.ślo. -- tattvärthaślo ka vārtik -- vidyānand ācāry t.sā. -- tattvārthasār (pratham gu.) -- amrtacandrasuri t.sukhabo. -- t.sukhabodhā vrtti -- bhāskaranandi t.sū. -- tattvārth sūtr (pr.gucchak) -- Umāsvāmi ti.p. -- tilo yapannatti (dvitiy bhāg) -- yativrşabhācāry tri.sā. -- trilo kasār -- nemicandr siddhāntacakray tri.sā.ți. -- trilokasär tikā -- mădha vacandr traividyadev tri.şā.ś.c. -- trişaşțiśalā kāpuruşacaritr -- hemacandrācāry daśavai.sū. -- daśa vaikālik sūtr -- sayyambhavasūri daśavai.ni. -- daśa vaikālik niryukti -- bhadrabāhu daśa vai.ni.hari.br. -- daśa vaikälik vrtti -- haribhadr daśavai.cū. -- daśavaikālik cūrņi -- jinadās gani mahattar dravyasam. -- dravyasangrah -- nemicandr saiddhāntik de v dravyānu.t. -- dravyānuyogatarkaņā -- bho jakakavi dvatrim. -- dvātrimáikā (tattvānuśänādisangrah mem) -- amitagatisūri dvādaśānu. -- dvādaśānupre kşā -- kundakundācāry dhammar, dharm. -- dhammarasāyan -- padmanandi muni dharmap. -- dharmapariksā -- amitagatyācāry dh.bi. -- dharmabindu prakaran -- haribhadrasûri dh.bi.mu.vr. -- dharmabindu municandr vrtti -- municandr súri dharmaś. -- dharmaśarmābhyuday -- kavi haricandr dharmasam. -- dharmasangrah -- upadhyay mānavijay dharmasam. svo. VI. -- dharmasangrah tikā -- svo pa jn (mānavijay) dharmasam.malay.vr. -- dharmasangrahani vrtti -- malayagiri dharmasam. śrā. -- dharmasangrah śrāvakācār -- pam. medhāvi dhyānas. -- dhyānaśatak -- nandi.sū., nandi.gā. -- nandi sūtr -- de vaväcak gani nandi.malay.vr. -- nandisūtr vrtti -- ā.malayagiri Page #15 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI nandi.cũ. nandi. hari.vṛ. nandisūtr cumi nandisūtr vṛtti nayapr. nayapradip u. yaśo vijay nayar nayarahasy prakaran u. yaśo vijay yaśo vijay gani nayop. nayo padeś nayop.svo.vr. nayopades vṛtti yaśo vijay gani navatattv prakaran niyamasär navat ni.să. pañcasū. pañcādhyā. pañcās. pañcā.kā. pindani. Abbreviations -- -- -- 1 ni.sā.Vṛ. nirvāṇak. nya.di., nyāyavi. paumac. padm.pam. padm.pu. padmapurāņ śriraviṣeṇācāry pañcav. pañcavastukagranth haribhadr sūri pañcav.vr. pañca vastukavṛtti haribhadrasūri pra.pañcasam. pañcasangrah (prākṛtivṛtti) pañcasam.svo.VI. pañcasangrah vṛtti pañcasam.malay.vṛ. pañcasangrah vṛtti pañcasam.amit. pañcasangrah (samskṛt) -- niyamasār vṛtti nirväṇakalikā nyāyadipikā abhinav dharmabhūṣaṇ nyayaviniścay bhaṭṭāka lankade v paumacariy vimalasūri -- kundakundācāry -- —— —— 11 padmanandi-pañcavimśati padmanandi muni ―― -- jinadās gaņi mahattar haribhadrasūri pañcasūtr. pañcādhyāyi kavi rajamall pañcāśakamül hanbhadrasūri pañcästikäy kundakundācāry pindaniryukti bhadrabāhu -- padmaprabh maladhari dev pādaliptäcäry ➖➖ -- -- pu.si. puruṣārthasiddhyupay prajñāp. pra jñāpanā syāmācāry prajñāp.malay.vṛ. prajñā panā vṛtti malayagiri pr.n.t. pramāṇana yatattvālokālankār vädide vasüri pramāṇani. pramānanirnay pramāṇami.pr.mi. pr.k.mā. prav.sā. prav.sāro. praśna vyä. bṛhatk. vṛ. brhats. br.dravyasam. -- vādirā jasūri pramāṇamimām sā he macandräcāry prame yakamalamārtand śriprabhācandrācāry pravacanasār śrikundakundācāry ne micandrasūri 6 amṛtacandrācāry 11 -- -- 11 candrarşi mahattar malayagiri amitagati pravacanasāroddhār praśnavyākaraṇāng bṛhatkalpasūtravṛtti malayagiri-kṣe makirti bṛhatsarva jñasiddhi -- --- bṛhad dravyasangrah anantakirti Page #16 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI nemicandrasaiddhantikade v kundakundācāry bodha pră. bodhaprabhṛt bh.ä. bhagavati-ārādhanā bh.ā.vijayo. bhagavati-ārādhanā tīkā -- aparăjitasūri sivakoti ācāry bhagav. 1― lāṭisam. lo kapr. pra.bhāvasam.de. bhāvasangrah -- varāngac. vasuśrā. bhāṣār. bhāṣārahasy m.pu. mahāpurāņ jinasenācāry mūlā. mūlācār vaṭṭakerācāry Abbreviations bhagavatisūtr -- -- mūlā.Vṛ. müläcär vṛtti vasunandyācāry mokṣapam. mokṣapañcāśikä mokṣaprā. yaśasti. yogaśā. mokṣaprābhṛt yaśastilak so made vasūri yogaśāstr hemacandrācāry ratnakaranḍaśrā vakācār ratnak. ratnak.ti. laghiy lalitavi. vipāk. višeṣā. śa tak.de. śatak.de.svo.VI. -- -- -- —— saptabham samayapră. samayadhi samādhi.ti. 4 —— -- ratnākaranḍaśrävakācār ṭīkā laghiyastray bhaṭṭakalankadev lalita vistar haribhadrasūri lāṭisamhita rä jamall ka vi lo kaprakāś -- 11 —— vipäkasütr višeṣāvaśyak bhāṣy śatak -- śrutaskandh -- varāngacaritr vasunandiśravakācār śataka prakaran yaśo vijayagani śatak vṛtti -- kundakundācāry de vendrasūri -1 vinayavijay gani jaṭāsimhanandi basunandi de vasenasüri ―― śatak. śrā.pr. vi. śrā.pr. śrā.pr.ti. śrut. s.kh. ṣatkhaṇḍāgam śribhagavat puspadant bhutabali ācāry dhav.pu. satkhaṇḍāgam tīkā virasenācāry şaḍaśiti karmagranth jina vallabhagani ṣaḍaśi. ṣadd.s. ṣaddarśanasamuccay -- ācāry samantabhadr sivaśarmasūri śräddhaprakaraṇavimšikā śrävaka prajñapti tikā haribhadrasūri śrā vaka prajñapti tīkā haribhadrasūri -- jinabhadragani-kṣamāśraman prabhäcandrācāry devendrasūri --- -- saptabhangitarangini samayaprabhṛt kundakundācāry samadhitantr samadhitantr tikä haribhadrasūri vimaladās pūjyapād prabhāçandrācāry Page #17 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI Abbreviations s.si. -- sarvărthasiddhi -- pūjyapād sangrahaņi -- sangrahaņisūtr -- stricandrasűri sā.dh. -- sāgaradharmāmst -- pam.āśādhar sā.dh.svo.ţi. -- sāgaradharmāmột ţikā -- pam. āśādhar sidvivi. -- siddhiviniscay -- akalankadev sutra kr. -- sūtrakrtäng -- sútrakr. ni. -- sūtrakrtāng niryukti -- bhadrabāhu sūtrak.si.vi. -- sūtrakrtăng vitti -- śīlänkācāry süryapr. -- sūryapra jñapti -- süryapr.malay.v. -- sūrya prajñapti malay vitti -- malayagiri sthānā. -- sthänāngasüti -- sthānā.abhay.vi. -- sthānăngasūtr vitti -- abhayadev sūri syā.mam. -- syadvadaman jari -- he macandrasuri syā.r.V. -- syādvodaratnākar pr. pari. -- vādide vasūri svarūpasam. -- svarūpasambodhan -- a kalank de v svarūpasam. -- svarūpasamvedan -- a kalank dev h.pu. -- harivaņģapurāņ -- jinase nācāry Page #18 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ ग्रन्थ-संकेत अध्यात्मक -- अध्यात्मकमलमार्तण्ड -- कवि राजमल्ल अध्यात्मर -- अध्यात्मरहस्य (योगोद्दीपन शास्त्र) -- पं. आशाधर अध्यात्मसा -- अध्यात्मसार -- यशोविजय अन. . -- अनगारधर्मामृत --- पं. आशाधर अन.ध. स्वो.टी. -- अनगारधर्मामृत टीका -- पं. आशाधर अनुयो. -- अनुयोगदारसूत्र -- आर्थरक्षित स्थविर अनुयो.मल.हेम.वृ. -- अनुयोगद्वार टीका -- मलधारगच्छीय हेमचन्द्र अनुयो.चू. -- अनुयोगद्वार चूर्णि -- मलधारगच्छीय हेमचन्द्र अनुयो.हरि.वृ. --- अनुयोगद्धार टीका -- हरिभद्रसूरि अने.ज.प. -- अनेकान्तजयपताका --- हरिभद्र सूरि अमित.आ. -- अमितगति आवकाचार(भागचन्द्रकृत टीका सहित) -- आचार्य अमितगति अष्टक -- अष्टकानि -- हरिभद्रसूरि अभि.रा. -- अभिधान राजेन्द्रकोष (सात भाग) -- श्री विजय राजेन्द्र सूरीश्वर अष्टश. -- अष्टसती -- भट्टाकलंकदेव अष्टस. -- अष्टसहस्त्री -- आ. विद्यानन्द अष्टस.व. -- अष्टसहस्त्री तात्पर्यविवरण -- उ.यशोविजय आचा.सा.,आ.सा. --- आचारसार -- वीरनन्दि सैडान्तिकचक्रवर्ती आचारा.सू. -- आचाराङ्गसूत्र (प्रथम व द्वितीय श्रुत.) -- आचारा.नि. -- आचाराङ्ग नियुक्ति -- भद्रबाहु आचार्य आचारा.शी.वृ. -- आचारांग वृत्ति -- शीलांकाचार्य आचार्यभ. -- आचार्यभक्ति (क्रियाक) -- आत्मानु. -- आत्मानुशासन -- गुणभद्राचार्य आत्मानु.वृ. -- आत्मानुशासन वृत्ति -- प्रभाचन्द्राचार्य आ.मी. -- आप्तमीमांसा (देवागम) -- समन्तभद्राचार्य आ.मी.वृ. -- आत्ममीमांसा पदवृत्ति -- वसुनन्दी सैद्धान्तिकचक्रवर्ती आप्तस्व. -- आप्तस्वरूप -- आ.सा. -- आराधनासार -- देवसेनाचार्य आ.सा.टी. -- आराधनासार टीका -- श्री रत्नकीर्तिदेव आलाप. -- आलापपद्धति -- देवसेनाचार्य आव.सू. -- आवश्यक सूत्र (अध्य.1) -- आव.नि. -- आवश्यक नियुक्ति (अध्य. 1) -- आ.भद्रबाहु आव.भा. -- आवश्यक भाष्य (अध्य. 1) -- आव.. -- आवश्यक वृत्ति (अध्य.1) -- हरिभद्रसूरि आव.सू. -- आवश्यक सूत्र (अध्य 2,3,4) -- आव.नि. -- आवश्यक नियुक्ति(अध्य 2,3,4) -- आ.भद्रबाहु आव.भा. -- आवश्यक भाष्य (अध्य 2,3,4) -- Page #19 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI ग्रंथ - संकेत आव.व. -- आवश्यक वृत्ति (अध्य 2,3,4) -- हरिभद्रसूरि आव.सू. --- आवश्यक वृत्ति (भा. 1,2) -- आव.व. -- आवश्यक वृत्ति -- आ.मलयगिरि आव.सू. -- आवश्यक सूत्र (भा.3) --- आव.व. --- आवश्यक सूत्र वृत्ति -- आ.मलयगिरि आव.हरि.व.मल.हेम.टि. -- आवश्यकसत्र हरिभद्रविरचित वत्ति पर टिप्पण -- मलधारगच्छीय हेमचन्द्रसूरि इष्टोष. -- इष्टोपदेश -- पूज्यपादाचार्य इष्टोप.टी. -- इष्टोपदेश टीका -- पं. आशाधर उत्तरा. -- उत्तराध्ययन सूत्र -- उत्त.ने.व. -- उत्तराध्ययन सुबोधा वृत्ति -- नेमिचन्द्राचार्य उत्तरा.सू. -- उत्तराध्ययन सूत्र (प्रथम विभाग) -- उत्तरा.नि. -- उत्तराध्ययन नियुक्ति -- भद्रबाहु उत्तरा.शां.व. -- उत्तराध्ययन नि.वृत्ति -- शान्ति सूरि उपदे.प. उप.प. --- उपदेश (प्रथम वि.) -- हरिभद्रसूरि उपदे.प.टी. -- उपदेशपद टीका -- मुनिचंद्रसूरि उपदे. प., उप. -- उपदेशपद (द्वितीय वि.) -- हरिभद्रसूरि उपदे.प.टी. -- उपदेशपद टीका -- मुनिचंद्रसूरि उपदे.मा. -- उपदेशमाला -- धर्मदास गणी । उपासका. -- उपासकाधाययन --- सोमदेवसूरि ऋषिभा. -- ऋषिभाषित सूत्र -- ओपनि.व. -- ओघनिर्युति (सभाष्य) -- वृत्तिकार द्रोणाचार्य औपपा. -- औपपातिक सूत्र -- ओपपा.अभय.व. -- ओपपातिक सूत्रवृत्ति -- वृत्तिकार अभयदेव अंगप. -- अंगपण्पत्ती -- शुभचंद्राचार्य कर्मप्र. -- कर्मप्रकृति -- वाचक शिवशर्मसरि कर्मप्र.चू. -- कर्मप्रकृति चूर्षि -- कर्मप्र. मलय.व. -- कर्मप्रकृति वृत्ति -- मलयगिरि कर्मप्र.यशो.टी. -- कर्मप्रकृति टीका -- उपाध्याय यशोविजय कर्मवि.ग. -- कर्मविपाक -- गर्ग महर्षि कर्मवि.पू.व्या. -- कर्मविपाक व्याख्या -- कर्मवि..परमा.वृ. -- कर्मविपाक वृत्ति -- परमानन्दसूरि कर्मवि.दे. -- कर्मविपाक -- देवेन्द्रसूरि कर्मवि.दे.स्वो.द. -- कर्मविपाक वृत्ति -- देवेन्द्रसूरि कर्मस्त. -- कर्मस्तव. -- कर्मस्त.गो.द. -- कर्मस्तव वृत्ति -- गोबिन्द गणी कल्पसू. --- कल्पसूत्र -- भद्रबाहु । कल्पसू. स.व. -- कल्पसूत्रवृत्ति -- समयसुन्दर गणी कल्पसू.विनय.व. -- कल्पसूत्र वृत्ति -- विनयविजय गणी Page #20 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI ग्रंथ संकेत जयध. कार्तिके. कार्तिके. टी. कसाय.पा. कसायपाहुड सुत्त कसाय.पा. चू. कसायोपाहुड चूर्णी सूत्र कसायपाहुड टीका ( जयधवला) कार्तिकेयानुप्रेक्षा कार्तिकेयानुप्रेक्षा टीका क्षत्रचूडमणि वादीभसिंह सूरि स्वामिकुमार गुण. क्र. गद्यचिन्तामणि गुणस्थानक्रमारोह गुरुगुणषटत्रिंशिका वादी सिंहसूर रत्नशेखरसूरि रत्नशेखरसूरि गु. गु.ष. गु. गु.ष. स्वो.वृ. रत्नशेखर सूरु गुरुगुणषटत्रिंशिका वृत्ति गो. जी. गोम्मटसार जीवकांज आ. नेमिचन्द्र सि.चं. गो.जी.मं.प्र. टी. गो. मन्दप्रबोधिनी टीका (ज्ञानमार्गणा पर्यन्त) अभयचन्द्राचार्य गो. क. गोम्मटकार कर्मकांड गो.क. जी. प्र. टी. चन्द्र.च. क्षत्रवू. गद्यचि. —— -- -- -- -- —— -- -- —— -- -- -- —— त. भा. सी.वृ. त. भा. हरि.वृ. त.वा. -- -- ज्ञानार्णव आ. नेमिचन्द्र सि. च. गो. जीवतत्त्वप्रकाशिनी टीका केशववर्णी चन्द्रप्रभचरित्र आ. वीरनन्दी चारित्रसार चा. सा. पृ. जम्बूदी. जम्बूदी. शा. वृ पं. राजमल्ल जं. दी. प. आ. पद्मनन्दि जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिसूत्र जम्बूस्वामिचरित जंबूदीव - पण्णत्ति-संगहो जीतकल्पसूत्र . जिनभद्राणि - क्षमाश्रमण जीतकल्पसूत्र चूर्णि जीतक. वि. व्या. जीतकल्प-विषयपदव्याख्या जीवन्धरचम्पू कवि हरिचन्द्र जीतक. जीतक. चू. सिद्धसेनसूरि जीव. च. जीवस. जीवसमास (मूल) जीवाजी. मलय. वृ. जीवाजीवाभिगम वृत्ति जैवत. जैनतर्क परिभाषा आ. यशोविजय जा. सा. ज्ञानसार पद्मसिंह मुनि ज्ञानसागर सूत्र उ. यशोविजय ज्ञानसार टीका देवभद्र मुनीश -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- चामुण्डराय ―― ज्ञा.सा. ज्ञा. सा. टी. ज्ञाना. ज्योतिष्क. ज्योतिष्करण्डक ज्योतिष्क. मलय.वृ. ज्योतिष्करण्डक वृत्ति मलयगिरी आचार्य त. सा. तत्त्वसार श्रीदेवसेन तत्त्वानु. त. भा. -- -- शुभचन्द्र आचार्य चार्य तत्त्वार्थभाष्यवृत्ति तत्त्वार्थवार्तिक (भा. 1, 2) -- -- यतिवृषभाचार्य वीलसेनाचार्य और जीनसेनाचार्य शुभचन्द्राचार्य -- -- तत्त्वानुशासन रामसेन मुनि तत्त्वार्थभाष्य (भा. 1, 2) स्वोपज्ञ ( उमास्वाति) तत्त्वार्थभाष्यवृत्ति सिद्धसेन गणी 11 —— आ. मलयगिरि श्रीचन्द्रसूरि हरिभद्रसूरि अकलंकदेव Page #21 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI ग्रंथ - संकेत --------- त.वृत्ति. --- तत्त्वार्थवृत्ति -- श्रुतसागर सूरि त.श्लो. -- तत्त्वार्यश्लोकवार्तिक -- विद्यानन्द आचार्य त.सा. -- तत्त्वार्थसार (प्रथम गु.) -- अमृतचन्द्रसूरि त.सुखबो. --- त.सुखबोधा वृत्ति --- भास्करनन्दी त.सू. -- तत्त्वार्थ सूत्र (प्र.गुच्छक) -- उमास्वामी ति.प. -- तिलोयपण्णत्ति (द्वितीय भाग) --- यतिवृषभाचार्य त्रि.सा. -- त्रिलोकसार -- नेमिचन्द्र सिद्धान्तचक्रय त्रि.सा.टी. -- त्रिलोकसार टीका -- माधवचन्द्र विद्यदेव त्रि.षा.श.च. -- त्रिषष्टिशलाकापुरुषचरित्र -- हेमचन्द्राचार्य दशवे.सू. -- दशवकालिक सूत्र -- सय्यम्भवसूरि दशवै.नि. --- दशवैकालिक नियुक्ति -- भद्रबाहु दशवै.नि.हरि.बृ. -- दशवैकालिक वृत्ति -- हरिभद्र दशवे.चू. -- दशवैकालिक चूर्णि --- जिनदास गणि महत्तर द्रव्यसं. -- द्रव्यसंग्रह -- नेमिचन्द्र सैद्धान्तिक देव द्रव्यानु.त. -- द्रव्यानुयोगतर्कणा -- भोजककवि द्वात्रिं. -- द्वात्रिंशिका (तत्त्वानुशानादिसंग्रह में) -- अमितगतिसूरि द्वादशानु. -- द्वादशानुप्रेक्षा -- कुन्दकुन्दाचार्य धम्मर, धर्म. -- धम्मरसायण -- पद्मनन्दी मुनि धर्मप. -- धर्मपरीक्षा -- अमितगत्याचार्य ध.बि. --- धर्मबिन्दु प्रकरण -- हरिभद्रसूरि ध.बि.मु.व. -- धर्मबिन्दु मुनिचन्द्र वृत्ति -- मुनिचन्द्र सूरि धर्मश. -- धर्मशर्माभ्युदय -- कवि हरिचन्द्र धर्मसं. -.- धर्मसंग्रह -- उपाध्याय मानविजय धर्मसं. स्वो.वृ. -- धर्मसंग्रह टीका -- स्वोपज्ञ (मानविजय) धर्मसं.मलय.वृ. -- धर्मसंग्रहणी वृत्ति -- मलयगिरि धर्मसं. श्रा. -- धर्मसंग्रह श्रावकाचार -- पं. मेधावी ध्यानश. -- ध्यानशतक -- नन्दी.सू., नन्दी.गा. -- नन्दी सूत्र -- देववाचक गणी नन्दी.मलय.व. -- नन्दीसूत्र वृत्ति -- आ.मलयगिरि नन्दी.चू. -- नन्दीसूत्र चूर्णि -- जिनदास गणि महत्तर नन्दी.हरि.. -- नन्दीसूत्र वृत्ति -- हरिभद्रसूरि नयप्र. -- नयप्रदीप -- उ.यशोविजय नयर -- नयरहस्य प्रकरण -- उ.यशोविजय नयोप. -- नयोपदेश -- यशोविजय गणी नयोप.स्वो.व. -- नयोपदेश वृत्ति -- यशोविजय गणी नवत -- नवतत्त्व प्रकरण -- नि.सा. -- नियमसार -- कुन्दकुन्दाचार्य नि.सा.वृ. -- नियमसार वृत्ति -- पद्मप्रभ मलधारी देव Page #22 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI ग्रंथ - संकेत निर्वाणक. -- निर्वाणकलिका -- पादलिप्ताचार्य न्या.दी., -- न्यायदीपिका -- अभिनव धर्मभूषण न्यायवि. -- न्यायविनिश्चय -- भट्टाकलंकदेव पउमच. -- पउमचरिय -- विमलसूरि पद्म.पं. -- पद्मनन्दि-पंचविंशति -- पद्मनन्दी मुनि पद्म.पु. -- पद्मपुराण -- श्रीरविषेणाचार्य पंचव. -- पंचवस्तुकग्रन्थ -- हरिभद्र सूरि पंचव.वृ. -- पंचवस्तुकवृत्ति -- हरिभद्रसूरि प्रा.पंचसं. -- पंचसंग्रह (प्राकृतिवृत्ति) -- पंचसं.स्वो.व. -- पंचसंग्रह वृत्ति -- चन्द्रर्षि महत्तर पंचसं.मलय.व. -- पंचसंग्रह वृत्ति -- मलयगिरि पंचसं.अमित. -- पंचसंग्रह (संस्कृत) --- अमितगति पंचसू. --- पंचसूत्र. -- पंचाध्या. -- पंचाध्यायी -- कवि राजमल्ल . पंचाश. -- पंचाशकाल -- हरिभद्रसूरि पंचा.का. -- पंचास्तिकाय --- कुन्दकुन्दाचार्य पिंडनि. -- पिण्डनियुक्ति -- भद्रबाहु पु.सि. -- पुरुषार्थसिड्युपाय -- अमृतचन्द्राचार्य प्रज्ञाप. -- प्रज्ञापना -- श्यामाचार्य प्रज्ञाप.मलय.व. -- प्रज्ञापना वृत्ति -- मलयगिरि प्र.न.त. -- प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोकालंकार -- वादिदेवसूरि प्रमाणनि. -- प्रमाणनिर्णय -- वादिराजसूरि प्रमाणमी.प्र.मी. -- प्रमाणमीमांसा -- हेमचन्द्राचार्य प्र.क.मा. -- प्रमेयकमलमार्तण्ड -- श्रीप्रभाचन्द्राचार्य प्रव.सा. -- प्रवचनसार -- श्रीकुंदकुंदाचार्य प्रव.सारो. -- प्रवचनसारोडार -- नेमिचन्द्रसूरि प्रश्नव्या. -- प्रश्नव्याकरणांग -- बृहत्क.व. -- बृहत्कल्पसूत्रवृत्ति -- मलयगिरि-क्षेमकीर्ति बृहत्स. -- बृहत्सर्वज्ञसिडि --- अनन्तकीर्ति बृ.द्रव्यसं. -- बृहद् द्रव्यसंग्रह -- नेमिचन्द्रसैद्धान्तिकदेव बोधप्रा. -- बोधप्रामृत -- कुन्दकुन्दाचार्य भ.आ. -- भगवती-आराधना -- शिवकोटि आचार्य भ.आ.विजयो. -- भगवती-आराधना टीका -- अपराजितसूरि भगव. -- भगवतीसूत्र -- प्रा.भावसं.दे. -- भावसंग्रह -- देवसेनसूरि भाषार. -- भाषारहस्य -- यशोविजयगणी म.पु. -- महापुराण -- जिनसेनाचार्य मूला. -- मूलाचार -- वट्टकेराचार्य मूला.. -- मूलाधार वृत्ति -- वसुनन्द्याचार्य Page #23 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI ग्रंथ - संकेत मोक्षपं. -- मोक्षपंचाशिका -- मोक्षप्रा. -- मोक्षप्राभृत -- कुन्दकुन्दाचार्य यशस्ति. -- यशस्तिलक -- सोमदेवसरि योगशा. -- योगशास्त्र -- हेमचन्द्राचार्य रत्नक. -- रत्नकरण्डश्रावकाचार -- आचार्य समन्तभद्र रत्नक.टी. -- रत्नाकरण्डश्रावकाचार टीका -- प्रभाचन्द्राचार्य लघीय -- लघीयस्त्रय -- भट्टाकलंकदेव ललितवि. -- ललितविस्तर -- हरिभद्रसूरि लाटीसं. -- लाटीसंहिता -- राजमल्ल कवि लोकप्र. -- लोकप्रकाश -- विनयविजय गणी वरांगच. -- वरांगचरित्र -- जटासिंहनन्दी वसुत्रा. -- वसुनन्दिश्रावकाचार -- बसुनन्दी विपाक. -- विपाकसूत्र -- विशेषा. -- विशेषावश्यक भाष्य -- जिनभद्रगणि-क्षमाश्रमण शतक.दे. --- शतक --- देवेन्द्रसूरि शतक.दे.स्वो.वृ. -- शतक वृत्ति -- देवेन्द्रसूरि शतक. -- शतकप्रकरण -- शिवशर्मसूरि । श्रा.प्र.वि. -- श्राद्धप्रकरणविंशिका -- श्रा.प्र. -- श्रावकप्रज्ञप्ति टीका -- हरिभद्रसूरि श्रा.प्र.टी. -- श्रावक प्रज्ञप्ति टीका -- हरिभद्रसूरि श्रुत. -- श्रुतस्कन्ध -- ष.ख. -- षटखण्डागम -- श्रीभगवत पष्पदन्त भतबलि आचार्य धव.पु. षट्खण्डागम टीका -- -- वीरसेनाचार्य षडशी. -- षडशीति कर्मग्रन्थ -- जिनवल्लभगणि षड्द.स. -- षड्दर्शनसमुच्चय -- हरिभद्रसूरि सप्तभं -- सप्तभंगीतरंगिणी -- विमलदास समयप्रा. -- समयप्राभूत -- कुन्दकुन्दाचार्य समयधि -- समाधितन्त्र -- पूज्यपाद समाधि.टी. -- समाधितन्त्र टीका -- प्रभाचन्द्राचार्य स.सि. -- सर्वार्थसिद्धि -- पूज्यपाद संग्रहणी -- संग्रहणीसूत्र -- स्त्रीचन्द्रसूरि सा.ध. -- सागरधर्मामृत -- पं.आशाधर सा.ध.स्वो.टी. -- सागरधर्मामृत टीका -- पं. आशाधर सिद्धिवि. --- सिद्धिविनिश्चय -- अकलंकदेव सूत्रकृ. -- सूत्रकृताङ्ग -- सूत्रकृ.नि. -- सूत्रकृताङ्ग नियुक्ति -- भद्रबाहु सूत्रक.शी.. -- सूत्रकृताङ्ग वृत्ति -- शीलांकाचार्य सूर्यप्र. -- सूर्यप्रज्ञप्ति -- सूर्यप्र.मलय.वृ. -- सूर्यप्रज्ञप्ति मलय वृत्ति -- मलयगिरि Page #24 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI ग्रंथ - संकेत स्थाना. -- स्थानागसूत्र -- स्थाना.अभय.व. -- स्थानाङ्गसूत्र वृत्ति -- अभयदेव सूरि स्या.मं. -- स्याटादमंजरी -- हेमचन्द्रसूरि स्या.र.वृ. -- स्याहादरत्नाकर प्र.परि. -- वादिदेवसरि स्वरूपसं. -- स्वरूपसंबोधन -- अकलंक देव स्वरूपसं. -- स्वरूपसंवेदन -- अकलंक देव ह.पु. -- हरिवंशपुराण -- जिनसेनाचार्य Page #25 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI з з अङ्ग (ankus) A fault of obeisance. ankus (ang) A basic canonical text, part of body. sisamuroarapiṭṭhi do bāhū ūrua y aṭṭhangā. (āv. bhā. ga. 160, pr. 458). [सीसमुरोअरपिट्ठी दो बाहू ऊरुआ य अट्ठगा । (आव. भा. गा. 160, पृ. 458).] अंगपविट्ठ (angapaviṭth) Canonical texts included in the Anga group. अगप्रविष्ट yadbhagavadbhiḥ sarvajñaiḥ---(tadanga praviṣṭam. (tà. bhā 1-20). [यद्भगवद्भिः सर्वज्ञैः - - - (तदङ्गप्रविष्टम् । (ता. भा. 1-20).] if (angabāhi) Canonical texts excluding the Anga works. अङ्गवास्थ = з (angabahir) Canonical texts excluding the Anga works. अङ्गवात्य ganadharānant---tadangabāhayamiti. (t. bhā. 1-20). [गणधरानन्त---तदङ्गबाह्यमिति । ( त. भा. 1-20).] r 3: (angavijjā) A science predicting events from the throbbing etc. of limbs. з (angar) A fault incurred by an ascetic by praising the deliciousness of food, smokeless fire FR dagdhendhano vigatadhūmajvälongāraḥ indhanasthaḥ ploṣak riyāvisiṣṭarūpaḥ .(acarang si. vṛtti 1, 1, 3, gā. 1 18). [दग्धेन्धनो विगतधूमज्वालोऽङ्गार इन्धनस्थ प्लोषक्रियाविशिष्टरूपः । (आचारंग शी. वृत्ति 1, 1, 3, गा. 118).] अंगुल (angul) A measure equal to the twelfth part of a span अगुल atthajavama jjhão se ege angule. (bhag. sū. s. 6, u. 7) [अट्ठजवमज्झाओ से एगे अङ्गुले । (भग. सू. श. 6, उ. 7).] зyay (angulapuhatt) A measure from two to nine. Angulas. अङ्गुलपृथव зudu (angovang) A species of body-making karma by the rise of which are produced limbs and sub-limbs. अगोपाङ्ग DO jass kammassudaen aṭṭhannamangānamuvangānam c nippatti hodi tam ango vam ham nām. (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 364). 1 Page #26 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI [ जस्स कम्मस्सुदएण अट्ठण्णमंगाणमुवंगाणं च णिप्पत्ती होदि तं अंगोवंहं णाम । ( धव. पु. 13, पृ. 364).] зau (annay) The creature born out of an egg. andaj ande jäta andajah. (s.si. 2-33). [अण्डे जाता अण्डजाः । (स.सि. 2-33).] dagu, dans : (antaiy, antagaḍ) One who has attained liberation. अंतकृत aṣṭakarmaṇāmantam---budhyantyavagacchantityarthaḥ. (dhav pu. 6, pr. 490). [अष्टकर्मणामन्तं --- बुध्यन्त्यवगच्छन्तीत्यर्थः । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. - 490).] зd (antaul) A low family. antakul зaga (antakul) A low family. antakul sia (antacāri) An ascetic who has taken vow to beg remnants of food taken by householders. daari зasid (antajivi) An ascetic who lives on remants of food taken by house holders. dadd data : (antadīv) An intermediate island. antaradvip зacau (antadivay) A person living in an intermediate island. अंतरटीप зa (antamumh) Introvert. antarmukh (antamuhutt) A measure of time shorter than forty-eight minutes. 3d egasamaen hiņam (muhuttam) bhinnamuhuttam tado te sam. (g o. ji. 574). [ एगसमरण हीणं (मुहूत्तं) भिण्णमुहूत्तं तदो तेसं । (गो. जी. 574).] saur (antayāri) An ascetic who has taken vow to beg remnants of food taken by householders. dat зar (antaratta) Interior self. antarātman jappesu jo ņ vaṭṭai so uccai antarangappă. (ni. sā. 150). [जप्पेसु जो ण वट्टइ सो उच्चड़ अंतरंगप्पा । (नि. सा. 150).] Bach: (antaratman) Interior self. antarätman jappesu jo n vatṭai so uccai antarangappā. (ni. sā. 150). [जप्पेस जो ण वट्टइ सो उच्चइ अंतरंगप्पा । (नि. सा. 158 ) . ] 2 Page #27 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI BRI : (antaray) An obstruction, powerobstructing karma. अन्तराय jñānāvicchedakaraṇamantarāyaḥ . (s. si. 6-10). [3HIc 294 RUE 1 (H. RT. 6-10).] HARG : (antaräl) Intermediate space etc. antaral staka : (antarikkh) A science interpreting heavenly phenomena. अन्तरिक्ष tada : (antavāl) One who guards the boundaries of a country. अंतपल start : (antādi) An ascetic eating inferior kind of food. अंतादी email : (andhagavaṇhi) Subtle fire. andhaka vahni roA: (andhaga vahiņi) Subtle fire. andhakavahni 39 : (andharūv) One having a body devoid of limbs. अन्यरूप ir : (andhiy) A living being with four sense-organs. अधिक tout : (amhabāhim) Canonical texts including the Anga works. अगवास्य 3153AR: (aiakkhar) Speaking more words than are actually contained in a text. EUR 31531COT : (aiaţthatt) Power of uttering words bearing profound meaning. अत्यर्थत्व 35RPH : (aikkam) An inclination to violate a vow. अतिक्रम āhākammaņimantan paļisuņamāņe aikkamo hoi . (vyav. sū. bh ă. gā. 1-43). [आहाकम्मणिमंतण पडिसुणमापे अइक्कमो होइ । (व्यव. सू.भा. गा. 1-43).) fuera : (aiņņādāņ) Taking anything which is not given, stealing, theft. 31714 adattasy adiņnass---c adattādāņam . (dhav. pu. 12). (316HRT Ourry--- 315TISH 1 (ca. g. 12). ] 33AGU : (aindiy) Super-sensuous, spiritual. अतीन्द्रिय Page #28 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 3544 (aipasang) Unwarranted extension. atiprasang 35Ray: (aibhārāro vaṇ) Loading excessive burden. अतिभारारोपण nyayyabhārāda tirikta bhāra vahana matibhārāro paṇam (s.si. 7 -25). [न्याय्यभारादतिरिक्तभारवाहनमतिभारारोपणम् । ( स. सि. 7-25).] 31SUR (aiyar) Transgression, violation of a vow. अतिचार aticāraḥ vratašaithilyam iṣadasamyama se vanam c . 11-11). [अतिचार व्रतशैथिल्यम् ईषदसंयमसेवनं च । (मूला वृ. 11-11).] 3154 (aivay) Destruction, injury, killing, violence. अतिपात aşda, akda : (aises, atises) An extraordinary occurence. अतिशेष B зsfyr (aihipūya) Hospitality. atithipūjā अइहिसंविभाग : (aihisamvibhāg) Sharing with the guest or ascetic अतिथिसंविभाग atithaye samvibhāgo tithisam vibhāgaḥ. (s. si. 7-21). [ अतिथये संविभागोऽतिथिसंविभागः । ( स. सि. 7-21 ) . ] अइहिसंविभाय : (aihisamvibhāy) Sharing with the guest or ascetic अतिथिसंविभाग · ati thaye sam vibhāgo ti thi sam vibhāgaḥ. (s. si. 7-21). [अतिथये संविभागोऽतिथिसंविभाग: । (स. सि. 7-21 ) . ] (mūlā. Vṛ. अओह, अवोह, अपोह : (aoh, avoh, apoh) Exclusion, removing, diriving away, removal of doubt by the excerise of the reasoning faculty, negative reasoning 3 apohanam apoh, niścay ityarthaḥ (āv. malay. v. 12). [ अपोहनम् अपोह, निश्चय इत्यर्थः । ( आव. मलय. वृ. 12).] 3: (akammabhūmi) A region of inaction, a land of enjoyment. अकर्मभूमि jambuddive dive---vase eranṇavae (sthānāng 3, 4, 1 97, pr. 150) [जंबूद्दीवे दीवे--- वासे एरण्णवए । (स्थानांग 3, 4, 197, पृ. 150)] · 4 Page #29 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अकम्मभूमिय : (akammabhumiy) A person born in a land of inaction. अकर्मभूमिब akammabhūmiyass và tti utte dev-neraiyã ghettavvā (dhav. pu. 11, Pr. 89) [अकम्मभूमियस्स वा त्ति उत्ते देव-पेरड्या घेत्तव्वा । (धव. पु. 11, पृ. 89)] अकम्मवारिय : (akammaviriy) Power coupled with wisdom. अकर्मवीर्य अकय : (akay) Not specially prepared for ascetics. alut अकयागम : (akayāgam) Experiencing the fruits of sin etc. without committing them. अकृतागम अकलेवर, अगलेवर : (akalevar, agalevar) A liberated soul. अकलेवर अकाइय : (akaiy) An emancipated soul. aayik tenadvividh---siddhāh akāyikah . (satkham. dhavala. pu. 1, pr. 277). [तेनदिविध---सिडाः अकायिका: । (षट्खं. धवला. पु. 1, पृ. 277).] अकामपिज्जर : (akāmanijjarā) Endurance of hunger etc. involuntarily without any desire to destroy karmas. अकामनिर्बरा akāmaścărak---akā manirjarā . (s. si. 6-20). [अकामश्चारक---अकामनिर्जरा । (स. सि. 6-28).] अकामनिज्जर : (akāmanijjarā) Endurance of hunger etc. involuntarily without any desire to destroy karmas. अकामनिर्षस akāmaścārak---akāmanirjarā . (s. si. 6-20). [अकामश्चारक---अकामनिर्जरा । (स. सि. 6-28).] अकाममरप : (akamamaran) Involuntary or unwise death. अकाममरण akamen---balamaranan . (abhi. ra. bhā. 1, pr. 125) [अकामेन---बालमरणम् । (अभि. रा. भा. 1, पृ. 125) ।] अकाय : (akāy) A liberated soul. any ibang : (akiñcan) One having no possession. aldacan akiñcaņayā ņām sade he nisangată, şimmamattaņam ti vuttam bhavai . (dasavai. cu. pr. 18). [अकिंचणया पाम सदेहे निसंगता, पिम्ममत्तणं ति वुत्तं भवइ । (दशवै. चू. पृ. 18).] Page #30 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI PUT : (akkiyattā) A philosopher holding tht the soul is not active. 34 FUCHS un : (akkiyappa) A philosopher holding that the soul is not active. अकृत्यात्मन ruar : (akkiyāvāi) One who does not believe in the efficacy of action. अक्रियावादिन åtm-năstitvādipratyayāpattilaksaņā bhavantyakriya vādinah. (tattvā. bhā. siddh. VI. 7-18). [आत्म-नास्तित्वादिप्रत्ययापत्तिलक्षणा भवन्त्यक्रियावादिनः । (aral. H. RHB. q. 7-18).] 3 9 : (akkhan) Non-injury. akan a : (akkhaņa jog) Activity involving no injury. अझपयोग HRA AMURRU : (akkhaņi mahāņāsiy) A person with such a spiritual attainment that thousands of people can be fed from a small quantity of food. अशीपमहानासिक kūroghiyam---akkhiņamahāņaso ņām . (dhav. pu. 9, pr. 1012) . [ofesi---3740 TAGITATTI (era. 9. 9, 9. 101-2) 1] T ATOR : (akkhaniur) A period consisting of(84*84 years or more)eighty-four lakhs of Aksanikurangas. 378 Riot : (akkhaniurang) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Nalinas(time measurement). aigre RARE : (akkhaṇiparibhoi) One who takes food having life. Ruta RRR: (akkharasuy) A kind of scriptural knowledge arising from articulate utterance. 3R egādo akkharãdo jahannen (jam) uppajjadi ņāņam tam akkh rasudaņāņamidi ghettavvam. (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 265). [एगादो अक्खरादो जहण्णेण [5] उप्पज्जदि पाणं तं अक्खरसुदणाणमिदि I qq. 9. 13, q. 265).] 3h : (akkhāyag) One who predicts the consequences of omens, one who predicts. 3 rd haladh : (akkhe vaņi) A kind of religious story which attracts the hearer to the turth. 3109 äkkhe vaņi kahā să vijjācaraṇamuvadissade jatth. (bh. ā. 656). (312tau DET AT FORHafen Bei (24. 311. 656).] Page #31 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 3rto : (aganth) An ascetic having no possession. अग्रन्य 37109, 3194 : (agapp, akapp) Improper for an ascetic, unacceptable. अकल्प्य jam avihie se vai . (jitak. cū. gā. 1) (vi ufakty Has I (ca. q. 1. 1)] 37ou, 319u fou : (agappaţthiy, akappatthiy) An ascetic having no restriction of scriptural rules. 3*cked 371 , 379 iyu : (agappiy, akappiy) Improper, forbidden. अकल्पिक 37 , 37 : (agappiy, akappiy) Improper for an ascetic, unacceptable. 317 PR : (agāri) A house holder, agar angyatte gamyate---yasy s agari . (t. vi. śrut. 7-19). (313TT TEN----UR 7 3173 I (a. q. T. 7-19).] puru : (agiyatth) Ignorant of scriptures. agītarth agitārthah yen cchedaśrutărtho n gļhito grhito vā v ismārtah. (brha tk. V. 703). [अगीतार्थ येन छेदश्रुतार्थो न गृहीतो गृहीतो वा विस्मारित । (6 . q. 703).] 3a : (agutt) Not free from sin arising from mind, speech and body. अगुप्त 314stg : (agurulahu) Anything neither heavy nor light; a variety of body-making karma by the rise of which the soul acquires a body which is neither heavy nor light. Tag n vidyate guru-laghuni---sparśa magurulaghu . (şod. 15-1 5). [ faed T5-gt--- T ty I (als. 15-15).] fug : (aggapind) A portion of food set apart for mendicants etc(muni). 314 og fore, MARU : (aggiy, agaạiy) A disease by which all the food one takes in burnt away without appeasing hunger. अग्निज 3 4474 : (aghãiya kamm) A kind of karma of which does not obstruct the qualities of soul. Teferat Page #32 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI Breazyday : (acakkhudamsan) Apprehension by the mind as well as the sense-organs other than the eye. зagafa sesindiyappayaso ṇāyadhvo so acakkhu tti. (pañcasam. 1 -139, go. ji. 484).. [सेसिंदियप्पयासो णायध्वो सो अचक्खु त्ति । (पंचसं. 1 139, गो. जी. 484 ) . ] अचक्सुदंसणावरण: (acakkhudamsanāvaran) A kind of apprehension-obscuring karma by the rise of which one cannot have apprehension derived through the mind as well as the sense-organs other than eye. अचक्षुदर्शनावरण . tass acakkhudamsaṇass āvārayamacakkhudamsaṇā varaṇiy. (dhav. pu 13, pr. 355). [तस्स अचक्खुदंसणस्स आवारयमचक्खुदंसणावरणीय । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 355).] 31: (acitt) An inanimate thing. acitt pattāṇām pupph---jiva vippa jaḍham (abhi. ra. bhā. 1, pṛ. 186). [पत्ताणां पुप्फ --- जीवविप्पजढं (अभि. रा. भा. 1, पृ. 186 ).] 3: (acittähär) Food whithout life. अचित्ताहार 3d (aceyan) Lifeless, inanimate, insentient. अचेतन de: (acel) Absence of clothes. acel (acelag) One wearing no garments. acelak avidyamānam nañ kutsarthe kutsitam và celam yasyāsā vacelakaḥ. (prav. sãro. v. 78, 651). [ अविद्यमानं नञ् कुत्सार्थे कुत्सितं वा चेलं यस्यासावचेलकः । (प्रव. सारो. वृ. 78, 651) ] gray, gratz: (acojj, acor) Non-stealing, non-theft. grettof savvão adattādāṇão veramanam. (samavā. sū. 5). [ सव्वाओ अदत्तादाणाओ वेरमणं । (समवा. सू. 5)] 3RR (accakkhar) Speaking more words than are actually contained in a text. 3d (acchand) Dependent on others. acchand 8 Page #33 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अच्छावि, अच्छा : (acchāvi, acchai) An ascetic who stops the activities of body. अच्छवि chaviḥ śariram, tadabhāvāt kāyayoganirodhe sa ti accha virbhavat i. (t. bha. siddh. vr. 9-49, pr. 286). [छकि शरीरम्, तदभावात् काययोगनिरोधे सति अच्छविर्भवति । (त. भा. सिड. वृ. 9-49, पृ. 286).] अबइ : (ajai) Non-renunciation. ayati अजण : (ajan) A period of six months. ayan अजय : (ajay) Careless; a person having right belief but not having renunciation. अयत अजयण : (ajayan) Carelessness. ayatan अजर : (ajar) A liberated soul. ajar अजरामर : (ajaramar) A liberated soul which is free from decay and death. अपरामर अजसकितिपाम : (ajasakittinām) A variety of body-making . karma by whose rise a person is subjected to dis-honour and shame. अयशकीर्तिनाम jass kammassudaeņ santānamasantāņam vă avaguņāņamubbhāvanam tass kammass ajasakittisanna . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 66). [जस्स कम्मस्सुदएण संताणमसंताणं वा अवगुणाणमुन्भावणं जणेम कीरदि तस्स कम्मस्स अजसकित्तिसण्णा । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 66).] अजसोकित्तिणाम : (ajasokittinām) A variety of body-making karma by whose rise a person is subjected to dish-onour and shame. अयशकीर्तिनाम jass ka mmassudaen santāṇamasantānam vă avaguņāņamubbhāvanam janem kiradi tass kammass ajasakittisanna . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 66). [जस्स कम्मस्सुदएण संताणमसंताणं वा अवगुणाणमुब्भावणं जणेम कीरदि तस्स कम्मस्स अजसकित्तिसण्णा । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 66).] अजीव : (ajiv) An inanimate or sentient substance, a non-soul. अजीव tadviparyayalaksano (acetanālaksano) jivah . (s. si. ! -4). [तद्विपर्ययलक्षणो (अचेतनालक्षणो) ऽजीक । (स. सि. 1-4).] Page #34 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI a 3 AART : (ajivakäy) An inanimate or insentient extensive substance, an extensive non-soul. 3714 a jivakāyāḥ dharmādharmākās-pudgalāḥ . (t. sū. 5-1). [37 RUE gatasi - TETE I (a. 1. 5-1).] 3 : (ajuy) A period consisting of eithty-four lakhs of Ayutangas. अयुत daśäha tam taddhayayutam vadanti. (varāng. 27-7). [ue nouya acha i cari. 27-7).) 3 : (ajuyang) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Aksnikuras. अयुताग 3 : (ajog) Absence of the activities of body, speech, and mind. But ayogo mano vākkāyavyāpāravikalaḥ . (dharmavi. vi. 8-48, pr. 101). [urut Ariana Gran Race I (off. q. 8-48, 9. 101).]. 1 48 : (ajogake vali) An omniscient who is free from all activities of mind, speech and body. pursus tado kamen vihariy jogaạiro ham kāūn ayogike vali hodi .( dhav. pu 1, pr. 223). [तदो कमेण विहरिय जोगणिरोहं काऊण अयोगिकेवली होदि । (धव. पु 1, q. 223).] U : (ajoganiy) An emancipated soul. ayonik t : (ajogi) Free from the activities of mind, speech and body. अयोगी n yogi ayogi . (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 280). (-7 ulit Brut I (97. g. 1, 9. 280).] 3 : (ajjav) Straight-forwardness, an essential virtue of the ascetic. urfa mottūņ kudilabhāvam---sambhavadi niyamen . (dvādaśānu. 73 [Age of Hig---nak prostor 1 (GYTI. 73).] us, suku : (ajjā, āryā) A nun, a female ascetic. अर्य fuper : (ajjiya) A nun, maternal grandmother, paternal grand-mother. 3 Page #35 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 11 Forum : (ajjha yan) A chapter of a scripture, study, a neaningful word. अध्ययन in suhappajjhayaņam ajjhappāņayanamahiyama yaņam vā . bohass s ijamass v mokkhass v jam tamajjhayanam . (vise. bha. 963). जेण सुहप्पज्झयणं अज्झप्पाणयणमहियमयणं वा । बोहस्स संजमस्स व क्खिस्स व जं तमज्झयणं । (विशे. भा. 963).1 ज्जवपूरग : (ajjhavapurag) A sin incurred by increasng the uantity of food prepared for self in order to oblige an scetic in the middle of the cooking process. अध्यवपूरक dhyavapūrakam svārthamūlādrahaņaprakşe parūpam. (daśavai. ari. .. 5, 55). अध्यवपूरकं स्वार्थमूलाद्रहणप्रक्षेपरूपम् । (दशवै. हरि. व. 5, 5).] ज्यवसाप : (ajjhavasan) Mental state, thought-activity. ध्यवसान v-para yoraviveke sati jivāsyādhyavasitimā tramadhyavasānam . (samayapra. amrt. v. 295). स्व-परयोरविवेके सति जीवास्थाध्यवसितिमात्रमध्यवसानम् । समयप्रा. अमृत. वृ. 295).] ज्जवसाय : (ajjhavasay) Mental modification, hought-condition. अध्यवसाय टडंग : (atadang) A period consisting of eighty-four ikhs of Trutitas. 3CCIET aurāsiim tudiyasayasahassaim se ege adadaige . (anuyo. s . 137). चउरासीइं तुडियसयसहस्साइं से एगे अडडंगे । (अनुयो. सू. 137).] ट्ठ : (atth) Substratum; object, purpose, meaning, realth. अर्थ avvāņi guņā tesim pajjāyā aţthasaņniyā bhaņiyā . (p v. ss. 1-87). दव्वाणि गुणा तेसिं पज्जाया अट्ठसण्णिया भणिया । (प्रव. सा. -87).] किरियाकारित्त : (atthakiriyākāritt) Casual fficiency. अर्थक्रियाकारित्व ūrvākār---vastūnāmarthakriyā kārita . (syä. rah. p ,9). पूर्वाकार---वस्तूनामर्थक्रियाकारिता । (स्या. रह. पृ. 9).] Page #36 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 12 37604 : (aţthaņay) A view point relating to an object and not a word. अर्थनय saddatthaạiravekkhā atthanaya . (jayadh. 1, pr. 223). (Thereforeda 3RTUL I ( g. 1, q. 223).] 3150¢s : (atthadand) Committing violence for some useful purpose. अर्थदण्ड dandaḥ prāņā tipā tādih, s cārthāy indriyādipra yoj nãy yah sorthadaņdaḥ . (sthānäng abhay. vi. sū. 69, P I. 44). [दण्डः प्राणातिपातादिः, स चार्थाय इन्द्रियादिप्रयोजनाय यः secus: 1 (RMİTT 3740. q. 7. 69, q. 44).] 31COHHH : (atthamabhatt) Fast for three continuous days. अष्टमभक 31coffir, Brautfr : (aţthahigār, atthahigār) The subject of a chapeter etc. अर्याधिकार 3rçoffur, rufeur : (aţthahiyār, atthahiyār) The subject of a chapeter etc. अर्थाधिकार 3rçalamig : (aţthāvaggah) Object-apprehension. अर्यावग्रह vyaktagrahaņamarthāvagrahaḥ . (s. si. 1-18). [QDuHUTZue I (4. RT. 1-18).] 3TÇorat : (atthävatti) Implication. arthāpatti arthāpattiriyam cintă me yānyāpohanohanam . (siddhiv i. 3-6, pr. 182). [3tufyfare for HURITEHT6-14 I (felesla. 3-6, q. 182).] 3105 : (ațd'Wa) A period consisting of more than eighty-four lakhs years (Atatangas). UTC corāsiim adadangasa hassāim se ege adade . (anuyo. sū. 1 37). [atris 3755146195 1 3155 I (31-41. 7. 137).] 345674 : (addhacakki) A Vasudeva. ardhaca kri 31864RPURI 644 : (addhaņārāyasamhanan) A joining of the body in which two bones are hooked into each other on one side, while on the other the bones are simply pressed together and nailed. अर्घनाराचसंहनन Page #37 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 13 साग : (anaig) Parts of the body other than the sexual rgan; an artificial means of sexual intercourse, canonical bexts other than the Angas. 3116 अपंगकील, अनंगकील : (anaigakil, anaigakil) Masturbation etc. नगक्रीड़ा ning prajananam yoniśc, tatonyats kridā anangakri . (s. si. 7-28). अङ्ग प्रजननं योनिश्च, ततोऽन्यत्र क्रीडा अनङ्गक्रीडा । (स. सि. 11-28).] प्रापंगपविट्ठ : (anaigapavitth) Canonical texts not included In the Angas. अनङ्गप्रविष्ट anangapraviştam tu sthavirakstam āvaśyakādi . (āv. hari. Qu. 28). (अनङ्गप्रविष्टं तु स्थविरकृतं आवश्यकादि । (आव. हरि. वृ. 20).] अपंगर : (anangar) Free from the fault of having fire of sex (embeis). अनगार पित : (anant) Infinite, unlimited, endless. anant anto vināśaḥ, n vidyate anto vināśo yasy tadanantam 1. (dhav. pu. 3, pr. 15). [अन्तो विनाशः, न विद्यते अन्तो विनाशो यस्य तदनन्तम् । (धव. पु. ड, पृ. 15).] पतकाय : (anantakāy) Vegetables with infinite lives. अनन्तकाय ananta kāyāśc---yeşām tenantakāyāḥ . (mūlā. Vs. 5As). अनन्तकायाश्च---येषां तेऽनन्तकायाः । (मूला. वृ. 5-16).] पंतग, अपंतय : (anantag, anantay) Endless, infinite. अपंतगुण : (anantagun) Infinitely multiplied. anantagun उपतजीव : (anantajiv) Vegetables with infinite lives. अनन्तजीव gūdhachirāgam pattam---anantajive u se mūle je yāvnn to tahavihe .. (brhatk. 967-96). गूढछिरागं पत्तं---अणंतजीवे उ से मूले जे याऽवऽन्ने तहाविहे ।। (बृहत्क. 967-96).] Page #38 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अपंतभाग : (anantabhāg) Infinitesimal part. anantabhag अपंतर : (anantar) without intervening space or time. अनन्तर अपंतरागम : (anantarāgam) Scriptures directly heard by the Ganadharas from a Tirthankara. अनन्तरागम अणंतवम्ग : (anantavagg) Infinite multiplied by infinite. अनन्तवर्ग अर्णतवाई : (anantavai) One who does not believe in the existence of soul. अनात्मवादी। अपंतहिय : (anantahiy) Salvation. anantahit अपंतापंत : (anantānant) Infinite multiplied by infinite. अनन्तानन्त अर्पतापुबंधी : (anantānubandhi) A group of passions which leads to endless worldly life. अनन्तानुबन्धी anantān bhavan anubaddhum silam yeşām te anantānuban dhinah . (dhav. pu. 6, p. 41). [अनन्तान् भवान् अनुबई शीलं येषां ते अनन्तानुबन्धिनः । (धव. . पु. 6, पृ. 41).] अपक्स रसुय : (anakkharasuy) A kind of scriptural knowledge arising from inarticulate utterance. अनशस्त्रुत se kim tam anakkharasuyam---se tam anakkharasuyam . (nandi. su. 38, pr. 187). [से किं तं अणक्खरसुयं---से तं अणक्खरसुयं । (नन्दी. सू. 38, पृ. 187).] अपगार : (anagar) A homeless ascetic. anagar agāḥ vrkşāḥ, taiḥ krtamagāram, nāsy agāram vidyate i tyanagārah . (uttara. cj. 62, 97, pr. 61). [अगा वृक्षाः, तैः कृतमगारम्, नास्य अगारं विद्यते इत्यनगार । (उत्तरा. चू. 62, 97, पृ. 61).] अपगारधम्म : (anagāradhamm) Duties of an ascetic. अनगारधर्म अपगारवाई : (anagāravai) A hypocritical ascetic. अनगारवादी अपगारिय : (anagariy) Asceticism, the practice or way of life of an ascetic. अनगारित Page #39 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 3H: (anagg) A wish-fulfilling tree supplying garments. अनग्न अपट्ठदंडविरमण: (anatthadandaviraman ) Abstinence from purposeless sin. अनर्थदण्डविरमण abhyantaram---vidūrvratadharagraṇyaḥ. (ratnak. 3-28). [ अभ्यन्तरं --- विदुर्व्रतधराग्रण्यः । ( रत्नक. 3-28).] 34c0c45: (aṇatthadand) Purposless sin. anarthadang kajjam kim pi ņ sāhadi niccam pāvam karedi jo attho . so khalu have aṇattho (kārtike. 353). [कज्जं किं पिण साहदि णिच्वं पावं करेदि जो अत्थो । सो खलु हवे 'अणत्यो । ( कार्तिके. 353 ) . ] soyu: (aṇaṇugāmī) A kind of clarivoyance(penance) that does not accompany the person when he leaves a particular place. अननुगामी suftuuri : (aṇappiyaṇay) A standpoint having generality for its consideration. अनर्पितनय tadviparitam (arpitaviparitam) anarpitam. (s. si. 5 -32). [तद्विपरीतम् (अर्पितविपरीतम्) अनर्पितम् । ( स. सि. 5 - 32).] 346 (anavajj) Sinless, faultless. anavady 344col (aṇavaṭṭhā) Infinite regress, to move back state. अनवस्था anavasthā tu punaḥ punaḥ padadvayāvartanarüpā prasiddhaiv (abhi. ra. 1, pr. 302). [ अनवस्था तु पुनः पुनः पदद्वयावर्तनरूपा प्रसिद्धैव । (अभि. रा. 1, q. 302).] 3чkou (aṇavaṭṭhiy) Unsteady. anavasthit : 3445 (aṇavatthā) Infinite regress. anavasthā anavasthā tu punaḥ punaḥ padadvayāvartanarūpā prasiddhaiv . (abhi. ră. 1, pr. 302). [ अनवस्था तु पुनः पुनः पदद्वयावर्तनरूपा प्रसिद्धैव । (अभि. रा. 1, q. 302).] 34akuu: (aṇavatthiy) Unsteady. anavasthit 3444: (aṇavadagg) Endless, infinite. anavadagr 3464 : (aṇavam) Free from sin, perfect. anavam 15 Page #40 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अणववत्ताउ : (anavavattāu) One whose life-term cannot be reduced. अनपवर्त्यायुष अणसण (anasan) Fasting, giving up food and water for some time or for ever. अनशन anasanam nām yatkiñcid dṛṣṭaphalam mantrasādhanādyanuddiś y kriyamāṇamupavasanamanaśanam. (cā. sā. pr. 59). [ अनशनं नाम यत्किंचिद् दृष्टफलं मंत्रसाधनाद्यनुद्दिश्य क्रियमाणमुपवसनमनशनम् । (चा. सा. पृ. 59 ) ] अहिगय : (anahigay) Not conversant with scriptures. अनधिगत अपाइज्जणाम : (anāijjanām) A variety of body-making karma by the rise of which a person possesses unsuggestive speach. अनादेयनाम nisprabhaśarirakārana manadeyanām (s. si. 8-11). [निष्प्रभशरीरकारणमनादेयनाम । ( स. सि. 8 - 11 ).] अणाइण्ण: (anāinn) Unworthy of being practised by an ascetic. अनाचारी अणाउट्टि (anāutti) Non-injury or non-killing. अनाकुट्टि अणाज्जणाम : (anãejjanām) A variety of body-making karma by the rise of which a person possesses unsuggestive speach. अनादेयनाम nisprabhaśarirakāranamanādeyanām (s. si. 8-11). [निष्प्रभशरीरकारणमनादेयनाम । (स. सि. 8 - 11 ). ] · अणादिपिण: (anādinihan) Having neither beginning nor end; eternal अनादिनिधन अणाज्जणाम : (anādejjanām) A variety of body-making karma by the rise of which a person possesses unsuggestive speach. अनादेयनाम nisprabhaśarirakaranamanādeyanām (s. si. 8-11). [निष्प्रभशरीरकारणमनादेयनाम । ( स. सि. 8 - 11 ) . ] अणाभोग : (anābhog ) Ignorance; forgetfulness. anābhog ābhogo uvaogo tassābhāve bhave anābhogo (pratyā sv. gā. 55). [आभोगो उवओगो तस्साभावे भवे अणाभोगो । (प्रत्या. स्व. गा. 55 ).] 1 Page #41 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अणाभोगपडि सेवणा : (anābhogapadisevanā) Incurring a sin unknowingly. अनाभोगप्रतिसेवना 3: (aṇāyayan) A place unworthy of an ascetic to live in अनायतन 31R (aṇāyār) Discarding a vow, lack of right conduct, i.e. misconduct. R anācāro vratabhangaḥ sarvathā svecchaya pravartanam. (m ūlā. vṛ. 11-11). [अनाचारो व्रतभङ्गः सर्वथा स्वेच्छ्या प्रवर्तनम् । (मूला. वृ. 11-11).] 34Raз: (aṇāyārovaog) Indeterminate knowledge. अनाकारोपयोग aṇāyāruva jogo---sāgāro tti. (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 207) [ अणायारुवजोगो --- सागारो त्ति । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 207 ).] 319tici: (aṇārambhajīvi) An ascetic who is free from all sinful actions. अनारम्भजीवी 3R (aṇārambh) Giving no pain to living being, s freedom from sinful actions. зHRH 3R: (aṇāriy) Barbarous, uncivilized, cruel, uncultured, sinful. R sag-javan-sabar---aṇāriyā bahave (prav. săro. 1583-85) .. [ सग-जवण-सबर - - - अणारिया बहवे ।। (प्रव. सारो. 1583-85).] 3isu: (aṇāloiy) One who has not confessed his faults. अनालोचित 3 (analog) Ignorance or wrong knowledge. अनालोक 31: (aṇāvāy) A place unfrequented by human beings. 31-1416 31: (aṇāvil) Free from passions. ană vil 34: (aṇāhārag) A soul living without food. अनाहारक viggahagadimā vannā kevaliņo samugghado ajogi y y aṇāhārā. (go. ji. 665). [विग्गहगदिमावण्णा केवलिणो समुग्घदो अजोगी छ । सिद्धा य अणाहारा । ( गो . जी. 665 ) . ] siddhā . 17 Page #42 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 18 अपाठ्य : (anāhāy) An ascetic who goes to food uninvited. अनाडूत अपिदिय : (anindiv) An emancipated soul as well as an omniscient person who is free from sensory perception; a living being with undeveloped senses, mind. अनिन्द्रिय indriyadanyadanindriyam manah oghasceti . (t. bha. si ddh. v. 1-14). [इन्द्रियादन्यदनिन्द्रियं मनः ओघश्चेति । (त. भा. सिड. व. 1-14).] अपिकेय : (anikey) A homeless ascetic. anitat अपिग्गह : (aniggah) One who has not restrained his senses. अनिग्रह अपिच्च : (anicc) Impermanent, transitory, transient. अनित्य anityo hi pratiksanavināsi . (sya. mam. ti. 5). [अनित्यो हि प्रतिक्षणविनाशी । (स्या. मं. टी. 5).] अभिदाण: (anidan) Observing penance etc. without worldly desires. अनिदान अपिदापभूय : (anidanabhuy) Devoid of sinful conduct. अनिदानभूत अणिय : (aniy) Falsehood. anet asadamidhānamanrtam . (t. si. 7-14). [असदमिधानमनृतम् । (त. सू. 7-14).] अमिययचारी : (aniyayacari) An ascetic with unrestricted movements. अनियतवारी अमिरिहारिम : (aniriharim) observing Samlekhana in a place where there would be no one to cremate the dead body अनिझरिम yatpunargirikandarādau tadanirharaņādanirhārimam. (sth ānā. abhay. v. 2, 4, 182). [यत्पुनर्गिरिकन्दरादौ तदनिर्हरणादनिहरिमम् । (स्थाना. अभय. वृ. 2, 4, 182).] अमिविट्टिकरण : (anivittikaran) A process which leads the soul to the verge of the dawn of the first enlightenment. अनिवृत्तिकरण nivartanasilam nivarti, n nivarti anivarti, ā samyagd rśanalābhānn nivartate . (āv. hari. vitti ni. 106). [निवर्तनशीलं निवर्ति, न निवर्ति अनिवर्ति, आ सम्यग्दर्शनलाभान्न निवर्तते । (आव. हरि. वृत्ति नि. 186).] Page #43 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अणिविट्टिबादरसम्पराय : (anivittibadarasamparāy) A stage of spiritual development in which gross passions can also attack. अनिवृत्तिबादरसम्पराय अमिवित्तिकरण: ( anivittikaran) A process which leads the soul to the verge of the dawn of the first enlightenment. अनिवृत्तिकरण अपिसिट्ठ: (anisitth) A sin incurred by giving food etc. to an ascetic without permission of all the partners. अनिसृष्ट anisrstamiśānīśānabhimatyā yadarpyate (ācā sā. 8 [अनिसृष्टमीशानीशाऽनभिमत्या यदर्प्यते । ( आचा. सा. 8-34).] अपिस्सिय : (anissiy) Not needing help from any quarter; free from attachment etc. अनिसृत अमिस्सियोवहाण : (anissiyovahan) Penance observed without the help of others or without worldly desires. अनिसृतोपाधान -34). अणु (anu ) Little, small; an atom anu pradeśamātra bhāvibhiḥ sparsa dibhirguṇaiḥ satatam pariņaman t ityevamanyante sabdyante ye te anavaḥ. (t. sukhabo . VI. 5-25). [ प्रदेशमात्र भाविभि: स्पर्शादिभिर्गुणैः सततं परिणमन्त इत्येवमण्यन्ते शब्यन्ते ये ते अणक । (त. सुखबो वृ. 5-25).] अणुओग : (anuog) Exposition, explanation. anuyog aṇunā jogo anu jogo anu pacchābhāvao y theve y . jamhā pacchābhihiyam suttam thovam c tenānu (brhatk. 1, g ā. 190). [ अणुणा जोगो अणुजोगो अणु पच्छाभावओ य थेवे य । जम्हा पच्छाऽभिहियं सुत्तं थोवं च तेणाणु । (बृहत्क. 1, गा. 190.] अपुकम्पा : (anukampā) Compassion, mercy, pity. अनुकम्पा tisidam bubhukkhidam va duhidam---hodi aņukampa . (pañc ā. kā. 135). [तिसिदं बुभुक्खिदं वा दुहिदं--- होदि अणुकंपा । (पञ्चा. का. 135).] . 19 Page #44 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 34: (aņukkasāī) One with scanty (limited) passions. अनुक्तकषायी 31 (aṇugam) Relevant explanation. anugam anugamyate nenāsmimaśceti---vā amugamaḥ. (anuyo. c ú. 13-53, pr. 23). [अनुगम्यतेऽनेनास्मिमश्चेति - - - वा अमुगमः । (अनुयो चू. 13-53, पृ. 23).] 34 (aṇugāmi) A variety of clairvoyance that accompanies the person from place to place. = se kim tu āṇugamiam---āṇugāmiam ohiṇāṇam. (nandi. S ū. 10, pr. 82-83 v 85). [से किं तु आणुगमिअं--- आणुगामिअं ओहिणाणं । ( नन्दी. सू. 10, पृ. 82-8385).] su: (aṇugghāiy) Severe explation, unmitigated severity of expiation, amends for wrong doing. Arak 311: (aṇutthan) Practice, conduct. anusthan 3: (aṇuttar) The best, the highest. anuttar uttaram prativacan,---asmādityanuttaram śrutam. (dh v. pu. 13, pr. 283). [उत्तरं प्रतिवचन्, --- अस्मादित्यनुत्तरं श्रुतम् 1 ( धव. पु. 13, q. 283).] yurus: (aṇuttaragai) Emancipation salvation. अनुत्तरगति 32 (anuttaraṇān) Omniscience. anuttarajñān 31YFRI: (aņuttaranan) Omniscience. anuttarajñān 31 (anubhāg) Intensity of karmic fruition. अनुभाग kammāņam je du raso ajjhavasana janid suh asuho va bandho so anubhago. (mūlā. 12-203). [कम्माणं जे दु रसो अज्झवसाणजणिद सुह असुहो वा । बंधो सो अणुभागो । (मूला 12-203).1 3: (aņubhāgabandh) Bondage of the intensity of karmic fruition. अनुभागबन्धन tasyaiv modakasy---tivramandā diranubhāgabandhaḥ. (sthānā abhay. v. 4, 2, 296). [तस्यैव मोदकस्य - - - तीव्रमन्दादिरनुभागबन्धः । (स्थाना. अभय वृ. 4, 2, 296).] 20 Page #45 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 21 अपुभाव : (anubhav) Same as anubhaga. anubhav sarvāsām prakrtīnām phalam vipāko dayonubhāvah . (t. bhā . 8-22). सर्वासां प्रकृतीनां फलं विपाकोदयोऽनुभाव । (त. भा. 8-22).] अपुमाण : (anumān) Inference. anuman sādhyārthānyathānupa panna hetudarśan-tatsambandhasmaraṇajani tatvam anumānam . (dhamasam. malay. v. 129). [साध्यार्थान्यथानुपपन्नहेतुदर्शन-तत्सम्बन्धस्मरणजनितत्वं अनुमानम् । (धर्मसं. मलय. वृ. 129).] अपुमाणनिराइय : (anumānaniraiy) Refuted by inference. अनुमाननिराकृत अपुमोयणा : (anumoyanā) Approval, support. anumodana anumoyan kammabhoyanapasamsa . (pindani. ga. 117). [अणुमोयण कम्मभोयणपसंसा । (पिण्डनि. गा. 117).] अपुवउत्त : (anuvautt) Careless, negligent; inattentive. अनुपयुक अणुवरय : (anuvaray) Not free from sinful activity. अनुपरत अपविक्खा : (anuvikkhā) Reflection, contemplation. अनुप्रेक्षा anuppehā nām jo manasā pariyattei, no vāyāe . (dasavai. ni. 1-48). [अणुप्पेहा णाम जो मणसा परियटेइ, णो वायाए । (दशवै. नि. 1-48).] अपुवेक्खा : (anuvekkhā) Reflection, contemplation. अनुप्रेशा anuppehā nām jo manasa pariyattei, no vāyāe . (dasavai. ___ni. 1-48). [अणुप्पेहा णाम जो मणसा परियट्टेइ, णो वायाए । (दशवै. नि. 1-48).] अपुबई : (anuvwai) A lay-votary who observes small vows. अणुव्रती अपुष्वय : (anuvvay) A small vow, a partial vow. अपुव्रत aņuvvayāim thūlagapāņi vahaviramaņāíņi . (śrā. pr. ți. i 86). [अणुव्वयाइं थूलगपाणिवहविरमणाईणि । (श्रा. प्र. टी. 186).] Page #46 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 22 अपुसत्यि : (anusatthi) Exhortation, instruction. अनुशस्ति अणुसासण : (anusāsan) Instruction, exhortation, punishment, admonition. अनुशासन असिटि : (anusitti) Same as means (Anusasti). अनुशिष्टि anusitthi sutrānusaren sāsanam . (bh. a. vijayo. 68) [अणुसिट्ठी सूत्रानुसारेण शासनम् । (भ. आ. विजयो. 68).] अणुसिदिठ : (anusitthi) Same as means (Anusasti). अनुशिष्टि aņusiţthi sūtrānusāreņ šāsanam . (bh. ā. vijayo. 68) [अणुसिट्ठी सूत्रानुसारेण शासनम् । (भ. आ. विजयो. 68).] अपुसेमि : (anuseni) Following a straight line in space. अनुश्रेणी lokamadhyādārabhy---purvyenānusreniti . (s. si. 226). [लोकमध्यादारभ्य---पूव्येणानुश्रेणीति । (स. सि. 2-26).] अगतियहेत : (anegantiyaheu) Doubtful probans. अनैकान्तिकहेतु अपेगन्त : (anegant) Non-absolute, having many properties, relative. अनेकान्त anekāntopyane kantaḥ pramāṇ-nay-sādhanah. anekāntah pramānātte tadekāntorpitānnayat . (svayambhu. 183). [अनेकान्तोऽप्यनेकान्तः प्रमाण-नय-साधन. अनेकान्त प्रमाणात्ते तदेकान्तोऽर्पितान्नयात् । (स्वयम्भू. 183).] अपेगन्तवाय : (anegantavay) Non-absolutism, relativism. अनेकान्तवाद अगवाई : (anegavai) A philosopher who does not recognise identity in things from any point of view but maintains absolute difference among them. अनेकवादी असणा : (anesana) Lack of carefulness in searching for food etc. अनेषणा cautth-chatthaththam---anosanam nam tavo . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 55). [चउत्य-ट्ठठ्ठम---अणोसणं णाम तवो । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 55).] Page #47 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 23 30 HP : (anesaņijj) Not fit to be accepted by an ascetic. अनेषणीय guitar : (aạnantt) Distinctness, differentiation. अन्यत्व 3purofeu : (aņņaūhiy) One belonging to a different principle or religious belief (creed). Rrymas 37 : (aņna jūhiy) One belonging to a different creed. 3RRRO grofaruru : (aņņa titthiy) A person belonging to another order. अन्यतीर्थिक anyatirthike bhyaḥ---sonyatirthika pravíttānuyog it i. (samava, abhay. vr. sū. 29). (3RDI--- Arifaru Shi (1942. 374U. q. . 29). ] 3tal Rio : (aņņadiţthi) One holding an alien view. अन्यदृष्टि anyadsstirityarhacchāsanavyatiriktām drstimāh.( t. bhā. 7-18). [अन्यदृष्टिरित्यर्हच्छासनव्यतिरिक्तां दृष्टिमाह । (त. भा. 7-18).] 3rupo : (aņņay) Concomitance in agreement, anvay avasthā-des-kālānām---vyavahārāy kalpate . (nyāyavi. 2, 177-78). [317R0-20-TARI---Qarku rud i (rufa. 2, 177-78).] 3part : (aạnāesi) An ascetic begging alms etc. from families ignorant of his scholarship etc. 35 3raun : (aạnān) Ignorance, wrong knowledge, a jñān jñānā varanakarman udayāt padārthāna vabodho bhavati tada jñānamau dayikam . (s. si. 2-6). [ज्ञानावरणकर्मण उदयात् पदार्थानवबोधो भवति तदज्ञानमौदयिकम् । (स. R. 2-6).] parar : (aņņāņavāi) One who does not believe in the efficacy of knowledge, a philosopher establishing the superiority of ignorance. अज्ञानवादी zopet : (aņņāņi) Ignorant, devoid of right knowledge, professing the doctrine of nescience. 3151 + Page #48 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 24 अप्पायपिण्ड : (annāyapind) Alms from an unknown family. अज्ञातपिण्ड अण्णावमिया : (annāvaniya) Incurring karma by ordering some evil action. 37519 änavani ņām jo jass äņattiyam dei să änavani bhavati . jahā gacch pac path kuru bhulikh evamādi . (dasavai. co. 7, pr. 248). [आणवणी णाम जो जस्स आणत्तियं देइ सा आणवणी भवति । जहा गच्छ पच पठ कुरु भुल एवमादि । (दशवै. चू. 7, पृ. 248).] अण्पाहाणुववत्ति : (annāhānuvavatti) Impossibility in the absence of the other. अन्यथानुपपत्ति anyathā sādhyabhāvaprakāren anupapattiḥ anyathānupapattih . (siddhivi. ti. 5-21, pr. 358). [अन्यथा साध्यभावप्रकारेण अनुपपत्तिः अन्यथानुपपत्तिः । (सिद्धिवि. टी. 5-21, पृ. 358).] अण्पोउप : (announn) A virtue acquired by giving food out of compassion. अन्नोपुण्य अतर, अयर : (atar, ayar) A period equal to a Sagaropama. अतर अतहण्याप : (atahannān) Possessed of false knowledge. अतथाज्ञान अतहन्नाण : (atahannān) Possessed of false knowledge. अतथाज्ञान अतित्य : (atitth) The time preceding the establishment or succeeding the break-down of a religious order. अतीर्थ अतिसय, अइसय : (atisay, aisay) An eminence, supernatural power or thing. अतिशय अतिहिपूया : (atihipāyā) Hospitality. atithipifa caturvidho varāhāraḥ samyate bhyaḥ pradiyate . śraddhädigu nasamapattya tat syādatithipjjanam .. (varang. 15-124). [चतुर्विधो वराहार संयतेभ्यः प्रदीयते । श्रद्धादिगुणसमपत्त्या तत् स्यादतिथिपूजनम् ।। (वरांग. 15-124).] अतिहिसंविभाग : (atihisamvibhag) Sharing with the guest or ascetic. अतिथिसंविभाग atithaye samvibhāgo tithisamvibhagah . (s. si. 7-21). [अतिथये संविभागोऽतिथिसंविभाग: । (स. सि. 7-21).] Page #49 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अतिहिसंविभाय : (atihisamvibhāy) Sharing with the guest or ascetic अतिथिसंविभाग atithaye samvibhāgo ti thisamvibhagah (s. si. 7-21). [ अतिथये संविभागोऽतिथिसंविभागः । ( स. सि. 7-21).] अतिही, अइही : (atihi, aihi) A guest, an ascetic whose date of arrival is not fixed अतिथि sam yama vināśayanna ta titya ti thiḥ athavā nāsy tithirastity tithih aniyatakālagaman ityarthah (s.si. 7-21 ). [ संयमविनाशयन्नततीत्यतिथिः । अथवा नास्य तिथिरस्तीत्यतिथि: अनियतकालगमन इत्यर्थः । (स. सि. 7 - 21 ) . ] अत्त : (att) Free from passions, omniscient reliable. आप्त • vavagayaasesadoso sayalagunappā have atto [ववगयअसेसदोसो सयलगुणप्पा हवे अत्तो । (नि. सा. 1-5 ) .] अत्तंगुल : (attangul) A measure consisting of 188th part of the full height of a man आत्मागुल jassim jassim kāle bharaheravadamahīsu je maņuvā. tassim tassim tānam angulamādam gulam ṇām (ti. p. 1-109). [जस्सि जस्सि काले भरहेरावदमहीसु जे मणुवा । तस्सि तस्सि ताणं अंगुलमादं गुलं णाम । ( ति प 1-109).] . अत्तछट्ठवाई : (attachaṭṭhavai) One who admits existence of soul in addition to the five elements. आत्मषष्ठवादी अत्तज्ज्ञाण: (attajjhān) Mournful contemplation, sorrowful concentration. आर्त्तध्यान (ni. sā. 1-5). amaṇunnasampayoge iṭṭhavion parissahanidane attam kasay sahiyam jhāṇam bhaniyam samāseņ (bh. a. 1702). [अमणुण्णसंपयोगे इट्ठविओण परिस्सहणिदाणे । अट्टं कसायसहियं झाणं भणियं समासेण । (भ. आ. 1702).] अत्तरूव: (attarūv) Quality, pure form of Soun · आत्मरूप अत्तवाई : (attavāi) One who admits the existence of soul as a substance. आत्मवादी ekko cev mahappa puriso devo y savvavavi y savvang nigūḍho vi y saceyano nigguno paramo (go. kā. 881). [ एक्को चेव महप्पा पुरिसो देवो य सव्ववावी य । सव्वंगणिगूटो विय सचेणो णिग्गुणो परमो । (गो. का. 881 ).] . 25 Page #50 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अत्ता : (atta) A soul, a self, a senscious substance, a sentient being. आत्मन् avikṣiptam manastattvam vikṣiptam bhrāntirātmanaḥ (samadhi. 36 ). ego me sāsado appā nān damsanalakkhano (ni.să. 102). [ अविक्षिप्तं मनस्तत्त्वं विक्षिप्तं भ्रान्तिरात्मन: (समाधि. 36) एगो मे सासदो अप्पा णाण-दंसणलक्खणो । (नि. सा. 102 ) . ] अत्य : (atth) Substratum; object, purpose, meaning, wealth. अर्थ davvāņi guṇā tesim pajjāyā aṭṭhasanniya bhaniya. (p rav. sā. 1-87). [दव्वाणि गुणा तेसिं पज्जाया अट्ठसणिया भणिया । ( प्रव. सा. 1-87).] अत्यकिरियाकारित: (atthakiriyākāritt) Casual efficiency. अर्थक्रियाकारित्व pūrvākār---vastūnāmarthakriyākāritā (syā rah. p r. 9). [पूर्वाकार --- वस्तूनामर्थक्रियाकारिता । (स्था रह. पृ. 9). ] अत्यणय : (atthanay) A view point relating to an object and not a word. अर्थनय saddatthaniravekkha atthanayā. (jayadh. 1, pr. 223). [ सत्यणिरवेक्खा अत्थणया । ( जयध. 1, पृ. 223 ) . ] अत्थदंड : (atthadand) Committing violence for some useful purpose. अर्थदण्ड dandaḥ prāṇātipā tādiḥ, s cārthay indriyādi prayo j nāy yah sorthadandah I. 44). [ दण्डः प्राणातिपातादिः, स चार्थाय इन्द्रियादिप्रयोजनाय यः सोऽर्थदण्डः । ( स्थानांग अभय वृ. सू. 69, पृ. 44 ).] अत्यावग्गह : (atthāvaggah) Object-apprehension. अर्थावग्रह · ( sthānāng abhay vr. sū. 69, p vyaktagrahanamarthāvagrahah (s si. 1-18). [ व्यक्तग्रहणमर्थावग्रहः । (स. सि. 1-18).] : अत्यावत्ति (atthāvatti) Implication. arthapatti arthāpattiriyam cinta meyānyapo hano hanam (siddhiv i. 3-6, pr. 182). [अर्थापत्तिरियं चिन्ता मेयान्यापोहनोहनम् । (सिद्धिवि. 3-6, पृ. 182).] · 26 Page #51 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अत्यिकाय अस्तिकाय : (atthikāy) An extensive substance. jesim atthi-sahão gune him sah pajjaehim vivihehim e honti atthikāyā ņippanṇam jehim tailukkam . (pañcā kā. 5). [जेसिं अस्थि-सहाओ गुणेहिं सह पज्जएहिं विविहेहिं । ते होंति अत्यिकाया णिप्पण्णं जेहिं तइलुक्कं । (पंचा. का. 5).] अत्थिय : (atthiy) A believer, i.e, one who believes in the existence of soul rebirth, emancipation etc. आस्तिक jivāda yorthā yathāsvam bhāvaiḥ santīti matirastikyam · (t. vā. 1, 2, 38 ). [जीवादयोऽर्था यथास्वं भावैः सन्तीति मतिरास्तिक्यम् । (त. वा. 1, 2, 30).] अत्थियकप्प : (atthiyakapp ) Flexible rules of conduct. अस्थितकल्प अत्थिरणाम : (atthiranām) A variety of body-making karma by the rise of which a living being gets an unfirm body. अस्थिरनाम jass kammass udaen ras-ruhir-māms-med-majjatthi-sukk ānam parināmo hodi tamathiram nām (dhav. pu 6, pr. 63). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण रस- रुहिर मांस-मेद-मज्जट्ठि-सुक्काणं परिणामो होदि तमशिरं णाम । ( धव. पु. 6, पृ. 63) . ] अत्थिरनाम : (atthiranām) A variety of body-making karma by the rise of which a living being gets an unfirm body. अस्थिरनाम jass kammass udaen ras - ruhir-māms-med-majjatthi-sukk anam pariņāmo hodi tamathiram ṇām. (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 63). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण रस- रुहिर मांस-मेद - मज्जट्ठि - सुक्काणं परिणामो होदि तमधिरं णाम । ( धव. पु. 6, पृ. 63) . ] अत्थिवाय : (atthivay ) The doctrine accepting the existence of realities like soul matter, karma etc. अस्तिवाद अत्येज्ज : (atthejj) Non-stealing. astey kṣe tre pathi kale väpi sthitam nastam c vismṛtam. h āry n hi paradravyamasteyavratamucyate (varāng. 15-1 t • 143). [क्षेत्रे पथि कले वापि स्थितं नष्टं च विस्मृतम् । हार्य न हि परद्रव्यमस्तेयव्रतमुच्यते । ( वरांग. 15-1143):] 27 Page #52 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI зrdu, 3d3 (atthey, atthea) Non-stealing. अस्तेय kṣe tre pathi kale vapi sthitam naṣṭam c vismṛtam. h ǎry n hi paradravyamaste yavrata mucyate. (varăng. 15-1 143). [क्षेत्रे पथि कले वापि स्थितं नष्टं च विस्मृतम् । हार्य न हि परद्रव्यमस्तेयव्रतमुच्यते । ( वरांग. 15-1143).] 3103 (adand) Absence of sins like killing etc., sinless activities of mind, speech and body. 3GS 356 (adattahar) A thief, one who takes away without being given. अदत्तहर 35144 (adattādāṇ) Taking anything which is not given, stealing, theft. 3 adattasy adiņņass---c adattādāṇam. (dhav. pu. 12). [ अदत्तस्य अदिष्णस्स-च अदत्तादाणं । ( धव. पु. 12 ).] अदत्तादाणाविरमण : (adattādānāviraman ) Abstention from taking things not given, non-stealing. зstigafāzuY adattādāṇam tiviham tivihen neb kujjā, ņ karāve, tati yam so yavvalakkhanam. (ṛṣibhā. 1-5). [ अदत्तादाणं तिविहं तिविहेण णेब कुज्जा, ण करावे, ततियं सोयव्वलक्खणं । (ऋषिभा 1-5).] : (aditth) Karmas of the past life. adṛṣṭ adṛṣṭam gurudṛgmārgatyāgo vāpratilekhanam (an. dh. 8, 108). [ अदृष्टं गुरुदृग्मार्गत्यागो वाऽप्रतिलेखनम् । (अन. ध. 8, 108).] · 31: (adinṇādāṇ) Taking anything which is not given, stealing, theft. ÇSİGA adattasy adiņņass---c adattādāṇam. (dhav. pu. 12). [ अदत्तस्य अदिण्णस्स---च अदत्तादाणं । (धव. पु. 12 ) . ] 31: (addhacakki) A Vasudeva. ardhacakri अद्धणारायसंपण : (addhaṇārāyasamhaṇan) A joining of the body in which two bones are hooked into each other on one side, while on the other the bones are simply pressed together and nailed. अर्धनाराचसंहनन 28 Page #53 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 29 3 R d 4 : (addhanārāyasamhanan) A joining of the body in which two bones are hooked into each other on one side, while on the other the bones are simply pressed together and nailed. अर्धनराचसहनन 37 : (addhā) Time, scale. addha TATT : (addhākamm) A sin incurred by an ascetic by accepting the food etc. specially prepared for him. 340p jam tamadhākammam ņāmtam oddāvan viddāvan-pariddă vanärambhakadaņippaņņam tam savvam ādhākammam ņām . (şaţkham 5, 4, 21-22 pu. 13, 46). rजं तमाधाकम्र्म पाम । तं ओहावण विहावण-परिछावण-आरंभकदणिप्पण्णं तं सव्वं आधाकम्मं पाम | (ÇU 5, 4, 21-22 g. 13, 46).] AOC : (addhākāl) Time marked by the motion of the sun. Taloa candr-șūryādi---samayādilakṣaṇaḥ . (āv. hari. v malay. vr. ni. 668). [ -qui---HHURATA I (3019. R. a ART. 7. A. 660).] 36 : (addhā pallo vam) The time required to empty a pit which is one yojana in length, breadth as well as depth and is filled with the finest points of hair and from which after every hundred years one point of hair is taken out. अदापल्योपम addhā ii kālah, ---ato addhāpalitovamam . (anu. cũ. pr . 57). [37651 shot blak, --- 3Teslyforlag (37. q. q. 57).] THU : (addhāsamay) The smallest, i.e. indivisible part of time; a substance which is the auxiliary cause of change. TARTU addhet kālasyākhyā, vinasțānutpannatvāt . (jivāj i. malay. Vī. 4, pr. 6). [3164 BERRIRU, fara caic I (part. i. q. 4, 9. 6).) TarAJAH : (addhāsāgaro vam) A period consisting of ten crores of Addhapalyopamas. अहासागरोपम eşāmaddhāpalyānām daś kotiko tyah ekamaddhāsāgaro pamam (s. si. 3-38). [एषामडापल्यानां दश कोटीकोट्यः एकमहासागरोपमम् । (स. सि. Page #54 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 38 3-38).] अधम्म : (adhamm) Medium of rest. adham sayaladukkhakaranam adhammo . (jayadh. pu. 1, pr. 370) gamanan imittam dhammamadhammam thidi jiv-puggālānam c . (ni.sa. 38). [सयलदुक्खकारणं अधम्मो । (जयध. पु. 1, पृ. 378). गमणणिमित्तं धम्ममधम्म ठिदि जीव-पुग्गालाणं च । (नि.सा. 30).] अधम्मत्यिकाय : (adhammatthikāy) An extensive substance in the form of medium of rest. अधर्मास्तिकाय kram-yaugapadyavittisva paryayavyāpyadharmāstikāyatvo pahitam sattvamadharmastikāyadravyatvam . (sya. I. v !. pr. 18). [क्रम-योगपद्यवृत्तिस्वपर्यायव्याप्यधर्मास्तिकायत्वोपहितं सत्त्वमधर्मास्तिकायद्रव्यत्वम् । (स्या. र. वृ. पृ. 18).] अनित्यंठ, अपित्यंठ : (anitthanth, anitthanth) One in an extraordinary or unusual condition of existence. अनित्यंस्थ anitthamlaksanam cāniyatākāram . (t. slo. 5-24). [अनित्यंलक्षणं चानियताकारम् । (त. श्लो. 5-24).] अन्तव्वत्ति : (antavvatti) Internal concomitance. अन्ताप्ति paksikxt ev---tathaivopapattehriti . (pr. n. t. 3, 38 -39). [पक्षीकृत एव---तथैवोपपत्तेःरिति । (प्र. न. त. 3, 38-39).] अन्नाएसी : (annāesi) An ascetic begging alms etc. from families ignorant of his scholarship etc. अज्ञातैषी 375114 : (annāņ) Ignorance, wrong knowkedge. a jñān jñānāvaranakarman udayāt padārthanavabodho bhavati tadajñānamau dayikam . (s. si. 2-6). [ज्ञानावरणकर्मण उदयात् पदार्थानवबोधो भवति तदज्ञानमौदयिकम् । (स. सि. 2-6).] अन्नाणवाई : (annānavai) one who does not believe in the efficacy of knowledge, a philosopher establishing the superiority of ignorance. अज्ञानवादी अन्नाणी : (annāni) Ignorant, devoid of right knowledge, professing the doctrine of nescience. 317511 Page #55 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अनायपिण्ड : (annāyapind) Alms from an unknown family. अज्ञातपिण्ड अपकाय: (apakāy) A water-bodied soul. apakay prthivikāyikajiv---evamāpah, apkāyah (t. vā. 2, 13, 1). [पृथिवीकायिकजीव- - एवमापः, अप्काय: । (त. वा. 2, 13, 1 ) ] अपच्चक्खाणावरण (apaccakkhānāvaran) A group of passions hindering partial renunciation. अप्रत्याख्यानावरण yadudayāddesaviratim---krodh-mān māyā lobhāh (s. si --- . 8-9). [ यदुदयादेशविरति --- क्रोध- मान-माया-लोभाः । ( स. सि. 8-9).] अपच्छिममरणंतियसंलेहणा : (apacchima maranantiyasamlehana) The last penance practised at the approach of death, consisting in giving up passions and abandoning food and water. अपश्चिममारणान्तिकसंलेखना अपजत्तग: (apajjattag) Undeveloped living being. अपर्याप्तक apajja ttanāmakammodaen apajjattā bhannanti (dhav. pu. 6 pr. 419 ). 1 [अपज्जत्तणामकम्मोदएण अपज्जत्ता भण्णंति । ( धव. पु. 6, पृ. 419 ).] अपजत्तणाम : (apajjattanām) A kind of body-making karma by the rise of which the living being gets an undeveloped body. अपर्याप्तकनाम jass kammass udaen jivo pajjattio samāņedum n sakkadi tass kammass apajjattaṇāmasaņṇā (dhav pu 6, pr. 6 . 2). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण जीवो पज्जत्तीओ समाणेदुं ण सक्कदि तस्स कम्मस्स अपज्जत्तणामसण्णा । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 62 ).] अपटम अप्रथम अपज्जवसिथ : (apajjavasiy) Endless, infinite. aparyavasit अपडिबन्द, अप्पडिबद्ध : (apadibaddh, appadibaddh) Unobstructed; free from attachment. apratibaddh appadibaddho āsaktirahitah. (bh. ā. mūlā ti. 483). [अप्पडिबद्धो आसक्तिरहितः । (भ. आ. मूला. टी. 483 ). ] (apadham) Beginningless, second, third etc. 31 Page #56 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अपत्तकारी, अप्पत्तकारी : (apattakari, appattakari) A sense-organ cognising its object without coming into direct contact with it. 3141516 अपत्यियपत्यग : (apatthiyapatthag) one desiring death. अप्रार्थितप्रार्थक 314451 : (apamatt) Careful. a pra matt अपमत्तसंजय : (apamattasanjay) An ascetic free from passions. अप्रमत्तसंयत ņaţthāsesapamão vayagunasilolimandio nāņi . aṇuvasamao akha rao jjhānanilino hu apamatto so . (pra. paricasam. 1-16). [णट्ठासेसपमाओ वयगुणसीलोलिमंडिओ गाणी । अणुवसमओ अखवओ ज्झाणणिलीणो हु अपमत्तो सो । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-16).] अपमत्तसंजय : (apamattasanjay) An ascetic free from passions. अप्रमत्तसंयत natthāsesapamão vayaguṇasilolimandio ņāņi . aṇuvasamao akhavao jjhānanilino hu apamatto so . (pra. pancasam. 1-16). [णट्ठासेसपमाओ वयगुणसीलोलिमंडिओ गाणी । अणुवसमओ अखवओ ज्झाणणिलीणो हु अपमत्तो सो । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-16).] अपय : (apay) A liberated sul. apad apadam yatr padye vidhã ta vyenyachandobhidhānam. (āv. malay. v. 882, pr. 483). [अपदं यत्र पद्ये विधातव्येऽन्यछन्दोभिधानम् । (आव. मलय. वृ. 882, पृ. 483).] अपरिगिहीयागमप : (aparigihiyāgaman) To enjoy a woman who is not one's own wife. अपरिगृहीतागमन aparigrhitā nām veśyā anyasaktā ghitabhāți kulāngan ā vā anātheti, tadgamanam aparigrhītāgamanam . (śrā.pr .ti. 273). [अपरिगृहीता नाम वेश्या अन्यसता गृहीतभाटी कुलाङ्गना वा अनाथेति, तद्गमनम् अपरिगृहीतागमनम् । (श्रा.प्र.टी. 273).] 314RTIE : (apariggah) Possessionlessness, non-possessiveness, absence of possession. अपरिग्रह sarvabhāveşu mūrcchāyāstyāgah syādaparigrahaḥ . (yog sa. 3-24). [सर्वभावेषु मूर्छायास्त्यागः स्यादपरिग्रहः । (योगशा. 3-24).] Page #57 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 31R (aparicar) Free from sexual intercourse. अपरिचार зR (aparinay) A fault of the ascetic caused by accepting food not rendered perfectly free from life. 319R tilataṇḍulausano day canoday tusodayam aviddhattham äviham vā aparinadam nev genhijjo (mūlā. 6-54). [तिलतंडुलउसणोदय चणोदय तुसोदयं अविद्धत्थं । अण्णं तहाविहं वा अपरिणदं णेव गेण्हिज्जो । (मूला 6-54 ) ] annam tah - अपरिहारिय : (aparihāriy) A tainted ascetic. aparihārik 31 (apavattaṇā) Lessening the duration and intensity of karma. अपवर्तना ǎ vandhā ukkaḍḍai savvahito kadḍaņā thii-rasāṇam kittiv jje ubhayam kiṭṭhisu ovaṭṭanā ṇavaram. (karmapr. 223). [आ वंधा उक्कड्डइ सव्वहितोकड्डणा ठिइ रसाणं । किट्टीवज्जे उभयं किट्टीस ओवट्टणा णवरं । (कर्मप्र. 223 ).] (apavattāū) one whose life-term can be 34 reduced. अपवर्त्यायुष अपुट्ठलामिय : (apuṭṭhalabhiy) An ascetic accepting only those alms which are not preceded by the question "What may I give you ?" अपृष्टलामिक अपुट्ठवागरण (aputthavāgaran) Explaining something which is not asked. अपृष्टव्याकरण 39 (apunacay) Absence of any fruther death. अपुरव्यव 39 (apuṇabhav) Freed from rebirth. apunarbhav 39 (apuṇaragam) That state from which there is no return to the world, liberation. 3 394: (apuṇaravattay) One who does not return to the world, freed from the cycle of birth and death. अपुनरावर्तक agraf: (apuṇarāvitti) Salvation, emancipation. अपुनारावृत्ति = अपुरिसागारपरक्कम (apurisāgāraparakkam) Devoid of manly exploits. अपुरुषाकारपराक्रम 34 (apuvvakaraṇ) A spiritual attainment not experienced before, a stage of spiritual development attained for the first time. अपूर्वकरण tataḥ paramapūrvakaraṇam, aprăptapūrv tādṛgadhyavasāyāntar jivenetyapūrvakaraṇamucyate granthim vidārayatām . ( 33 Page #58 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 34 t. bhā. I. 1-3, p. 25). [ततः परमपूर्वकरणम्, अप्राप्तपूर्व तादगध्यवसायान्तरं जीवेनेत्यपूर्वकरणमुच्यते ग्रन्यि विदारयताम् । (त. भा. वृ. 1-3, पृ. 25).] अप्पगास, अपगास : (appagas, apagas) Being blinded with pride etc. अप्रकाश अप्पच्चक्खाणावरण : (appaccakkhanavaran) A group of passions hindering partial renunciation. अप्रत्याख्यानावरण yadudayaddesaviratim---krodh-man-maya-lobhah . (s. si. 8-9). [यदुदयादेशविरतिं---क्रोध-मान-माया-लोभाः । (स. सि. 8-9).] अप्पडिवाई, अपडिवाई : (appadivai, apadivai) Infallible, permanent. अप्रतिपाती jamohinānamuppannam---tamappadivadi nam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 295). [जमोहिणाणमुप्पण---तमप्पडिवादी णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 295).] अप्पडिहय, अपडिहय : (appadihay, apadihay) Unimpeded, unimpaired, unobstructed. 319 Riga अप्पटम : (appadham) Beginningless, second, third etc. अप्रथम अप्पबहुत्त : (appabahutt) Relative numerical strength. अल्पबहुत्व अप्पमत्त : (appamatt) Careful. apramatt अप्पमाप : (appamān) A fault incurred by an ascetic by eating beyond the fixed limit. 314414 अप्पमापभोई : (appamānabhoi) An ascetic eating more than thirty-two moresels of food. 31WATTARSI अप्पमाय : (appamay) Absence of passions, carefulness, lack of negligence. अप्रमाद pancamahavvayāņi pañcasamidio tiņņi guttio ņisse kasāyā bhāvo c appamādo ņām . (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 89). [पंचमहव्वयाणि पंचसमिदीओ तिणि गुत्तीओ जिस्सेकसायाभावो च अप्पमादो णाम । (धव. पु. 14, पृ. 89).] अप्पयेस, अपयेस : (appayes, apayes) Indivisible. अप्रदेश Page #59 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अप्परिट्ठाण : (appariṭṭhān) Liberation, salvation. अप्रतिष्ठान 3 (appalin) Free from attachment. apralin 30tur: (appaviyār) Free from sexual enjoyment. अप्रवीचार pravicaro hi---) -pratipattyarthamapravicārā ityucyate (t. và. 4, 9, 2). [प्रवीचारो हि--- प्रतिपत्त्यर्थमप्रवीचारा इत्युच्यते । (त. वा. 4, 9, 2).] 3H: (appasatth) Evil, wicked. aprašast 3195 (appāvuḍ) Nude, not covered, open. अप्रावृत 34, 34 (appāsug, apāsug) Containing life, living. अप्रासुक . 3, 3 (appāsuy, apāsuy) Containing life, living. अप्रासुक 3: (appiyaṇay) A stand point having particularity for its consideration. GERI 3 (abandh) Absence of karmic bondage. abandh bandhakāraṇabadirittamānkkhakarane him sañjuttattādo kham. 2, 1, 7-dhav. pu. 7, pr. 8-9). [बंधकारणबदिरित्तमांक्खकारणेहिं संजुत्तत्तादो । (षट्खं. 2, 1, 7- धव. पु. 7, पृ. 8-9 ) ] з (abandhag) Not incurring the bondage of karmas partially or wholly अबन्धक bandhakāraṇabadirittamānkkha kāraṇe him sañjuttattādo. (ṣat kham. 2, 1, 7-dhav. pu. 7, pr. 8-9). [बंधकारणबदिरित्तमांक्खकारणेहिं संजुत्तत्तादो । (षट्खं. 2, 1, 7- धव. पु. 7, पृ. 8-9 ) ] з (abambh) Absence of chastity, coition. abrahm ahimsadayo guna yasmin paripalyamāne bṛmhanti vṛddh imupayanti tad brahm n brahm abrahm iti. (s. si. 16). [ अहिंसादयो गुणा यस्मिन् परिपाल्यमाने बृंहन्ति वृद्धिमुपयान्ति तद् ब्रह्म । न ब्रह्म अब्रह्म इति । ( स. सि. 16 ) . ] (ṣat 35 Page #60 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 36 3 : (abambhacer) Non-onservance of celibace, sexual enjoyment. अबत्मचर्य 31419, 37861 : (abādhā, abāhā) Endurance of karmas without effect. 37919 hoi abāhakālo jo kir kammass aņaudayakālo . (śatak. bhā. 42, pr. 67). [1$ 3tallas for HRRY Buat I (FC. T. 42, 9. 67).) 319TOTS, 37TePic : (abādhākāl, abāhākāl) Period of karmic non-fruition. 374 316 : (abuddh) Devoid of right knowledge. abuddh 310 , f : (abodhi, abo hi) Ignorance of the truth. अबोधि Tata : (abbhantara tav) Internal austerity, mental penance. अभ्यंतरतप 3779 : (abbhakkhān) False accusation. abhyākhyān iņamaņeņ kiyamidi anaţthakahanamabbhakkhānam ņām . (angapannat ti pr. 292). [इणमणेण कियमिदि अणट्ठकहणमब्भक्खाणं णाम । (अङ्गपण्णत्ती पृ. 292).] TTT : (abhatt) A fast, abhakt 37996 : (abhavatth) An emancipated soul. abha vasth 3799 : (abhaw) Incapable of salvation. abha vy samyagdarśanādibhāven bhavisyatiti bhavyaḥ, tadviparito bhavyaḥ . (s. si. 2-7). [सम्यग्दर्शनादिभावेन भविष्यतीति भव्यः, तद्विपरीतोऽभव्यः । (स. RY. 2-7).] 3THTO : (abhāv) Wicked thought, non-existence. abhāv 3THRAT : (abhāsā) False or half-false speech. abhāsā 3 : (abhikkh) Frequent, constant. abhikṣn 31419 : (abhikkhan) Frequent, constant, abhikon ITA : (abhigam) Acquisition of knowledge. abhigam abhigamanam sarvabāhyānmandalādabhyantarapraveśanam . (jiv āji. malay. vi. 3-2 pr. 179). [अभिगमनं सर्वबास्यान्मण्डलादभ्यन्तरप्रवेशनम् । (जीवाजी. मलय. a. 3-2 9. 179).] Page #61 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 3114+16 : (abhiggah) Self-imposed restriction in the matter of accepting food etc., obstinately persisting in one's own belief. अभिग्रह Prata, AP (abhiņibodh, abhiņiboh) Sensory perception in general and deduction in particular. 3ffata atthäbhimuho niao boho jo so mao abhiniboho (viśeṣā 0 bha. 80, pr. 37). [ अत्याभिमुो निअओ बोहो जो सो मओ अभिनिबोहो । (विशेषा. भा. 80, q. 37).] 3: (abhiņives) Perversion, obstinacy in the wrong. अभिनिवेश : 3Press: (abhiņisajjā) A place of study. अभिनिषद्या 31, 3 (abhinn, abhinn) Whole, entire, unbroken, identical, not different, same, not separate. з quof: (abhibhūyaṇāṇī) An omniscient person. अभिभूयज्ञानी qurf: (abhibhūyanāṇī) An omniscient person. अभिभूयज्ञानी 344 (abhivayan) A synonym. abhivacan 3444: (abhisamāgam) An authentic cognition. अभिसमागम 36 (abhihad) A fault incurred by the ascetic by accepting food brought to his place. ga ekadeśāt sarvasmādvāgatamodanādikam abhighaṭam [abhih ṛtam]. (mūlā. vṛ. 6-19). [एकदेशात् सर्वस्माद्वाऽऽगतमोदनादिकं अभिघटम् [अभिहृतम् ] | (मूला वृ 6-19).] з: (abhūy) Non-existent, unreal. abhūt (abhed) Identity, sameness. abhed (abhey) Identity, sameness. abhed 314 (aman) A soul not in possession of mind, i.e. rationality. अमनस्क n vidyate mane yeṣām temanaskāḥ. (s. si. 2-11). [न विद्यते मने येषां तेऽमनस्का: । (स. सि. 2-11). ] 37 Page #62 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 38 B 3144 : (amaņakkh) A soul not in possession of mind, i.e. rationality. 31977 n vidyate mane yeşām temanaskāḥ . (s. si. 2-11). [= fauda tai asakSE I (A. RT. 2-11).] 34 : (amam) Free from attachment. amam T : (amay) An emancipated soul which is not subject to death; nectar. 3740 3143 : (amar) A god; a liberated soul. amar 314
Page #63 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 39 3 : (ayamsandhi) Punctual in the performance of duties. PUTIN 3, 3R : (ayar, acar) immobile living beings. acar 35 : (arai) Disliking. arati daw-khett-kālabhāvesu jesimudaen jivass arai samuppaj jai tesimaradi tti saņņā . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 47). [दव्व-खेत्त-कालभावेसु जेसिमुदएण जीवस्स अरई समुप्पज्जइ तेसिमरदि fa yoon I (ga. 9. 6, q. 47). ] 3RSHOT : (araimo hanijj) A kind of deluding karma the rise of which produces disliking. T he 379 : (araj) An emancipated soul which is free from karmic dust. अरजस 3RU : (aray) Free from attachment. arat 3rd qua: (ara ve yann) Unsympathetic towards the sufferings of others. 3 3R6 : (arah) The omniscient to whom nothing can be a secret. अरह 3RT : (arahant) One worthy of reverence, the omniscient etc. 3160 arihanti namo kkāram---arahantā ten uccanti . (mūlā. 74, 64-65). [3rsta Tha ---3RÉA du 3poila I (FF. 7-4, 64-65).] N : (arāg) Free from attachment. arăg Ret : (arihant) One worthy of reverence, the omniscient etc. अईत् arihanti ņamo kkāram---arahantā ten uccanti . (mūlā. 74, 64-65). [3TRERT H R ---38a do zooft I (. 7-4, 64-65).] 305 : (aruh) A liberated soul which is free from birth. अरुह n rohanti n bhavānkurodayamāsayanti, karma bijābhāvāditi aruhāḥ . [न रोहन्ति न भवाकुरोदयमासयन्ति, कर्मबीजाभावादिति अरुहाः ।। 31419 : (arūvakäy) A formless extensive substance. अरूपकाय Page #64 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 48 अरुवी : (ardvi) Formless, i.e. without touch, taste, smell and colour. अरूपी gunā vibhāg---arüviņo ņām. (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 31-32). [गुणाविभाग---अरूविणो णाम । (धव. पु. 14, पृ. 31-32).] 3TGTH : (alābh) Non equisition of food etc. alā bh icchidatthovaladdhi laho nām, tavvivariyo aaho . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 334). [इच्छिदट्ठोवलडी लाहो णाम, तब्विवरीयो अलाहो । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 334).] अलूसग : (alusag) One not violating the vows of asceticism. अभूषक अलेसा : (alesā) A soul free from thought-tint. अलेश्या kinhăilesarahiyä samsāra viņiggayā anantasuhā . . siddhi purisampattā alessiyă te mune yavvā . (pr. pañcasam. 1-153). [किण्हाइलेसरहिया संसारविणिग्गया अणंतसुहा । । सिद्धिपुरीसंपत्ता अलेस्सिया ते मुणेयव्वा । (प्र. पंचसं. 1-153).] ISTIT : (alog) Non-universe, beyond the world. alok āgāsamado paramanant . (mülā. 8-23). [आगासमदो परमणंत । (मूला. 8-23).] अलोगागास : (alogāgas) Space beyond the universe. अलोकाकाश agasamado paramanant . (mālā. 8-23). Eआगासमदो परमणंत । (मूला. 8-23).] अलोय : (aloy) Non-universe, beyond th, world. alok āgāsamado paramanant . (mālā. 8-23). [आगासमदो परमणंत । (मूला. 8-23).] अवगम : (avagam) Determination. avagam अवगयवेय, ओगयवेय : (avagayavey, ogayavey) Having no sexual desire. अपगतवेद karis-teņaţtāvaggisarisa pariņāmavedaņummukka , avagayaved a jivā sagasambhavanantavarasokkha . (prā. palicasam. 1-198). [करिस-तेणट्टावग्गीसरिसपरिणामवेदणुम्मुक्का । अवगयवेदा जीवा सगसंभवणंतवरसोक्खा । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-108).] Page #65 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 41 3aut : (avagāh) Occupying space: providing accommodation. अवगाह 3 8 : (avagāhaņā) The measure of space occupied by a body etc., the hight of a body etc. 3 16| 3190g : (avagodh) Recollection. avabodh 319HTC : (avaggah) Sensation : Shelter. avagrah vişay-vişa yisannipā tasama yānantaramādyam grahaņam avagrahah . (s. si. 1-15). [विषय-विषयिसन्निपातसमयानन्तरमाद्यं ग्रहणम् अवग्रहः । (स. सि. 1-15).) 31900 : (avacc) Inexpressible. avācy 31 : (avaji) Sin. avady avadyam garhyam . (s. si. 7-9). [3ICE TELL i (24. RT. 7-9).] 18 : (avajjakar) Sinful. avadha kar 3196 : (avajja virai) Sensation of sin. avadya virati 319com : (avatthāņ) Steadiness; retention. avasthan puvvillaţthidisantasamāņaţthidiņam bandhaņa mavațţāņam ņām. (jayadh. 4, pr. 141). [fodesicoft Toffocloi ghaçamu 14 I ( g. 4, 4. 141).] 3kou : (avatthiy) Steady. avasthit jam ohiņāņam---tam avatthidam ņām . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 29 4). [ui 3nfcomi-- 3afcoe 014 i (ea. 9. 13, q. 294).] 31994, pp : (avaņayan, onayan) Act of forbidding or prohibiting. अपनयन toorary : (avaņņavāy) Blasphemy, contempt for God, mocking speech, writing or action concerning God or anything regarded as sacred. अवर्णवाद guņavatsu mahatsu asadbhūtadoşodbhāvanamavarņavādaḥ . (s. S i. 6-13). [quoy 4669 37GHAGHAGHT-4aufarc: ! (. R. 6-13).] 370TOU : (avattavy) Inexpressible, indescribable. अवक्तव्य Page #66 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 42 अवद : (avaddh) Half. aparddh अवधारण : (avadhāran) Determination, decision. avadharan avadhāraṇam dattāvadhānata yã grahaņam . dharmabi. mu. VI. 3-6 8). [अवधारणं दत्तावधानतया ग्रहणम् । धर्मबि. मु. वृ. 3-68).] अवधारिपी : (avadharini) Decisive, assertive avadharini 3190064 : (avabumhan) Encouraging, nourishing, praising, glorifying. उपहण uttamakşamādibhāvanayātmano dharmapari vrddikaraṇamupabrmhan m . (t. vā. 6, 24, 1). [उत्तमक्षमादिभावनयाऽत्मनो धर्मपरिवृद्धिकरणमुपबृंहणम् । (त. वा. 6, 24, 1).] अवमोदारिय : (avamodariy) Reduced diet. avamaudary battisā kir kavalā purissass du hodi payadiāhāro : eg kavalādihim tatto üniyagahanam umodariyam . (mulā. 5-153). [बत्तीसा किर कवला पुरिस्सस्स दु होदि पयदिआहारो । एगकवलादिहिं तत्तो ऊणियगहणं उमोदरियं । (मुला. 5-153).] अवराह : (avarāh) Fault, sin, offence, violation. aparadh samsiddhirāghasiddhi sădhidamārādhidam c eyaţtho . avagadaradh o jo khalu ceda so hodi avarāho . (samayapra. 332). [संसिद्धिराघसिद्धी साधिदमाराधिदं च एयट्ठो । अवगदराधो जो खलु चेदा सो होदि अवराहो । (समयप्रा. 332).] अवलंबपया : (avalambanayā) Grasping. avalambanata avalamba te indriyadini svo tpattaye ityavagrahaḥ aval mbana . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 242). [अवलम्बते इन्द्रियादीनि स्वोत्पत्तये इत्यवग्रहः अवलम्बना । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 242).] 3199 : (avav) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Avavangas (scale of time). 3199 अववंग : (avavang) a perid consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Atatas, (scale of time). 3799 ET अवस : (avas) Dependent. avas अवसप्पिणी, ओसप्पिणी : (avasappini, osappini) Descending aeon in which happiness etc. gradually decrease. अवसर्पिणी jatth [balau-ussehānam] hāni hodi so osappini . (dhav. pu. 9. pr. 119). [जत्य [बलाउ-उस्सेहाणं] हाणी होदि सो ओसप्पिणी । (धव. पु. 9. पृ. 119).] Page #67 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अवसिनन्त : (avasiddhant) A false doctirne. अपसिद्धान्त अवस्साविणी : (avassavini) Profound sleep. avasvapias अवहिणाण : (avahinān) Limited direct knowledge, clairvoyance. अवविज्ञान अवहिणाणावरमिज्ज : (avahinānāvaranijj) A kind of karma obscuring Avadhijnana. अवधिज्ञानावरणीय अवहिदंसप : (avahidamsan) Limited direct apprehension, apprehensive clarivoyance. अवधिदर्शन अवहिदसणावरपिज्ज : (avahidamsanavaranijj) A kind of karma obscuring Avadhidarsana. अवधिदर्शनावरणीय अवहिनाप : (avahinān) Limited direct knowledge, clairvoyance. अवविज्ञान अवहिनाणावरपिज्ज : (avahinānavaranijj) A kind of karma obscuring Avadhijnana. अवधिज्ञानावरणीय अवाय : (avay) Sin arising from attachment etc.; perception, determinate cognition. अपाय abhyuday-niḥśreyasārthānām kriyāņām vināśaka prayogo. payah . (s. si. 7-9). [अभ्युदय-निश्रेयसार्थानां क्रियाणां विनाशकप्रयोगोऽपाय । (स. सि. 7-9).] . अवाय : (avay) Perception, determination. avay avayo, vavasāo, buddhi, vinnāni [vinnatti], aundi paicaundi . (satkham. 5, 5, 39).. [अवायो, ववसाओ, बुद्धी, विण्णाणी [विण्पत्ती], आउंडी पञ्चाउंडी । (षट्खं. 5, 5, 39).] अवायपिज्ज : (avayanijj) Unfit to be taught. avicenly अविकप्य : (avikapp) Absence of misgiving. avilalp अविकम्प, अविकप : (avikamp, avikarmp) Firm, steady. अधिकम्प अविग्गह : (aviggah) Uncurved, straightforwara. अविग्रह अविम्गहगह : (aviggahagai) straightforward motion. अविग्रहगति vigraho vyāghātaḥ kauţilyamityarthaḥ . 8 yasyām n vid yatesavavigrahā gatih . (s. si. 2-27). [विग्रहो व्याघात कौटिल्यमित्यर्थः । स यस्यां न विद्यतेऽसावविग्रहा गति । (स. सि. 2-27).] Page #68 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अविच्चुs : (aviccui) Absence of lapse, retention. अविच्युति ta traikārtho payogasātatyānivṛttiravicyutiḥ k. pr. 116). [तत्रैकार्थोपयोगसातत्यानिवृत्तिरविच्युतिः । (जैनतर्क. पृ. 116).] अविज्जा : (avijja) False knowledge, ignorance. अविद्या avidya viplavajñānam. (siddhivi. ti. pr. 747). [अविद्या विप्लवज्ञानम् । (सिद्धिवि. टी. पृ. 747 ) . ] अवितह : (avitah) True, correct avitath vitathamasatyam, n vidyate vitatham yasmin śrutajñāne t davitatham, tathyamityarthaḥ. (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 286). [वितथमसत्यम्, न विद्यते वितथं यस्मिन् श्रुतज्ञाने तदवितथम्, (jainatar तथ्यमित्यर्थः । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 286).] अविपिट्ठ : (avipitth ) Not practicing the austerity of more than two consecutive fasts. अविकृष्ठ अवियार : (aviyār) Devoid of transition; motionless: inconsistent अविचार yad vyañjanārth-saddhyānako vidaih (gun. kramā. 7 6, pr. 47 ). [यद् व्यञ्जनार्थ--- सयानकोविदैः । ( गुण क्रमा. 76, पृ. 47 ).] अविरइ : (avirai) A non-abstinence from sin, non-cessation of sinful activity. अविरति aviratistu sāvadyayogānivrttih (av ni. hari. vr. · . 740, pr. 279). [ अविरतिस्तु सावद्ययोगानिवृत्तिः । (आव. नि. हरि वृ. 740, पृ. 279).] अविरयसम्मदिट्ठी : (avirayasammaditthi) A soul with vowless right belief. A अविरतसम्यग्दृष्टि no indiesu virado no jive thavare tase cavi. jo saddah di jinuttam sammāiṭṭhi avirado so (pră. pañcasam. 1 -11). [जो इंदिएसु विरदो जो जीवे थावरे तसे चावि । जो सद्दहदि जिणुत्तं सम्माइट्ठी अविरदो सो । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-11).] . 44 Page #69 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 45 अविरयसम्मादिट्ठी : (avirayasammāditthi) A soul with vowless right belief. अविरतसम्यग्दृष्टि no indiesu virado no jive thāvare tase cāvi. jo saddah di jinuttam sammaitthi avirado so . (prā. paicasam. 1 -11). [णो इंदिएसु विरदो णो जीवे थावरे तसे चावि । जो सहहदि जिणुत्तं सम्माइट्ठी अविरदो सो । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-11).J अविराहपा : (avirāhanā) No violation, complete sbservance. अविराधना virădhanā aparādhāse vanam, tannişedhädavirādhanā . (sodašak v r. 13-14). [विराधना अपराधासेवनम्, तन्निषेधादविराधना । (षोडशक वृ. 13-14).] अविराहियसंजम : (avirāhiyasan jam) An ascetic fully observing the rules of right conduct. अविराषितसंयम अविसंवाद : (avisamvad) Consistency in speech. avisamvad śruteh pramānāntarābādhanam pūrvāpară virodhaśc avisamv adan . (laghiy. svo. VI. 5-42). [श्रुते प्रमाणान्तराबाधनं पूर्वापराविरोधश्च अविसंवादः । (लघीय. स्वो. वृ. 5-42).] अविसंवाय : (avisamvay) Consistency in speech. avisamvad śruteḥ pra māņāntarābādhanam pūrvāparā virodhaśc avisamv adah . (laghiy. svo. VI. 5-42). [श्रुतेः प्रमाणान्तराबाधनं पूर्वापराविरोधश्च अविसंवादः । (लघीय. स्वो. वृ. 5-42).] अविहिंसा : (avihimsā) Absence of different kinds of violence. अविहिंसा अवेक्खा : (avekkhā) Standpoint, viewpoint ralativity. अपेक्षा अवेय : (avey) A person free from sexual desire. aved अवेयण : (aveyan) A soul free from sense-feeling, an emancipated soul. अवेदन अव्वत्त : (avvatt) Indistinct; indefinite; immature; ignorant. अव्यक अव्वय : (avvay) Indestructible. avyav अव्वयसिय : (avvayasiy) Indecisive, indeterminate. अव्यवसित Page #70 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI अव्ववसिय : (avvavasiy) Indecisive, indeterminate. अव्यवसित अव्वाघाय: (avvāghāy) Absence of obstruction. अव्याघात n vidyate pratyayantaren vyāghāto bādhāsye tya vyāgh ātam. (bh. ā. vijayo. ți. 2104). [ न विद्यते प्रत्ययान्तरेण व्याघातो बाधास्येत्यव्याघातम् । (भ. आ. विजयो. टी. 2184 ) . ] अव्वाबाध: (avvābādh) Free from troubles. avyābādh n vidyate vividhā kā mādijani tā ā samantād bādhā duḥkham yesām te avyābādhāh (t. vrtti śrut. 4-25). [ न विद्यते विविधा कामादिजनिता आ समन्ताद् बाधा दुःखं येषां ते अव्याबाधाः । (त. वृत्ति श्रुत. 4-25).] अब्याबाह: (avvābāh) free from troubles. avyābādh n vidyate vividhā kāmādijanită à samantād bādhā duḥkham yesām te avyābādhāh (t. vrtti srut. 4-25). [न विद्यते विविधा कामादिजनिता आ समन्ताद् बाधा दुःखं येषां ते अव्याबाधा: । (त. वृत्ति श्रुत. 4-25 ) . ] अव्यामोह : (avvāmoh) Absence of delusion abyamoh अव्युच्छित्तिणय : (avvucchittinay) The stand point of substance, the viewpoint of identity. अव्युच्छित्तिनय अस : (as) Non-existent, non-being. asat ato(sato) nyadasat. (t. bhā. 5-29). [अतो (सतो ) ऽन्यदसत् । ( त. भा. 5-29) .] असंकिलेस : (asankiles) Purity of thought. asanikles असंख : (asankh) Innumerable. asankhy असंखिज्ज : (asankhijj) Innumerable. asankhyey jo rāsi egegarūve avanijjamāņe niṭṭhādi so asankhejjo jo pun n samappai so rasi ananto. (dhav. pu. 3, pr. 2 67). " [ जो रासी एगेगरूवे अवणिज्जमाणे पिट्ठादि सो असंखेज्जो, जो पुण ण समप्पइ सो रासी अणंतो । (धव. पु. 3, पृ. 267 ).] असंखिज्जगुण : (asankhijjagun ) Multiplied innumerable times. असंख्येयगुण असंखेज्ज : (asankhejj) Innumerable. asatikhyey jo răsi egegarūve avaṇijjamāne niṭṭhādi so asankhejjo jo pun n samappai so rāsi ananto (dhav. pu. 3, pr.2 67). 9 [ जो रासी एगेगरूवे अवणिज्जमाणे णिट्ठादि सो असंखेज्जो, जो पुण ज - 46 Page #71 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 3 hugsa mi zria 1 (ta. q. 3, 9.267).] 3 : (asarkhejjagun) Multiplied innumerable times. असंख्येयगुप 3** : (asang) A soul free from attachment. akang RUA : (asañjam) Sinful conduct. asam yad 31 : (asan jay) Devoid of right conduct. asam yat hyo : (asan thuy) Irrelevant, inconsistent. asamsttt TAG : (asambaddh) Detached, disconnected. asambaddh HER : (asam var) influx of Karma. asam var rint : (asamvibhāgi) Selfish, not sharing with others. असंविभागी rigs : (asamvud) Indulged in sinful activity. a sam vt 3*HTI : (asamsatt) Unattached, unconnected. asam sakt AR : (asamsār) Salvation. asapsar 4 hique : (asamsārasamāvann) A liberated soul. असंसारसमापन्न 3R13419 : (asaiposan) Maintenance of prostitutes etc. असतिपोसन Ritu: (asakkiriyā) A sinful action. asa tkriya 374716 : (asaggah) Perverseness, wrongness. asadgrah 3 : (asacc) False, falsehood or lie; futile. असत्य svakşe tr-kāl-bhāvaiḥ sadapi hi yasmin nişidhyate vas tu . tat pratha mamasatyam, syānnästi yathā devadattot r. (pu. si. 92). [स्वक्षेत्र-काल-भाकै सदपि हि यस्मिन् निषिध्यते वस्तु । तत् QUFHI, RISIR JU Zanisa I (9. R. 92).] THUHRI : (asaccamarisā) Neither true nor false. असत्यमर्ष : (asaņ) Food. asan 3714419 : (asaņa pāņ) Food and water. ašana pān prooft : (asaņņi) Non-rational, non-discursive. असंत्री -tavvivarido asaņņi du . (dhav. pu. 1 pr. 152). [-slocated 3rooft II (97. 9. 1 9. 152). ] . Page #72 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 48 TIT: (asa tt) Free from attachment. a sakt 31 VTT : (asatt) False, flasehood or lie; futile. असत्व 3TH6U : (asatth) Sinless conduct, asceticism. aśastr 31464 Rupu : (asatthapariņay) A sentient thing not deprived of life by fire etc. अशस्त्रपरिषत 3RRERA: (asadārambh) An evil activity, asadāra mbh asan-asundaraḥ---ārambhosyeti vã . (şodaśak v. 1-3 3 (314-3 ---3pirifa ali (51 q. 1-3).] T : (asabbh) Impolite, abusive. asambhy 31 Fanta : (asabbhāv) Non-existence. asa dbhāv H RH : (asamañjas) Improper, ungraceful. asa manjas 3RHYTHING : (asamādhi) Distraction of mind, lack of concentration. असमाधि 3RHIRE : (asamāhi) Distraction of mind, lack of concentration. असमाधि 5 : (asamii) Carelessness. asa miti 31HET : (asammatt) Absence of right belief, wrong faith. 31 RURA 314RT : (asaran) Helpless. asaran 3R**: (asarini) An emancipated soul, asarin jesim sariram natthi te aśarira . ke te ? pariņivvua . (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 238). [RA a oka 3RT1 a? offrog3 i (eq. q. 14, q. 238).] How : (asavvejj) A variety of feeling producing karma which caused pain. 312 BARU : (asāyā) Pain. asā tā TARTU : (asāyā ve yaņijj) A variety of feeling producing karma which caused pain. 3ratado-fu asādam dukkham, tam ve dā vedi bhuñjāvedi tti asādā vedan iyam . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 35). [असादं दुक्खं, तं वेदावेदि भुंजावेदि ति असादावेदणीयं । (धव. 9. 6, q. 35).] Page #73 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 49 3 W : (asā vajj) Sinless. asā vady RTK : (asiddh) A worldly soul. asiddh samśayādivyavaccheden hi prati pannamarthasvarūpam siddham . tadviparitamasiddham . (pr. k. mā. 3-20, pr. 369). [संशयादिव्यवच्छेदेन हि प्रतिपन्नमर्थस्वरूपं सिद्धम्. afaqiahRYSY I (. 05. 1. 3-20, 9. 369).] 3 R1683 : (asiddhaheu) Non-existent probans. असिडहेतु BRI : (asiddhi) Non-salvation. asiddhi BRIT : (asilog) Dishonour, ill-fame. aslok 3 : (asubh) Inauspicious, evil, bad, sinful, aśubh 31TH, 3RTA : (asubhanām, asubhaņām) Inauspicious body making karma. अशुभनाम ja : (asuyaņissiy) Knowledge not backed by scriptural learning but derived from spontaneous thought. अनुतनित्रित yaputnah pūrv---tadaśrutaniśritamiti . (āv. ni. hari. vs. 1, pp. 9). [urre go--- Taf t i (3119. A. gr. q. 1, q. 9).) 3146 : (asuh) Inauspicious, evil, bad, sinful. aśubh 76414, 375 679 : (asuhanām, asuhaņām) Inauspicious body making karma. अशुभनाम 3 : (asūi) Impurity, filth, dirt. asuci 3164 : (ahakkhãy) Perfect conduct, pure conduct, passionless conduct, faultless conduct. TERIT 33ft : (ahimsā) Non-injury, non-killing, non-violence, non-harm. 3116 aprădurbhāvaḥ khalu rāgādinām bhavatyahimseti . (pu. si . 44). [31UGHTE I MIHI Haruldat i (g. RT. 44).] fry, 311RY : (ahigaran, adhigaran) Quarrel, implements of injury, killing etc. 3 arthāḥ pra yo janāni --- jivādhikaraṇama jivādhikaranam c. (t. bh ā. 6-8). (370k gumi---safepasitaifa uj a i (a. 11. 6-8).] Page #74 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI F: (ahoratt) A day and night. ahoratr eenam muhuttapamāṇenam tisam muhutta ahorattam. (anuy o. 137, pr. 179). [एएणं मुहुत्तपमाणेणं तीसं मुहुत्ता अहोरत्तं । (अनुयो 137, पृ. 179).] g: (aholog) Lower world, infernal world. adholok heṭṭhimalo yāyāro vettāsaṇasanniho sahāven. (ti. p. 1 -137). [हेट्ठिमलोयायारो वेत्तासणसणहो सहावेण । (ति. प. 1 - 137 ) . ] 345 (äikar) A Tirthankara. adikar 3110: (āiņņ) A horse of good breed; modest. ākm āinnam ṇām jam sähū him āyariyam viņā vi omādikāraṇehi m genhai. (abhidha. 2, pr. 5). [आइण्णं णाम जं साहू हिं आयरियं विणा वि ओमादिकारणेहिं गेण्हइ । ( अभिधा. 2, पृ. 5).] зaşkeder : (äititthankar) Rsabha, the first Tirthankara. आदितीर्थंकर 30şkcque : (äititthayar) Rasabha, the first Tirthankara. आदितीर्थंकर M: (ǎirāy) Rsabha, the first king. adiraj 313@@ : (ăukkamm) Longevity-determining karma, and karma which confers on a living being a certain quantum of life. आयुषकर्म bhavadhāraṇameji kuṇadi tti äuam. (dhav. pu. 13, 209). [भवधारणमेजि कुणदि त्ति आउअं । (धव. पु. 13, 209).] зrake: (āuṭṭi) Killing, injuring, hurting. akuṭṭ 'kuṭṭ chedane' akuṭṭanamākuṭṭaḥ, s vidyate yasyāsāvā kutți. (sūtrakṛ. si. vr. 1, 1, 2, 25). ['कुट्ट छेदने' आकुट्टनमाकुट्टः स विद्यते यस्यासावाकुट्टी । (सूत्रकृ. शी. वृ. 1, 1, 2, 25).] MBAU, Mgarr (äuttaya, ajuttayā) Carefulness, attentiveness. आयुक्ता 311435: (ǎelakk) Nackedness, nudity. Acelaky vatthājiņ-bakken y ahavā pattāiņā asam varanam niggan tham accelakkam jagadi pūjjam. (mūlā. 1-30). [वत्याजिण-बक्केण य अहवा पत्ताइणा असंवरणं । णिब्भूसण णिग्गंथं अच्चेलक्कं जगदि पूज्जं । (मूला 1-30).] ṇibbhūsan 50 Page #75 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI आकास : (ākās) Space. akas savvesim jivānam sesānam tah y puggalāņam c. jam dedi vivaramakhilam tam loe havadi āyāsam. (pañcā. kā. gā. 90). [ सव्वेसि जीवाणं सेसाणं तह य पुग्गलाणं च । जं देदि विवरमखिलं तं लोए हवदि आयासं । (पंचा. का. गा. 90 ) . ] आकासत्यिकाय : (ākāsatthikāy) An extensive substance in the form of space. आरशस्तिकाय आकिंचण्ण : (ākiñcanņ) Non-attachment, non-possession. आकिंचन्य hoūn y nissango niyabhavam niggahittu suh-duhadam. ņi ddanden du vaṭṭadi anayāro tasskiñcaṇham. (dvādaśā nu. 79). [ होऊण य णिस्संगो जियभावं णिग्गहित्तु सुह-दुहदं । णिदेण दु वट्टदि अणयारो तस्सऽ किंचन्हं । ( द्वादशानु. 79).] आगड़ : (āgai) Birth. āgati annagadido icchidagadie āgamanamāgadi nām (dhav pu. 13, pr. 346). [ अण्णगदीदो इच्छिदगदीए आगमणमागदी णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 346) .] आगम : (agam) Scripture, scriptural knowledge, authority, verbal testimony, word. आगम sudhammāto arabbh ayariyaparampareṇāgatamiti āgamo, attass và vayanam agamo . (anuyo. cũ. pr. 16). [सुधम्मातो आरब्भ आयरियपरंपरेणागतमिति आगमो, अत्तस्स वा वयणं आगमो । (अनुयो. चू. पृ. 16).] आगमिय : (agamiy) A scripture having dissimilar passages. अगामिक gãdhāti agamiyam khalu kaliyasutam diṭṭhivāte vă . (vises a. 546). [गाधाति अगमियं खलु कालियसुतं दिट्ठिवाते वा । (विशेषा 546).] आगार : (agar) A house; an exception. agar · आगारधम्म : (āgāradhamm) The duty of a householder. आगारधर्म आगारी : (agari) A houeholder agarī आगास : (agas) Space alas savvesim jīvānam sesāņam tah y puggalaṇam c jam dedi vivaramakhilam tam loe havadi āyāsam. (pañcā. kā. gā. 90). [ सव्वेसि जीवाणं सेसाणं तह य पुग्गलाणं च । जं देदि विवरमखिलं तं लोए हवदि आयासं । (पंचा. का. गा. 90 ) . ] - 51 Page #76 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI आगासत्यिकाय : (agasatthikay) An extensive substance in the form of space. आकाशस्तिकाय आम्गिकाय, अगणिकाय : (aggikāy, aganikāy) Fire-bodied souls. अग्निकाय prthvikāyo mrtamanusyādikayavat .---evamabadisvapi yoj yam . (s. si. 2-13). [पृथ्वीकायो मृतमनुष्यादिकायवत् ।---एवमबादिष्वपि योज्यम् । (स. सि. 2-13).] आघाय : (aghāy) Killing. aghat आघायमण्डल : (aghāyamandal) A slughter-house. agha tamandal आछिज्ज : (acchijj) A sin incurred by snatching food from others and giving it to ascetics. अच्छेद्य acche jjam cachindiy jam sami bhiccamainam . (pancāsak 68 8). [अच्छेज्जं चाछिदिय जं सामी भिच्चमाईणं । (पंचाशक 608).] आच्छेज्ज : (acchejj) A sin incurred by snatching food from others and giving it to ascetics. अच्छेद्य acchejjam cachindiy jam sami bhiccamainam . (pancasak 68 8). [अच्छेज्जं चाििदय जं सामी भिच्चमाईणं । (पंचाशक 688).] आजाइ : (ajai) Birth. ajati आजीव : (ajiv) A fault incurred by an ascetic by accepting food after making his caste etc. known आजीव jāi kul gan kamme sippe ājivaņā u pañcavihã . sūyãe a suyae v appan kahe hi ekkekke . (pindani. 437). [जाई कुल गण कम्मे सिप्पे आजीवणा उ पंचविहा । सूयाए असूयाए व अप्पाण कहेहि एक्केक्के । (पिण्डनि. 437).] 3114419 : (āņapān) Respiration, breathing, inhaling and exhaling air. आनप्राण ego āņāpāņū teyālisam sayā u bā vannā . ăvaliyapamāņeņam anantananihim niddittho. (sāryapr. malay. v. 28, 18 5-16). [एगो आणापाणू तेयालीसं सया उ बावन्ना । आवलियपमाणेणं अणंतनाणीहिं णिहिट्ठो। (सूर्यप्र. मलय. वृ. 28, 185-186).] आपयणपओग : (anayanapaog) Asking somebody to bring something from outside the limits. आनयनप्रयोग visistavadhike---ityapare pathanti . (t. bhā. hari. v si ddh. VI. 7-26). [विशिष्टावधिके---इत्यपरे पठन्ति । (त. भा. हरि. व सिद्ध. वृ. Page #77 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 53 7-26).] आणागारोवओग : (anagarovaog) Indeterminate knowledge. अनाकारोपयोग aņāyāruvajogo---sāgāro tti . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 207) [अपायारुवजोगो---सागारो ति । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 287).] अपिवितिबादरसम्पराय : (anivittibadarasamparay) A stage of spiritual development in which gross passions can also attack. अनिवृत्तिबादरसम्पराय 3440AU : (āņukampiy) Compasionate. Anukampik अणुपुब्बी : (anupuvvi) A variety of body-making karma by the rise of which a soul transmigrates from one state of existence to another. अनुपूर्वी mukkapuwasarirass---ānupuvvi nam . (dhav. pu. 13. p P. 371). [मुक्कपुव्वसरीरस्स---आणुपुवी णाम । (धव. पु. 13. पृ. 371).] आतंक : (atank) A fatal disease. amk ataikah sadyoghati rogah . (paficasiti. p. 15). [आतङ्कः सद्योघाती रोगा । (पञ्चसूटी. पृ. 15).] अतव : (atav) A kind of body-making karma by the rise of which a soul gets hotbody. आतप आतावष : (atavan) Practising austerity by enduring heat etc. आतापन अपुच्छप, अठच्छणा : (apucchana, aucchanā) Asking permission. आपच्छना apucchanā u kajje . (av. ni. 697). [आपुच्छणा उ कज्जे । (आव. नि. 697).] आपुच्छा, अउच्छा : (apucchā, aucchā) Same as Aprcchana. आपृच्छा ādāvanādigahane saņņāubbhāmagādigamane vā . viņayeņāyariya disu āpucchā hodi kāyavvä. (mūlā. 4-14). [आदावपादिगहणे सण्णाउभामगादिगमणे वा । विषयेणायरियादिसु आपुच्छा होदि कायव्वा । (मूला. 4-14).] अभिनिवेदिय : (abhinibohiy) Sensory and mental knowledge. अभिनिवेषिक inā apoh mimamsă maggaņā y gavesaņā . saņņā sai mai paņn ā savvam ābhiņibo hiyam . (nandi. gā. 77). [ईहा अपोह मीमंसा मग्गणा य गवेसणा । सप्पा सई मई पप्पा सव्वं आभिणिबोहियं । (नन्दी. गा. 77).] Page #78 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 54 आभोग : (abhog) Knowledge, consciousness. abhog ābhogo uvaogo . (pratya. sv. ga. 55). [आभोगो उवओगो । (प्रत्या. स्व. गा. 55).] आमोगपता : (abhoganata) Reflection, thought. abhogapati आभोगबउस : (abhogabaus) An ascetic consiously incurring sin. आभोगबकुश sancityakāri ābhogabakušah. (t. bhā. siddh. VI. 9-49). [संचित्यकारी आभोगबकुशः । (त. भा. सिड. वृ. 9-49).] आभोगबगुस : (abhogabagus) An ascetic consiously incurring sin. आभोगबकुश sancityakāri ābhogabakuśaḥ . (t. bhā. siddh. Vč. 9-49). [संचित्यकारी आभोगबकुशः । (त. भा. सिद्ध. वृ. 9-49).] आम : (am) Raw, unripe, uncooked. am आमगंथ : (amaganth) A fault, a sin. amagandh आमरिसोसहि : (amarisosahi) Power to cure diseases by mere touch of the hand. आमीषधि risi-kar-caraņādiņam alliyamettammi jie pāsāmmi . ji vā honti niroga sa ammarisosahi riddhi . (ti. p. 18 68). [रिसि-कर-चरणादीणं अल्लियमेत्तम्मि जीए पासाम्मि । जीवा होति गिरोगा सा अम्मरिसोसही रिद्री । (ति. प. 1868).] आमुक्स : (amukkh) Complete emancipation. amolks आयम्बिल : (ayambil) A kind of austerity in which food is taken without salt etc . आचामल आयय8 : (āyayatth) Emancipation. ayatirth आययसंठाण : (āyayasanthan) Long configuration (external form, outline). आयतसंस्थान samyaktavādi----nimittamāyatanam bhanyate . (br. dravyasam .ti. 41, pr. 148). [सम्यक्तवादि---निमित्तमायतनं भण्यते । (बृ. द्रव्यसं. टी. 41, पृ. 148).] आयरिय : (ayariy) A preceptor; the head of a group of monks. आचार्य sadā āyāra viddaṇhū---āyario ten vuccade . (mülā. 7, 8-9). [सदा आयारविद्दण्डू---आयरिओ तेण वुच्चदे । (मूला. 7, 8-9).] Page #79 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 55 आयाणमिक्खेवसमिइ : (ayananikkhevasamii) Carefullness in taking up and laying down things. अदाननिशेपसमिति potthai-kamandalaim gahan-visaggesu payataparinamo . ādāvan-n ikkhevan-samidi hodi tti niddittha . (ni. sā. 64). [पोत्थइ-कमंडलाइं गहण-विसग्गेस पयतपरिणामो । आदावण-णिक्खेवण-समिदी होदि ति णिहिट्ठा । (नि. सा. 64).] आयामग : (āyāmag) water removed after boiling rice, pulse etc. आचामक आयामविक्कम : (ayamavikkambh) Length and breadth. आयामविकम आयामविक्संभ : (ayamavikkhambh) Length and breadth. आयामविकभ RUR : (āyār) Conduct, behaviour, practice. ācār se kim tamāyāre---se tam āyāre. (nandi. 45, pr. 209) [से किं तमायारे---से तं आयारे । (णंदी. 45, पृ. 209).] आयारबम : (āyāravam) One possessed of right conduct. आचारवत आरंभ : (arambh) Sinful operation, killing. arambh prakram arambhah . (s. si. 6-8) arambhah pranipidahet uvyapārah . (s. si. 6-15). [प्रक्रम आरम्झ । (स. सि. 6-8) आरम्भः प्राणिपीडाहेतुव्यापार । (स. सि. 6-15).] आरमडा : (ārabhada) Hasty (quick) inspection of clothes. आरभटा vita hakaraṇammi turiam aņņam aņņam v giņh ārabhadā . (pam cav. 246). [वितहकरपम्मि तुरिअं अण्णं अण्णं व गिण्ह आरभडा । (पंचव. 246).] आरा : (ārā) A spoke of a wheel; an area, a division of time. आरा आराहग : (arāhag) One who devoted himself to asceticism. आराधक pancindiehim gutto maṇamāitivihakāraṇamăutto . tav-niyam -sahjamammi a jutto aradhao hoi . (odhani. 281, pr. 258) [पंचिदिएहिं गुत्तो मणमाईतिविहकारणमाउत्तो । तव-नियम-संजमंमि अ जुत्तो आराधओ होइ । (ओधनि. 281, पृ. 258).] Page #80 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI зku, 39: (āriy, ajj) Noble, revered, cultured, maternal grand-father, paternal grandfather. Rf gunairguna vadbhirva aryant ityāryāḥ. (s. si. 336). [गुणैर्गुणवद्भिर्वा अर्यन्त इत्यार्याः । (स. सि. 3-36) .] Mkuu, 384 3RÌqu: (ārovaṇā) Addition of another expiation to the former one. आरोपणा आरोह : (aroh) The hight of a body. āroh aroho näm---śarirocchrayaḥ. (bṛhatk. vr. 2051). [आरोड़ो नाम --- -- शरीरोच्छ्रायः । (बृहत्क वृ. 2051 ) .] 3: (ālāvag) A group of connected sentences. ālā pak lelay (ālā vaṇ) Binding of two things joined together. आलापन ju (älump) One engaged in evil deeds. alump C з (aloyan) Confession; general awareness. alocan jo passadi appāṇam samabhāve saṇṭhavittu parināmam. aloyan midi jāṇah parama jinan dass uvaesam. (ni. sa. 109). [ जो पस्सदि अप्पार्ण समभावे संठवित्तु परिणामं । आलोयणमिदि जाणह परमजिणंदस्स उवएसं । (नि. सा. 109).] (āriyag, ajjag) Grand-father. āryak 3: (aloyaṇā) Confession; general awareness. आलोचना uggahasamayāṇantaram sabbhūyavise satthābhimuhamālo yaṇam āloyaṇā bhannati. (nandi. cũ. pr. 26). [उग्गहसमयाणंतरं सब्भूयविसेसत्याभिमुहमालोयणं आलोयणा भणति । ( नन्दी चू. पृ. 26 ) . ] зager (āvaṭṭanaya) Determination. ävartanată 31ario: (āvaraṇijj) Obscuring, veiling, obstructing. आवरणीय 3: (avali) Same as Avalika. āvali makur • (avaliyā) A period consisting of innumerable samayas; a line, a row, a series. 31 (āvassag) An essential duty of the ascetic. आवश्यक n vaso avaso avasass kammamā vāsayam ti boddhavvā (mūlā 7-14). [ण वसो अवसो अवसस्स कम्ममावासयं ति बोद्धव्या । (मूला 7-14). ] 56 Page #81 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 57 3119 RT : (āvassay) An essential duty of the ascetic. आवश्यक n vaso avaso avasass kammamāvāsayam ti boddhawa. (mülā . 7-14). [ण वसो अवसो अवसस्स कम्ममावासयं ति बोडव्वा । (मूला. 7-14).] आवस्सिया : (avassiya) Asking permission for some pressing work. आवाश्यका । avaśyam---avaśyā kriyeti sūcitam . (anuyo. hari. v. • pr. 58). [अवश्यं---अवश्या क्रियेति सूचितम् । (अनुयो. हरि. वृ. पृ. 58).] आवीइमरप : (aviimaran) Diminution (act of lessening) of life every instant. आवीचिमरण āvici nām nirantaramityarthah, uvavannamatt ev jivo anu bhã vaparisa māpteḥ nirantaram samaye samaye marati . (uttarā. c. p. 127). [आवीची नाम निरन्तरमित्यर्थः, उववन्नमत्त एव जीवो अणुभावपरिसमाप्तेः निरन्तरं समये समये मरति । (उत्तरा. चू. पृ. 127).] / आस : (as) Food. as आसंग : (āsang) Attachment. asang आसंसा : (asamsā) Desire. akansh paccakkhānam se yam aparimāņem hoi kāyawam, jesim tu p rimānam tam duttham hoi asamsa . (uttara. ni. 3-177, p r. 176). [पच्चक्खाणं सेयं अपरिमाणेम होइ कायव्वं । जेसिं तु परीमाणं तं दुठं होइ आसंसा । (उत्तरा. नि. 3-177, पृ. 176).] आसंसापओग : (asamsapaog) Desiring. alam sa prayog आसप : (asan) Posture. asan niscayenātmano---laksanamāsanam . (ara. sa. ti. 26). [निश्चयेनात्मनो---लक्षणमासनम् । (आरा. सा. टी. 26).] आसत्ति : (asatti) Attachment. asakti आसम : (asam) aA hermitage; a stage of life. aram āśramaḥ tāpasādyāvāsaḥ . (aupapā. abhay. vs. 32, pp. 74) [आश्रम: तापसाद्यावासः । (औपपा. अभय. वृ. 32, पृ. 74).] Page #82 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI आसव : (āsav ) Influx of karma, inflow of karmic particles. आजव kāyāvānmanahkarm yogahs āsravah (t. sū. 6. 1-2). [कायावाङ्मनःकर्म योगः । स आस्रवः । (त. सू. 6. 1-2).] आसायण (āsāyan) Denial taste. asadan käyen vācā t paraprakāśyajñānasy varjanamāsādanam . si. 6-10). [कायेन वाचा त परप्रकाश्यज्ञानस्य वर्जनमासादनम् । ( स. सि. · . 6-10).] आसायणा: (āsāyana) Irreverence, disrespect, immodesty. आशातना आहारक (āhārak) Projectable body etc. ahārak āhārassudaen--- kadāci sambhavai (goji. 234-37) . [ आहारस्सुदएण --- कदाचि संभवइ । (गो. जी. 234-37).] आहारगलद्धि : (āhāragaladdhi) The power of making a projectable body. आहारकलन्वि आहारगसमुग्वाय : (āhāragasamugghay) Emanation of soul-parcticles from the gross body to make the projectable body. आहारकसमुद्घात · athoktavidhinā---āhārakasamuddhātah (t. vā. 1, 20, 12, pr > [ आहारपज्जत्ती णाम खलरसपरिणामसत्ती । ( नन्दी चू. पृ. 15)] आहारसण्णा : ( āhārasannā) Desire of taking food. आहारसंज्ञा .77) [अथोक्तविधिना --- आहारकसमुद्घातः । (त. वा. 1, 20, 12, पृ. 77 ) ] आहारपज्जत्ति : (āhārapajjatti) Full development of the power of assimilating food. आहारपर्याप्ति āhārapajjatti nām khalarasaparināmasatti (nandi cūpr. 15 (s sādidarudiraṇāe āhāradamsanen y tassuvajogen unakuṭṭhāe havadi hu āhār sannā du ( go.ji.134) [ आहारदंसणेण य तस्सुवजोगेण उणकुट्ठाए । सादिदरुदीरणाए हवदि हु आहार सण्णादु । (गो.जी. 134) ] आहिडग : (āhidag) A wanderer. ahindak इंसिणी : (inkhini) Censure, blame, adverse criticism, soul. इंखिणी inginiśabden iḍgitamātmano bhanyate .(bh.a.vijayo.29) [ इंगिणीशब्देन इङ्गितमात्मनो भण्यते । (भ.आ. विजयो. 29) ] 58 Page #83 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 59 इंगिपीमरण : (iiginimaran) Voluntary death in a definite area without receiving any service from others. इखिणीमरण ātmo pakārasa vyape kşamam paro pakāranirape kşam idginimaranam . (dhav. 1, pr.23-24) [आत्मोपकारसव्यपेक्षमं परोपकारनिरपेक्षम् इगिनीमरणम् । (धव. 1, पृ.23-24)] इंदिय : (indiy) A sense-organ. Indriy indas lingamindiyam. indo jivo, tass ling jāņāvanam sūc yam jam tamindiyamidi vuttam hodi . (dhav.pu.7,pr.61) [इंदस लिंगमिंदियं। इंदो जीवो, तस्स लिंग जाणावणं सूचयं जं तमिंदियमिदि वुत्तं होदि । (धव.पु.7,.61)] इंदियट्ठ : (indiyatth) The object of a sense organ. इन्द्रियार्थ इंदियय : (indiyay) Sensuous, sensory. Indriyaj इच्छागार : (icchāgar) willingly carrying out the orders of a preceptor. इच्छाकार icchāmabhyu pagamam karotīti icchākār ādarah . (mūlā. VI. 4-4). [इच्छामभ्युपगमं करोतीति इच्छाकार आदर । (मूला. वृ. 4-4).] इच्छापरिमाण : (icchāpariman) Limitation of desires. इच्छापरिमाप इच्छायार : (icchāyar) Willingly carrying out the orders of a preceptor. इच्छाकार icchāmabhyupagamam karo titi icchākār ādaraḥ . (mūlā. VI. 4 -4). [इच्छामभ्युपगमं करोतीति इच्छाकार आदर । (मूला. वृ.4-4) .] इटि : (iddhi) An extraordinary power. Tddhi bhogovabhog-hay-hatthi-mani-rayanasampaya sampayakaranam c iddhi n am . (dhav. Pu. 13, pr. 348). [भोगोवभोग-हय-हत्यि-मणि-रयणसंपया संपयकारणं च इडी णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 348).] इत्तरपिरगिहीयागमण : (ittarapiragihiyagaman) To enjoy a woman accepted for a short time. इत्वरपरिगृहीतागमन itvaraparigrhītāgamanam---samvanamityarthaḥ . (śrā.pr.ti. 273). [इत्वरपरिगृहीतागमनं---संवनमित्यर्थः । (श्रा.प्र.टी.273).] Page #84 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH //HINDI इत्तरी : (ittari) A woman temporarily kept itvari इत्यिवेय : (itthivey) Feminine desire strived itthivedodaen itthivedo (dhav. pu. 7, pr. 79). [ इत्थवेदोदएण इत्थिवेदो । (धव. पु. 7, पृ. 79).] इत्यीवेय : (itthivey) Feminine desire. strived itthivedodaen itthive do (dhav. pu. 7, pr. 79). [इत्थिवेदोदएण इत्थिवेदो । (धव. पु. 7, पृ. 79).] इन्द्र : ( indr) A lord of gods. indr anyade väsādhāraṇāṇimādi yogadindantiti indrāḥ. (s .si.4-4). [ अन्यदेवासाधारणाणिमादियोगादिन्दन्तीति इन्द्राः । (स.सि. 4 - 4).] इरिया (iriyā) Walking. Irya इरिया कम्म : (iriyāpahaka mm) A kind of karma incurred by walking. ईर्यापथकर्म jam tamiriyāvahakammam ṇām. t chadumatthaviyarāyāṇam sajogike valiņam vā tam savvamiriyavahakammam ṇām (satkham 5, 4, 23-24 pu. 13, pr.47). [जं तमीरिधावहकम्मं णाम । त छदुमत्थवीयरायाणं सजोगिकेवलीणम वा तं सव्वमीरियावहकम्मं णाम ।। (षट्खं. 5, 4, 23-24 पु.13, पृ.47).] इरियापहिगबंध: (iriyāpahigabandh) Karmic bondage caused by walking. ईर्यापथिकबंध इरियासमिइ : (iriyāsamii) Carefulness in walking. ईयासमिति phäsuyamaggen diva jugantarappe hiņā sakajjen. jantun par ihamra teniriyāsamidi have gamaṇam (mūlā. 1-11). [फासुयमग्गेण दिवा जुगंतरप्पेहिणा सकज्जेण । जंतूण परिहरतेणिरियासमिंदी हवे गमणं ।। (मूला 1-11 ) . ] इलोगभय : (ihalogabhay) Fear arising from the beings of this world. इहलोकभय ihalokabhayam hi kutpipāsāpidadivisayam . (ratnak. ti. .. 5-8). [ इहलोकभयं हि क्षुत्पिपासापीडादिविषयम् । (रत्नक. टी. 5-8).] इहलोगासंसाप ओग : (ihalogāsamsāpaog ) Desire of being a king etc. in this world. इहलोकाशंसाप्रयोग ihaloko manuṣyalo kaḥ, nasminnāśamsābhilāṣaḥ, tasya prayo gah (sra.pr. ti. 385 ). [इहलोको मनुष्यलोकः, नस्मिन्नाशंसाभिलाष, तस्था प्रयोगः । (श्रा. प्र. टी. 385).] 68 Page #85 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 61 SARORAT : (isarakāraniy) One who holds that God is the creator of the universe. ईश्वरकारपिक $6T : (iha) Speculation. ihā ihā ūhā apo hā maggaņā gavesaņā mimāmsā . (şaţkham. 5, 5 , 38-pu. 13, pr. 242). [HT 351 310EI ATITT TAYT HAI (. 5, 5, 38-9.13.9.242). ] 38 : (unch) Begging of alms. unch 33 : (uu) A measure of time consisting of two months. ऋतु do māsā uū . (bhagavati pr. 825). [ RT 33 I (ad q. 825). ] 3315, 5 : (uugai, ujjugai) Straight motion. ऋजुगात 3345 : (uumai) Straight telepathy. çjuga ti 35R : (ukkaris) Pride, eminence, rise, prosperity. उत्कर्ष ukkaddanam have vaddhi . (go.k.438). [30554 8d 95c0 (Th.05.438).] 3ROOIBRU : (ukkāliy) A canonical text which can be studied at any proper time, that is for the study of which there is no fixed time. Brasileras svādhyāyakāle aniyata kā lamutkā likam . (t. vā. 1, 20, 14). [FQET U TAHrastfony i a. a. 1, 20, 14).] your : (uggam) A fault incurred by an ascetic owing to a householder in connection with his food etc. BETH 31415H : (ugghāim) Minor expiation, same as Udghatika. उद्घातिम 37854 : (ugghāiy) Minor expiation. udghātik Jah : (uccagott) A kind of karma by the rise of which a soul is born in a high family. 3oluta yasyodayāt loka pūjiteșu kuleșu janam taduccairgo tram . (s.si.8-12). [यस्योदयात लोकपूजितेषु कुलेषु जनम तदुच्चैर्गोत्रम् । (9.24.8-12).] Page #86 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI उच्चव्वय : (uccavvay) one observing great vows, i.e., an ascetic. उच्चव्रत उच्चारपासवण : (uccārapāsavan) Exertion and urine. उच्चारप्रसवप vanadah-kisi-masikade thandillenupparodh vitthanne . avag da jantuvivitte ucсārādi visa jje jjo. (mūlā.5-124) [वणदाह-किसि-मसिकदे थंडिल्लेणुप्परोध वित्थपणे । अवगदजंतुविवित्ते उच्चारादी विसज्जेज्जो । (मला.5-124).] उच्चावय : (uccāvay) High and low. uccavac उच्छास : (ucchās) Inhalation. ucchavas sankhe jjão avalião ūsāso . (ānuyo. sū. 137,pr. 178). [संखेज्जाओ आवलिआओ ऊसासो । (आनुयो. सू. 137,पृ.178).] zostan : (uccholan) Careless washing of hands etc. उच्छोलन उजुगइ : (ujugai) Straight motion. rjugati उमइ : (ujumai) Straight telepathy. rjumati ujjumati---cintio tti jāņai . (nandi. cūrņi pr. 1 5). [उज्जुमती---चिंतिओ ति जाणइ । (नन्दी. चूर्णि पृ. 15).] उज्जुमड़ : (ujjumai) Straight telepathy. rjumati ujjumati---cintio tti janai . (nandi. cumi pr. 1 5). [उज्जुमती---चिंतिओ त्ति जाणइ । (नन्दी. चूर्णि पृ. 15).] उज्जुसत्त : (ujjusutt) Straight (present or momentary) viewpoint, analytic stand-point. अजुसूत्र ujusudo duviho----pajjayavisao . (dhav. pu. 9, pr.244). [उजुसुदो दुविहो---पज्जयविसओ । (धव. पु. 9, पृ.244).] उज्बुसत्तामास : (ujjusuttābhās) Fallacy of the straight viewpoint, fallacy of the analytic standpoint. अजुसूत्राभास उज्जुसुत्ताहास : (ujjusuttāhās) Fallacy of the straight viewpoint, fallacy of the analytic standpoint. ऋजुसूत्राभास उज्जोय : (ujjoy) A kind of body making karma by the rise of which a soul gets bright body. उद्योत Page #87 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI gocitet : (uddhalog) upper world, celestial world. कर्वलोक उत्किट्ठ : (utkitth) Maximum. utast pañcamahavvayajuttă---ukkiţthā antarā honti .. (karti ke. 195). [पंचमहव्वयजुत्ता---उक्किट्ठा अंतरा होति ।। (कार्तिके. 195).] उत्तमळ, उत्तमत्य : (uttamatth, uttamatth) Salvation. उत्तमार्य उत्तमहाप : (uttamatthān) Salvation. uttamasthan उत्तमठाण : (uttamathan) Salvation. uttamasthan उत्तमपुरिस : (uttamapuris) An excellent man like Tirthankara Cakravartin etc. उत्तमपुरुष उत्तरगुण : (uttaragun) A secondary duty, a minor virtue. उत्तरगुण sesah pind---tvami matih .. (abhidha. 2, pr.763). [शेषाः पिण्ड---त्वमी मताः ।। (अभिधा. 2, पृ.763).] उत्तरचर : (uttaracar) Successor. uttaracar उत्तरपयिडी, उत्तरपइडी : (uttarapayidi, uttarapaidi) A sub-division of karma. उत्तरप्रकृति pudh-pudhāvayavā pajjavaţthiyaņayaņibandhaņā uttarapayaļi ņām.( dhav.pu.6, pr.5-6). [पुध-पुधावयवा पज्जवठियणयणिबंधणा उत्तरपयडी णाम । (धव.पु.6, पृ.5-6).] उत्तापिय : (uttāniy) One who has taken a vow to lie flat. उत्तानिक उत्यापपरियापिय : (utthānapariyaniy) A biography from birth to death. उत्थानपरियानिक उदय : (uday) Rise, realisation. uday jam kammakkhandhā---mudao tti sanna . (dhav.pu. 6, pr. 2 13). [जं कम्मक्खंधा---मुदओ ति सण्या । (धव.पु. 6, पृ. 213).] उदाहरण : (udaharan) Illustration, example. udaharan drstantavacanamudāharanam . (pramānami. 2, 1, 13). [दृष्टान्तवचनमुदाहरणम् । (प्रमाणमी. 2, 1, 13).] उदीरणा : (udirana) Premature realisation. udrapa je kammakkhandhā---udiraņā vyapadeśāt . (dhav. pu. 6,pr. 214). [जे कम्मक्खंधा---उदीरणाव्यपदेशात् । (धव. पु. 6,पृ. 214).] Page #88 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI afton: (uddiṭṭhabhatt) Food specially prepared for an ascetic. उद्दिष्टिभक्त (uddesag) A sub-division of a chapter. उद्देशक T: (uddesig) A sin incurred by an ascetic by accepting the food etc. specially prepared for them. 3 devad-pāsaṇḍattham---samāde so. (mūlā. 6, 6-7). [देवद- पासंडत्थं - - - समादेसो । (मूला. 6, 6-7 ) . ] aru (uddesiy) A sin incurred by an ascetic by accepting the food etc. specially prepared for them. A devad-pāsaṇḍattham---samāde so. (mūlā. 6, 6-7). [देवद- पासंडत्थं --- समादेसो । (मूला. 6, 6-7 ). ] ZENIE, BECUE : (uddhagai, uḍdhagai) Upward motion. ऊर्ध्वगति (uddhalog) upper world, celestial world. ऊर्ध्वलोक Barycian: (uddhārapallo vam) The time required to empty a pit which is one yojana in length, breath and width and is filled with the finest points of hair and from which one hair-point is taken out at every samaya. Baryeng tatth nam je se --- ---uddhāra palio vame. (anuyo. 138, pṛ. 180). [ तत्थ णं जे से -- उद्धारपलिओवमे । (अनुयो 138, पृ. 188 ) . ] JARGOT : (uddhārasamay) The number of Samayas contained in 25 Sagaropamas, many crore years. RAHU SCARENRICH : (uddhārasāgaro vam) A measure of time consisting of more than ten crore years. BARAPRIYA eesim pallāṇam---bhave parimāṇam (anuyo. gā. 107, pr .. . 180). [ एएसि पल्लाणं --- भवे परिमाणं ।। (अनुग्रो. गा. 187, पृ. 188 ) . ] 3: (uppal) A measure of time consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Utpalangas. t (uppalang) A measure of time consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Hunutas. ÜHI R: (uppay) Origination. utpād āvibbhāvo uppado. (dhav.pu. 15, pr.19). [आविब्भावो उप्पादो । ( धव. पु. 15, पृ. 19).] 64 Page #89 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI उप्पाराण: (uppāyan) A fault incurred by an ascetic himself in connection with his food etc. उत्पादन उन्मिष्ण: (ubbhinn) A fault incurred by an ascetic by accepting the food etc. given after opening a door etc. उभिन pihidam lañchidayam vā osah-dhidasakkarädi jam davvam ubbhi Anniūn deyam ubbhinnam hodi aādavvam ( mūlā. 6-22) [पिहिदं लंछिदयं वा ओसह धिदसक्करादि जं दव्वं । उब्भिणिऊण देयं उब्भिण्णं होदि णादव्वं । ( मूला. 6-22).] · उम्माण: (ummān) A measure of weight. unmān se kim tam ummāne ?---bisam tulão bhāro . (anuyo. sū . 132, pr. 153). [ से किं तं उम्माणे ?--- - बीसं तुलाओ भारो । ( अनुयो. सू. 132, q.153).] उम्मिस्स : (ummiss ) Food mixed with what possesses life. उन्मित्र pudhavi āū y tahā harida biyā tasā y sajjīvā . pañce him te him missam āhāram hodi ummisasam (mūlā. 6-53). [पुढवी आऊ य तहा हरिदा बीया तसा य सज्जीवा । पंचेहि तेहि मिस्सं आहारं होदि उम्मिससं 11 (मूला 6-53).] उरौपरिसप्प : (uroparisapp ) A reptile moving on the breast. उस्परिसर्प उवंग : (uvang) A subsidary canonical text. upäñig उवउत्त : (uvautt) Attentive, cautious. upayukt उवएसरुड़ : (uvaesarui) Right belief produced by a sermon. उपदेशरुचि ee cev u bhāve uvaiṭṭhe jo paren saddahai. chadamatthen ji nen v uvaesarui tti nāyavvo (uttarā. 28-19). [एए चेव उ भावे उवइट्ठे जो परेण सदहइ । छदमत्थेण जिणेण व उवएसरुइ त्ति नायव्वो ।। (उत्तरा 28-19).] उवओग : (uvaog ) Cognition, carefulness, attentiveness. उपयोग uvaogo nāndamsanam bhanido (prav. sā. 2-62 ). [ उवओगो णाण- दंसणं भणिदो । ( प्रव. सा. 2-62 ) . ] - 65 Page #90 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI JURY: (uvagaran) An implement. upakaran viṣayaggahanasamattham uvagaraṇam indiyantaram tam pi uvaghae ginhai nivvittibhāve vi.. (viseșă. 4563). [विषयग्गहणसमत्थं उवगरणं इंदियंतरं तं पि । जं नेह तदुवधाए गिण्हइ निव्वित्तिभावे वि ।। (विशेषा. 4563) ] zaurifzu : (uvagaraṇindiy) Protecting environment of a sense-organ. upakaranendriyam---gṛhlātīti. (lalitavi. pam. pr.39). [ उपकरणेन्द्रियं - - - गृहलातीती । (ललितवि. पं. पृ. 39 ) . ] aarufu (uvagaranendiy) Protecting environment of a sense-organ. उपकरणेन्द्रिय upakaranendriyam---gṛhlätiti. (lalitavi. pam. pr.39). [उपकरणेन्द्रियं - - - गृस्लातीती । (ललितवि. पं. पृ. 39 ) . ] JR (uvagar) Function, benefit, benevolence. upakār (uvaggah) Help, favour, kindness, benevolance. 0 उपग्रह upagraho nimittama pekṣā kāraṇam heturityanarthantaram (t. bhā. 5-17). [उपग्रहो निमित्तमपेक्षा कारणं हेतुरित्यनर्थान्तरम् । ( त. भा. 5-17).] a (uvaghāy) False accusation. upaghat prasastajñānadūṣaṇamu paghataḥ. (s.si.6-10). [प्रशस्तज्ञानदूषणमुपघातः । (स. सि. 6-18).] Baron (uvaghāyaṇām) A variety of body-making karma which causes abnormal formation of the body. jass kammass udaen sariramappano cev piḍam kare di tam kam mamuvaghādam nām. (dhav.pu. 13, pr.364). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण सरीरमप्पणो चेव पीडं करेदि तं कम्ममुवघादं णाम (.q.13, 9.364).] (uvajjhāy) A teacher, a professor. upadhyay rayaṇattayasan juttä jinakahiyapayatthadesayā sūrā. ṇikkhambhāv sahiya uvajjhāyā erisa honti. (ni. sã. 74). [ रयणत्तयसंजुत्ता जिणकहियपयत्यदेसया सूरा । जिक्खंभावसहिया उवज्झाया एरिसा होंति । (नि. सा. 74).] (uvaṭṭana) Increasing the duration and intensity of karma. jam neh ta 66 Page #91 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI Baca: (uvaṭṭhāvan) Readmission into the order of monks or nuns. उपस्थापन punardikṣā prā paṇamupasthāpanā. (s. si. 9-22). [पुनर्दीक्षाप्रापणमुपस्थापना । ( स. सि. 9-22).] Ja (uvanay) Application, bringing near. upanay eteṣām nayānām viṣay upanayaḥ. (dhav. pu. 9 pr. 182). [ एतेषां नयानां विषय उपनयः । (धव. पु. 9 पृ. 182).] 34 (uvattaṇā) Increasing the duration and intensity of karma. udvartanam sthiti-ras-vṛddhyāpādanam pr. 3015, pr.725). [उद्वर्तनं स्थिति-रस- वृद्यापादनम् । (विशेषा. को. पृ. 3015, q.725).] • (uvabhog) Enjoyment of consumable things. upabhog uvabhogo u puno uvabhujjai vatth-nilayā iti. (praśnavy a. vr. pr. 220). [उवभोगो उ पुणो उवभुज्जइ वत्थ-निलया इति । (प्रश्नव्या वृ. पृ. 220).] (višeṣā. ko. CHAR: (uvabhogantaray) A variety of power-obstructing karma by the rise of which one cannot enjoy consumable things. उपभोगान्तराय upabhogavigghayaram uvabhogantaraiyam. (dhav. pu. 15, pr. 14). [ उपभोगविग्घयरं उवभोगंतराइयं । (धव. पु. 15, पृ. 14 ) ] उवभोगपरिभोगपरिमाण: (uvabhogaparibhogaparimān) Limiting consumable and non-consumable things. उपभोगपरिभोगपरिमाण upabhogośan---paribhoga parimāņam. (s. si. 7, 21). [उपभोगोऽशन --- परिभोगपरिमाणम् । ( स. सि. 7, 21 ) . ] . 3944: (uvamāṇ) Analogy. upamän prasiddhasādharmyātsādhyasādhanamupamānam vг. 3, 7, pr. 184). [प्रसिद्धसाधर्म्यात्साध्यसाधनमुपमानम् । (सिद्धिवि. वृ. 3, 7, q. 184).] aqur : (uvayār) Transference of epithet; figurativeness, formality. BYER sinful activity. उपरत · (uvaray) One who has desisted from sin, free from 67 (siddhivi. Page #92 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 68 68 उवर्लभ : (uvalambh) Observation. upalambh उववत्ति : (uvavatti) Concomitance, occurring.8 upapatta उववाय : (uvavāy) Instantaneous birth, i.e. the birth of celestial and infernal beings, an unexpected occurrence. उपपात upapa tanamu papā to dev-nārakāņām janm . (sthānā. abhay. VI. 1-28, pr. 19). [उपपतनमुपपातो देव-नारकाणां जन्म । (स्थाना. अभय. वृ. 1-28, पृ. 19).] उववाय : (uvavāy) Same as Upapata, effecting. upapad appidagadido---uvavādo nam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 347). [अप्पिदगदीदो---उववादो णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 347).] उववास : (uvavas) A fast. upavas. upavasah upavasanam---bhuktikriyānām c tyāgah . (sa. dh . svo. ti. 5-34). [उपवास: उपवसनम्---भुक्तिक्रियाणां च त्यागः । (सा. ध. स्वो. टी. 5-34).] उवसंपया : (uvasampayā) Placing oneself under another preceptor in order to acquire knowledge etc. उपसंपदा upasam payā ācāryasy dhaukanam . (bh. ā. vijayo. ți. 2-68) [उपसंपया आचार्यस्य ढोकनम् । (भ. आ. विजयो. टी. 2-68).] उवसग्ग : (uvasagg) Trouble, affliction. upasary उवसन्तकसाय : (uvasantakasay) One whose passions have subsided. उपशान्तकषाय jo uvasamai kasāe mohassambandhipa yaţibūham c. uvasāmao tti bhanio khavao namam n so lahai . (bhavasam. de. 655). [जो उवसमइ कसाए मोहस्संबंधिपयडिबूहं च । उवसामओ ति भणिओ खवओ णामं ण सो लहइ । (भावसं. दे. 655).] उवसन्तमोह : (uvasantamoh) One whose delusion has subdided. उपशान्तमोह uvasan tehim tu uvasanto . (Satak. bhā. 98, pr. 21). [उवसंतेहिं तु उवसंतो । (शतक. भा. 9a, पृ. 21).] उवसम : (uvasam) Forgiveness, peace, subsidence. upatan upasantirupasamah . (sra. pr. ti. 53). [उपशान्तिरुपशमः 1 (श्रा. प्र. टी. 53).] Page #93 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 69 उवसमग : (uvasamag) An ascetic subsiding his passions. उपशमक apuvwakaran---atthi uvasama khava . (satkharm. 1, 1, 16-18) [अपूवकरण---अस्थि उवसमा खवा । (षट्वं. 1, 1, 16-18).] उवसमसेणी : (uvasamaseni) The ladder of spiritual advancement by a gradual subsidence of deluding karmas. उपशमत्रेणी yatr mohaniy karmopaśamayannā tyārohati sopaśamakaśren i. (t. va. 9, 1, 18). [यत्र मोहनीय कर्मोपशमयन्त्रात्याऽऽरोहति सोपशमकश्रेणी । (त. वा. 9, 1, 18).] उवस्सय : (uvassay) A place wherer ascetics stay. उपाश्रय उवहाण : (uvahān) An austerity; a pillow, a harsh discipline. उपधान upadadhātityupadhānam---saphalatvāt . (daśavai. ni. hari. VI. 3-184, pr. 184). [उपदधातीत्युपधानं---सफलत्वात् । (दशवै. नि. हरि. वृ. 3-184, पृ. 184).] उवहारणता : (uvahaanata) Holding. upadharanata उवहि : (uvahi) Possessions, implements. upadhi upadadhāti tirtham upadhiḥ (uttar. cũ. pr. 204). [उपदधाति तीर्थम् उपधि (उत्तर. चू. पृ. 284).] उवादाण : (uvādān) Material cause. upadan उवादिज्ज : (uvadijj) Acceptable. upadey उवादेज्ज : (uvadejj) Acceptable. upidey उवासग : (uvāsag) A lay votary. Upasak उवासगपडिमा : (uvāsagapadimā) A special vow of a lay votary. उपासकप्रतिमा उवासिगा : (uvāsiga) A female lay votary. upasilai उविक्खा : (uvikkha) Indifference. upeksh suh-dukkhadhiyāsanamuvekkha . (bh. a. 1696). [सुह-दुक्खधियासणमुवेक्खा । (भ. आ. 1696).] उवेक्खा : (uvekkha) Indifference. upeksa suh-dukkhadhiyāsana muvekkhā . (bh. a. 1696). [सुह-दुक्खधियासणमुवेक्वा । (भ. आ. 1696).] Page #94 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 78 उवोग्वाय : (uvogghay) An Introduction. upodghat upodghā tastu---arthānugamatvāt . (āv. ni. malay. VI. 128, pr. 148). [उपोद्घातस्तु---अर्थानुगमत्वात् । (आव. नि. मलय. वृ. 128, पृ. 148).] उसभणारयसंहपण : (usabhanārāyasamhanan) A physical constitution in which the joining of bones is not very firm. अषभनाराचसंहनन risaho pattoy kilia vajjam . (saligrahani sd v. 117). [रिसहो पट्टोय कीलिआ वजं । (संग्रहणी सू वृ. 117).] उसमनारायसंहपय : (usabhanārāyasamhanan) A physical constitution in which the joining of bones is not very firm. ऋषभनाराचसंहनन risaho pattoy kilia vajjam . (sangrahani s| VI. 117). [रिसहो पट्टोय कीलिआ वज्जं । (संग्रहणी सू वृ. 117).] उसहपाण्यसंहणण : (usahanārāyasamhanan) A physical constitution in which the joining of bones is not very firm. ऋषभनाराचसंहनन risaho pattoy kilia vajjam . (sangrahani sd v. 117). [रिसहो पट्टोय कीलिआ वज्जं । (संग्रहणी सू वृ. 117).] उसहनारायसंहपण : (usahanārāyasamhanan) A physical constitution in which the joining of bones is not very firm. ऋषभनाराचसंहनन risaho pattoy kilia vajjam . (sangrahani suvr. 117). [रिसहो पट्टोय कीलिआ वज्जं । (संग्रहणी सू वृ. 117).] उस्सप्पिणी : (ussappini) Ascending aeon in which happiness etc. gradually increase. उत्सर्पिणी। dasaságaro vamāņam puņņão honti kodikosio . osappiņipamā nam tam cevusappinie vi .. (jyotisk.2-83). [दससागरोवमाणं पुण्णाओ होंति कोडिकोडीओ । ओसप्पिणीपमाणं तं चेवुसप्पिणीए वि ।। (ज्योतिष्क.2-83).] उस्सेहंगुल : (ussehaigul) A measure equal to eight barley grains. उत्सेधागुल hodi hu udisehasūciangulayam .. (ti. p. 1-107). [होदि हु उदिसेहसूचिअंगुलयं ।। (ति. प. 1-187).] Buku : (ūņodariyā) Reduced diet. Uno darila उह : (āh) Inductive reasoning. ah avagrhitărthasyānadhigatavišeşah uhyate tarkyate anayā it i jhā . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 242). [अवगृहीतार्थस्यानधिगतविशेष: उस्यते तय॑ते अनया इति ऊहा । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 242).] Page #95 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 71 एक्क : (ekk) oneness, identity, solitariness, loneliness. एकत्व एक्कभत्त : (ekkabhatt) Taking only one meal in a day. udayatthamane kāle ņālītiyavajjiyamhi-majjhamhi . ekamhi dua tie vā muhattakāleyabhattam tu . (māla. 1-35) [उदयत्यमणे काले पालीतियवज्जियम्हि-मज्झम्हि । एकम्हि दुअ तिए वा मुहत्तकालेयभत्तं तु । (मूला. 1-35)] एक्कवाई : (ekkavai) One who holds that there is only one soul in the universe and that alone is real. एकवादी एगढसमवाई : (egatthasamavai) Co-inherent in the substratum. एकार्थसमवायी एगणामि : (eganāni) An omniscient person. elajrani एगत्त : (egatt) Oneness, identity, solitariness, loneliness. एकत्व एगन्त : (egant) Absolute. akant jam tam eyāṇantam tam logamajjhãdo egasedhim pekkhamāņe antā bhāvādo eyāṇantam . (dhav. pu. 3, pr. 16). [जं तं एयाणंतं तं लोगमज्यादो एगसेटिं पेक्खमाणे अंताभावादो एयाणंतं । (धव. पु. 3, पृ. 16).] एगन्तर : (egantar) Fasting etc. on alternate days. एकान्तर एगन्तवाय : (egantavay) Absolutism. untavad एगमत्त : (egabhatt) Taking only one meal in a day. . एकमक udayatthamaņe kāle ņālītiyavajjiyamhi-majjhamhi , ekamhi dua tie vă muhattakāle yabhattam tu . (mūlā. 1-35) [उदयत्यमणे काले पालीतियवज्जियम्हि-ममम्हि । एकम्हि दुअ तिए वा मुहत्तकालेयभत्तं तु । (मूला. 1-35)] एगवाई : (egavai) One who holds that there is only one soul in the universe and that alone is real. एकवादी एगवती : (egavali) An austerity consisting of a number of fasts in ascending and descending order. एकावलि एगसण : (egasan) Taking only one meal in a day. Man ekkam asaņam ahavå vi āsaņam jatth niccalapuyass . tam ek kasanamuttam igavelibhoyane niyamo . (pratyakhyanasv. 1 87) [एक्कं असणं अहवा वि आसणं जत्य निच्चलपुयस्स । तं एक्कासपमुत्तं इगवेलाभोयणे नियमो । (प्रत्याख्यानस्व. 187)] Page #96 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 72 एगासपिय : (egasaniy) one who takes his food only once a day. एकाशनिक एगेन्दिय : (egendiy) A one-sensed being, a being with one sense, viz. touch एकेन्द्रिय eden ekken indiyen jo jāņadi passadi se vadi jivo so eindio nām . (dhav. pu. 7, pr. 62). [एदेण एक्केण इंदियेण जो जाणदि पस्सदि सेवदि जीवो सो एइंदिओ णाम । (धव. पु. 7, पृ. 62).] एवंभूय : (evambhuy) Such like viewpoint which accepts the meaning of a word when the object is engaged in the action indicated by it. एवंभूत nirayagaim sampatto jaiyā aṇuhavai ņārayam dukkham . taiyã so neraio evambhādo nano bhanadi . (dhav. pr. 7, pr. 29). [णिरयगई संपत्तो जइया अणुहवइ णारयं दुक्खं । तइया सो रइओ एवंभूदो णणो भणदि । (धव. पृ. 7, पृ. 29).] एवंभूयाभास : (evambhāyābhās) Fallacy of the such-like viewpoint. एवंभूताभास kriyānābistam vastu śabda vācyata yā pratikşipamst u tadābhāsah . (pr. n. t. 7-42). [क्रियाऽनाबिष्टं वस्तु शब्दवाच्यतया प्रतिक्षिपस्तु तदाभासः । (प्र. न. त. 7~42).] एवंभूयाहास : (evambhjyahās) Fallacy of the such-like viewpoint. एवंभूताभास kriyānābistam vastu śabdavācyatayā prati kşipamst u tadabhasah . (pr. n. t. 7-42). [क्रियाऽनाबिष्टं वस्तु शब्दवाच्यतया प्रतिक्षिपंस्तु तदाभासः । (प्र. न. त. 7-42).] एसणा : (esana) Search of food etc. egana kimesanam ? asan-pan-khadiy-sadiyam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 55). [किमेषणम् ? असण-पाण-खादिय-सादियं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 55).] एसपासमिइ : (esanasamii) carefulness in begging food etc. एषणासमिति kad-kāridāņumodaņarahidam tah pasugam pasattham c . diņnam p ren bhattam sambhutti esaņāsamidi . (ni. sā. 63). [कद-कारिदाणुमोदणरहिदं तह पासुगं पसत्यं च । दिण्णं परेण भत्तं संभुत्ती एसणासमिदी । (नि. सा. 63).] Page #97 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 73 एसपिज्ज ! (esanijj) Acceptable, worthy of being received. एमपीय ओदइग : (odaig) Emerging due to the rise of karmas. औदायक ओदरिंग : (odarig) Emerging due to the rise of karmas. औदयिक ओदरिय : (odariy) Gross body etc. audarik ओप्पत्तिई : (oppattii) Instantaneous, immediate. औत्पतिकी auppattiki bhavantarasuda viņaenam samullasidabhāvā . (ti. pā . 4-1820). [अउप्पत्तिकी भवंतरसुदविणएणं समुल्लसिदभावा । (ति. पा. 4-1828).] ओरोहपरिणाह : (oro haparinah) The length of the outstreched arms being equal of the height of the body. आरोहपरिणाह ओववाइय : (ovavaiy) A celestial or infernal being. औपपातिक, औपपादिक ओवसमिग : (ovasamig) Emerging due to the subsidence of karma. औपशमिक jo so ovasamio--- jivabhavabandho nām . ($. kham. 5, 6, 17-p u. 14, pr. 14). [जो सो ओवसमिओ---जीवभावबंधो णाम । (ष. खं. 5, 6, 17-पु. 14, पृ. 14).] ओवसमिय : (ovasamiy) Emerging due to the subsidence of karma. औपशमिक jo so ovasamio---jivabhāvabandho nām . (s. kham. 5, 6, 17-p ५. 14, pr. 14). [जो सो ओवसमिओ---जीवभावबंधो णाम । (ष. खं. 5, 6, 17-पु. 14, पृ. 14).] ओह : (oh) General, ordinary, worldly stream. ogh ओहदिदिठ : (ohaditthi) Commonplace attitude. oghadrati ओहसण्णा : (ohasannā) Instinct. oghasali jha oghasañjñā tu---yopaśamasamutthā . (ācārā. si. vs. 1, 1, 1, 1, pt. 12). [ओघसंज्ञा तु---योपशमसमुत्था । (आचारा. शी. वृ. 1, 1, 1, 1, पृ. 12).] Page #98 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI ओहिय : (ohiy) General, common. aughik कंबल : (kambal) A blanket. Ambal करव : (kamravā) Desire for false tenets (belief). कांश kańkhả buddhāipaniyadarisanesu gāho abhilaso · jao bhaniyam-k mkhā annonnadamsaņaggā ho . (pancāsak cū. pr. 46). [कंखा बुद्धाइपणीयदरिसणेसु गाहो अभिलासो । जओ भणियं-कंखा अन्नोन्नदंसणग्गाहो । (पंचासक चू. पृ. 46).] PAU : (kakkasă) Acute pain. karla ka कग्ज : (kajj) Effects. Hry कटिबंधष: (kadibandhan) A cloth for the waist. lagbandhan काय : (kaduy) Bitter taste. latuk jass kammass udaen sarirapoggalā kaduvaraseņ pariņamanti tam kaduvanam . (dhav. Pu. 6, pr. 75). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण सरीरपोग्गला कडुवरसेण परिणमंति तं कडुवणाम । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 75).] कटिण : (kadhin) Hard touch. ahin anamanātmakah kathinah . (anu. hari. vr. pr. 68). [अनमनात्मकः कठिन । (अनु. हरि. व. पृ. 68).] कपगावली : (kanagavali) An austerity which, when graphically represented by the units of fasts of which it consists, assumes the shape of a gold necklace. कनकावली कण्यालय : (kannaliy) A lie spoken for a girl. कन्यतिका tatr kanyālīkam yatha bhinnam kanyåmabhinnām vā viparyay m va vadato bhavati . (s. dh. svo. ti. 4-39). [तत्र कन्यालीकं यथा भिन्न कन्यामभिन्नां वा विपर्ययं वा वदतो भवति । (स. घ. स्वो. टी. 4-39).] कण्हलेस : (kanhalesā) The first of the six kinds of lesya, the black temperament. कृपतेश्य jímūyaniddhasankāsā gavalariţthagasannibhā . khañ jañ jañanayaņanibhā kinhalessā u dannao . (uttara. 34-4). [जीमूयनिसंकासा गवलरिट्ठगसन्निभा । संजंजणनयपनिभा किण्हलेस्सा उ दण्णओ । (उत्तरा. 34-4).] कण्हतेस्स : (kanhalessa) The first of the six kinds of lesya, the black temperament. कृपलेश्य jímūyaniddhasankäsă gavalariţthagasannibhā . khan janjañanayananibha kinhaless u dannao . (uttara. 34-4). [जीमयनिहसंकासा गवलरिट्ठगसन्निभा । संजंजपनयणनिभा किण्हलेस्सा Page #99 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 75 उ दण्णओ । (उत्तरा. 34-4).] कन्द : (kand) A bulb, a bulbous root, a bulbous vegetation. कन्द कन्दप : (kandap) An amorous talk, a loving talk. कन्दर्प kahaka hakahass hasa mam kanda ppo anihuyā y samlăvā. kanda ppakah ākahanam kandappuvaes samsa y . (brhatk. 1296). [कहकहकहस्स हसमं कंदप्पो अनिहुया य संलावा । कंदप्पकहाकहणं कंदप्पुवएस संसा य । (बृहत्क. 1296).] CIG : (kandamūl) A bulb and a root. kanda mül कप्प : (kapp) Proper conduct, i.e. conduct according to prescribed rules, a cycle of two aeons. कल्प prāggraive yake bhyah kalpāḥ . (t. sū. 4-24). [प्राग्गवेयकेभ्यः कल्पाः । (त. सू. 4-24).] कप्प : (kapp) Acceptable, permitted. lalpy कप्पदिव्य : (kappatthiy) An ascetic observing scriptrual rules. कल्पस्थित कप्पणिज्ज : (kappanijj) Free from any fault; acceptable कल्पनीय कप्परक्स : (kapparukkh) A desire-fulfilling tree. कल्पवृक्ष कप्पाईय : (kappaiy) An ascetic who has transcended scriptural rules. कल्पातीत kalpānatitāḥ kalpititāḥ . (s. si. 4-17). [कल्पानतीताः कल्पीतीताः । (स. सि. 4-17).] कप्पिय : (kappiy) Proper, prescribed. lalpik, lalpit kalpitam svabuddhikalpanāśilpanirmitamucyate. (daśavai • hari. VI. 1-53, p.. 34). [कल्पितं स्वबुद्धिकल्पनाशिल्पनिर्मितमुच्यते । (दशवै. हरि. व. 1-53, पृ. 34).] कप्पिय : (kappiy) Fit for an ascetic, acceptable. कल्पिक, कल्पित kalpitam svabuddhikalpanāśilpanirmitamucyate . (dasavai . hari. vr. 1-53, pr. 34). [कल्पितं स्वबुद्धिकल्पनाशिल्पनिर्मितमुच्यते । (दशवै. हरि. व. 1-53, पृ. 34).] Page #100 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI q HET : (kamadhag) A dining bowl of a nun. kamadhak 994 : (kamabhāv) Succesive occurrence. kramabhāv $74 : (kamm) Fine particles of matter binding the soul; action or activity; occupation, auf kammam jamaņāyariovaesiam sippamannahābhihiam . kisi-vă nijjāiyam ghadalohäräibheam c. (āv. ni. 928). [कम्मं जमणायरिओवएसिअं सिप्पमन्त्रहाऽभिहिअं । किसि-वाणिज्जाइयं ESTETISHİ 71 (311a. A. 928).] m : (kammakkhandh) Karmic molecule. karmaskandh T : (kamma jog) Activity pertaining to karnic body. कर्मयोग sarvašarir---yogah karmayogah. (s. si. 2-25). [ ---UHE DEUTE. (A. R. 2-25).] 144586 : (kammapaiļi) Karmic nature. karma prakti uit : (kammapuggal) Karmic matter. karma pudgal mig : (kammabandh) Karmic bondage. karma bandh Im : (kammabhūmi) A land of action, i.e. a region where people earn their livelihood by any of the three occupations, viz. military, literary and agricultural. कर्मभूमि ath katham karmabhūmitvam---karmabhumivyapadešo vedita vyaḥ . (s. si. 3-37). [374 DU H ---Difufuaiu afera I (R. R. 3-37).] A1 RT : (kammabhūmiy) A person born in a land of action. कर्मभूमिब A T : (kammamāsag) A weight equal to ten grains. कर्ममाशक DIA : (kammay) Karmic body etc. karma j A : (kammaya) Developed by practical experience. कर्मजा 14° : (kammavaggaņā) A group of karmic particles. कर्मवर्गणा kamma vaggaņā ņām aţthakammakkhandhaviyappă . (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 52). (14am TA 37600ijafan 1 (Ta. . 14, 9. 52).] Page #101 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 4 : (kammavãi) One who believes in the doctrine of ma. Das RECU: (kammasamutthā) Karmaja. karma samutthā laogadiţthasārā---citta kāre a 12. (nandi. gā. 67-68 US ARCOIRI---favor 31 12 1 (F1. M. 67-68).] 4 : (kammāņ) Karmic body etc. karman Eyvakammāņam parūhaņuppādayam suhadukkhāņam bījamidi kamm am . (şațkham. 5, 6, 241, pu. 14, pr. 328). सव्वकम्माणं परूहणुप्पादयं सुहदुक्खाणं बीजमिदि कम्मइयं । . 5, 6, 241, 9. 14, q. 328).] 4 4 : (kammāyān) A profession not fit for a ly-votary, a cruel profession by which sinful karmas are curred. कर्मादान mars : (kammā vāi) One who believes in the doctrine karma. कर्मवादी 4$ : (kammii) Developed by practical experience, ime as karmaja. कार्मिकी pra : (ka ya jumm) Any number which being divided by pur does not leave any remainder behind, Payra aduhi avahirijjamāņe jamhi răsimhi cattāri thănti kam kada jummam. (dhav. pu. 3, pr. 249). दुहि अवहिरिज्जमाणे जम्हि रासिम्हि चत्तारि ट्ठांति तं कदजुम्म |(92. g. 3, q. 249).] vy- 9A : (ka ya jumm-dāvara jumm) Any number hich being divided by four leaves two behind and the sum got division when divided by four leaves no remainder, for xample-18. qaynaryRYTH ņam răsi---kaļa jummadā vara jumme . (bhagavati. 35, 1, 1, pr. 348). o ---559 I (irradt. 35, 1, 1, q. 348).] 4:44h : (kaya jummakaya jumm) Any figure in which the sum divided, as also the sum obtained by division leaves lothing behind when divided by four, for example-16. तयुग्म-कृतयुग्म ņam sāsi---kada jumma kada jumme . (bhagavati. 4, 35, 1, 2 pr. 338). o ---56 57 (Hranit. 4, 35, 1, 2, q. 338).] Page #102 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 78 augnavit3t : (kayajummakalloa) Any number which being divided by four leaves one behind and the sum thus got by division when divided by four leavesno remainder, for example-17. paguar je nam rāsi---kada jumma kalioge . (bhagavati. 4, 35, 1, 2, pr. 338). [BO ---Sonorato I (iari. 4, 35, 1, 2, q. 338).] qua : (kaya jummakalloy) Any number which being divided by four leaves one behind and the sum thus got by division when divided by four leavesno remainder, for example-17. Pahoru je nam râsi--- kada jummakalioge . (bhagavati. 4, 35, 1, 2, pr. 338). [Hoj Ri---057fa3 i (100. 4, 35, 1, 2, q. 338).] puceau : (kaya jummatioy) Any number which being divided by four leaves three behind and the sum thus got by division when divided by four leaves no remainder, for example-19. Payuu je ņam rāsi--- kada jummateyoe . (bhagavati. 4, 35, 1, 2, p. s. 338). [to ---052duty (mart. 4, 35, 1, 2, q. 338).] Hu r : (kayajummati joy) Any number which being divided by four leaves three behind and the sum thus got by division when divided by four leaves no remainder, for example-19. Payu je nam rasi---kadajummate yoe . (bhagavati. 4, 35, 1, 2, P r. 338). [ato zr---05 d ule 1 (umanit. 4, 35, 1, 2, q. 338).] Ty : (karan) An instrument, a means; an action, a performance, a sense-organ, an astrological division of a day! mental modification, thought-activity; a secondary vow or virtue. करण kammabandhādi parimā maņ samattho jivass sattiviseso karaṇamit i vuccati . (karmapr. cũ. 1, pr. 2). [कम्मबंधादिपरिमामण समत्यो जीवस्स सत्तिविसेसो करणमिति वुच्चति । (49. q. 1, q. 2).] Page #103 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI (karuņā) Compassion, mercy. karup aduḥkhavināsini tatha karunā. (ṣoḍaśak 4-15). दुःखविनाशिनी तथा करुणा । ( षोडशक 4-15).] (karoḍig) An ascetic carrying a garland of man skulls. It wetua : (kalaňkalibhāv) Wandering in the cycle of birth of death. कलंकलिभाव T: (kallan) Bliss, good, happiness, welfare. yam sukhamarogyam sobhanatvam vā, tadaṇatīti kalyāṇam, t syästiti kalyāṇaḥ. (sūtrakṛ. si. vr. 2, 5, 27). कल्यं सुखमारोग्यं शोभनत्वं वा तदणतीति कल्याणम्, तदस्यास्तीति या । (सूत्रकृ. शी. वृ. 2, 5, 27 ).] (kallāṇag) Blissful, auspicious. kalyanak t: (kallaṇabhägi) Covetous of bliss. स्थापभागी 3: (kalloa) A sum which when divided by four aves one as remainder, for example-17. Ju IN-TEIN: (kalloa-kalloa) A sum which when vided by four leaves one as remainder and has a quotient hich, too, when divided by four leaves one as remainder, for bxample-69. कल्योग- कल्योज ṇam rāsi---kaliogakalioge. (bhagavati bhā. 4, 35, 1, 2, . 339). जेणं रासी- कलिओगकलिओगे । (भगवती भा. 4, 35, 1, 2, पृ. 339) ] कल्लो अकडजुम्म : (kalloakada jumm) A sum which when ivided by four leaves no remainder and has a quotient which vided by four leaves one as remainder, for example-68. त्योजकृतयुग्म 78 nam rasi---kaliog-kada jumme. (bhagavati 4, 35, 1, 2, 339). जेणं रासी - - - कलिओग-कडजुम्मे । (भगवती 4, 35, 1, 2, पृ. 339) ] tekst: (kalloatijoa) A sum which when divided by our leaves three as remainder and has a quotient which when Ivided by four leaves one as remainder, for example-71 कल्योज-योज ṇam rāsi---kaliogate yoe. (bhagavati 4, 35, 1, 2, pṛ. 39). जे पं रासी --- कलि ओगतेयोए । ( भगवती 4, 35, 1, 2, पृ. 339).] Page #104 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 88 stilista : (kalloadā vara jumm) A sum which when divided by four leaves two as remainder and has a quotient which leaves one as remainder and divided by four, for example-70. Patarya je nam răsi---kaliogadā varajumme . (bhagavati 4, 35, 1, 2, pr. 339). [ OJ --- fuitera (nad 4, 35, 1, 2, q. 339).] Qraitu : (kalloy) A sum which when divided by four leaves one as remainder, for example-17. aut Beslu-arlo : (kalloy-kalloy) A sum which when divided by four leaves one as remainder and has a quotient which, too, when divided by four leaves one as remainder, for example-69. acut-out je nam răsi---kaliogakalioge . (bhagavati bhā. 4, 35, 1, 2, pr. 339). [joj pre---aftitah3 I ( adt H. 4, 35, 1, 2, q. 339).] solo99 : (kallo yakada jumm) A sum which when divided by four leaves no remainder and has a quotient which divided by four leaves one as remainder, for example-68. कल्योजकृतयुग्म je nam rāsi---kaliog-kada jumme . (bhagavati 4, 35, 1, 2, pr. 339). [voj rit--- -OSHI (ad 4, 35, 1, 2, q. 339).] Produit31 : (kalloyatioa) A sum which when divided by four leaves three as remainder and has a quotient which when divided by four leaves one as remainder, for example--71. कल्योज-योज je nam rāsi---kaliogate yoe . (bhagavati 4, 35, 1, 2, pr. 339). [st o ---Ofizidul 1 (Hadi 4, 35, 1, 2, 9. 339).] a lufetu : (kalloyati joa) A sum which when divided by four leaves three as remainder and has a quotient which when divided by four leaves one as remainder, for example-71. कल्योज-योज je nam răsi---kaliogateyoe . (bhagavati 4, 35, 1, 2, pr. 339). [Ho ---opfazilcul I ( i ni 4, 35, 1, 2, q. 339).] Page #105 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 81 Alucah : (kallo yadā vara jumm) A sum which when divided by four leaves two as remainder and has a quotient which leaves one as remainder when divided by four, for example-70. Paul amym je nam răsi---kaliogadā vara jumme . (bhagavati 4, 35, 1, 2, pr. 339). [ o ---ofautica I (nach 4, 35, 1, 2, q. 339).] AGGR : (kavalā hār) The intake of gross food. kava lă har kim kavala pramåņam---kavalo parūvido . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 56). [fos admin---aast gafael i (97. g. 13, q. 56).] PHU : (kasāy) A passion, i.e. anger, pride, deciet or greed. RT kammam kasabhavo vā---nāmāiniyamoyam. (višeşa. 3545-46 [251 Hat ----HISARIATSU I (fatal. 3545-46).] astru Hit : (kasāyakusil) An ascetic not free from passions. कषायकुशील vašikītānyakaşāyodayah sanjvalanamā tratantrāḥ kaşāyakuśīlāh . (s. si. 9-46). [वशीकृतान्यकषायोदयः संज्वलनमात्रतंत्राः कषायकुशीलाः । (स. सि. 9-46).] PRAICPA : (kasāyamohanijj) A kind of deluding karma causing passions. कपायमोहनीय $RRH : (kasāyaras) Astringent taste. lapāyaras u, sta : (kahanci, kahanci) in some way; form a paticualr point of view; relatively, autant 6 : (kahag) A professional story-teller. kathak 4150 : (käiy) Physical, bodily. kåyik alom : (kāussagg) Stoppage of bodily activities, renunciation of bodily attachment. artcartof kāyāiparadavve thirabhāvam pariharattu appāņam . tass have taņusaggam jo jhāvai ņivviappen . (ni. sā. 121). [कायाईपरदव्वे थिरभावं परिहरत्तु अप्पाणं । तस्स हवे तणुसग्गं जो Flaş pozulu I (A. H. 121).] Page #106 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 82 कागिक : (kagini) A weight equal to two grains. काकिण काम : (kām) objects of visual and auditory senses%3B sexual desire.काम कामभोग : (kāmabhog) Objects of the five senses; sexual enjoyments. कामभोग काय : (kay) Body. y jāi aviņābhāvi tas-thāvar-udayajo have kão . (go. ji. 187 [जाई अविणाभावी तस-थावर-उदराजो हवे काओ । (गो. जी. 187).] कायओग : (kayaog) Bodily activity. Hyayog cauvvihasarirāņi avalam biy jivapadesāņam sankoc-vikoco so kāyajogo ņām . (dhav. pu. 7, pr. 76). [चउनिहसरीराणि अवलंबिय जीवपदेसाणं संकोच-विकोचो सो कायजोगो पाम । (धव. पु. 7, पृ. 76).] कायकिलेस : (kayakiles) Mortification of the body; physical mortification. कायक्लेश abbhutthanam c rādo anhāṇamadantadho vaņam cev . kayakileso eso sidunhādāvanādi ya . (bh. a. 227). [अब्भुट्ठणं च रादो अण्हाणमदंतधोवणं चेव । कायकिलेसो एसो सीदुण्हादावणादी या । (भ. आ. 227).] कायगुत्ति : (kāyagutti) Control of bodily activities, कायगुप्ति kāyakiriyāņiyatti käussaggo sarirage gutti . himsäd iniyatti vā sariragutti havadi esa . (mula. 5-136). [कायकिरियापियत्ती काउस्सग्गो सरीरगे गुत्ती । हिंसादिपियत्ती वा सरीरगुत्ती हवदि एसा । (मूला. 5-136).] कायजोग : (kayajog) Bodily activity. vyayog cauvvihasarirāņi avalambiy jivapadesāņam sanko'c-vikoco so kayajogo nām . (dhav. pu. 7, pr. 76). [चउन्विहसरीराणि अवलंबिय जीवपदेसाणं संकोच-विकोचो सो कायजोगो पाम । (धव. पु. 7, पृ. 76).] कायदंड : (kayadand) Sinful activity of the body. कायदण्ड कायदुप्पामाप : (kayaduppanihan) Sinful activity of the body. कायदुपमिषान anirikkhiyapamajjiy thandille thāņamãi se vanto . himsābh äve vi n so kadasāmãio pamāyão. (śră. pr. 315). [अनिरिक्खियापमज्जिय थंडिल्ले ठाणमाइ सेवंतो । हिंसाभावे वि न सो Page #107 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 83 15H1HG311 Taurant I (N. 0. 315).] 14h : (kāyappaog) Bodily activity. kaya pra yog RUMUR : (kāyappaviyår) One who experiences sexual enjoyment through body. कायप्रवीचार kāyen pravicāro maithunavyavahāraḥ surato pase vanam yeşām te kä yapravicārāḥ. (t. vrtti śrut. 4-7). [कायेन प्रवीचारो मैथुनव्यवहार सुरतोपसेवनं येषां ते Aruydare I (a. ata n. 4-7). ] uafis : (kāyasamii) Careful in bodily activities. कायसमित ART : (kārag) A kind of right belief by which one performs virtuous acts and causes others to do the same. QR ar : (kāran) Cause, reason. käran kāraṇamupapattimă tram . (āv. ni. hari. VI. 86, pr. 82 ). [4414141 (310. A. R. q. 86, Q. 82).] Frang: (kārunn) Compassion. kāruny dinānugrahabhāvaḥ kārunyam . (s. si. 7-11). [ THEMTE SU I (H. RT. 7-11).] Arc : (kāl) Time the auxiliary cause of change; death. काल vattaņālakkhano kālo . (uttara. 28, 10). [ RT I (J18. 2810).] TO : (kālacakk) Cycle of time consisting of six ascending and six descending eras. Ta TAARE : (kālamās) Time of death. kälamās yatr kāle yo māso---kālamāsaḥ . (vyav. bhā. malay. v. 2-14). [17 JARI---OTTARET: I (290. 91. HAU. q. 2-14).] Quru : (kāliy) A canonical text which can be studied at the first and the last of the four divisions of a day as well as of a night. कालिक IG : (kāluss) Sinfulness. kälusy rasa : (kāvoyalesā) The third of the six kinds of lesya, the gray temperament. A rüsadi nindadi--- tu kāuss . (prā. pañcasam. 1, 147-49 ). [tyle förege--- A3 I (. a. 1, 147-49).] Page #108 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI faş (kiikamm) Obeisance (respecting) to a preceptor and like कृतिकर्म kidiyammam arahant-siddh-airiyabanusudasāhūṇam pūjāvihāṇam vannei. (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 97). [[किदियम्मं अरहंत-सिद्ध- आइरियबहुसुदसाहूणं पूजाविहाणं वण्णेइ । ( धव. पु. 1, पृ. 97 ) . ] f: (kicc) A revered person, a person regarded with deep respect and affection. far (kibbis) Deceit. kilviş kilviṣam pāpam yeṣāmasti te kilviṣikäḥ. (s. si. 4 -4). [ किल्विषं पापं येषामस्ति ते किल्विषिका: । (स. सि. 4-4). ] : (kimicchag) Accepting alms after asking such questions as "Have you got this? Have you got that?" etc. किमिच्छक aku (kiriyā) Activity. kriyā karaṇam kriyā dravyapariņāmaḥ. (t. bhā. siddh. v. 5-2 2). [करणं क्रिया द्रव्यपरिणामः । ( त. भा. सिद्ध वृ. 5-22).] Rurars: (kiriyāvāi) Believer in moral and spiritual action. क्रियावादी tu (kiy) A fault incurred by giving food etc. to an ascetic after purchasing it. akuriya: (kiliyasamhaṇan) A weak joining of the body in which the bones are merely pressed together and nailed. कीलिकासंहनन tadubhayamante sakilakam kilikāsamhananam. (t. vā. 8, 11, 9 ). [ तदुभयमन्ते सकीलकं कीलिकासंहननम् । (त. वा. 8, 11, 9).] pegfau, papşu: (kukkuciy, kukkuiy) One who acts like a joker. कौत्कुचिक page: (kukkucc) Undesirable gesticulation. कौत्कुच्च bhum-nayan---muhatūrae cev. (bṛhatk. 1297-98). [भुम नयण--- मुहतूरए चेव । (बृहत्क 1297-98 ) ] - 84 Page #109 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 85 galan : (kukkhi) A measure equal to two cubits. कुक्षि adayālīsam agulāim kucchi . (vyākhyāpr. 607, pr. 8 29). (35u 31cs at (Q . 607, 9. 829).] gw : (kujj) Hump-backed. kubj 959 : (kudav) A weight. kudy jiņaharagharāyadaņāņam thavidaolittio kuddā ņām . (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 40). [fMGPERRGYM of fiz 351 OTA I (Ea. 9. 14, q. 40).) glikau : (kutitthiy) A heretic, one who does not believe in general principles. कुतीर्थिक per : (kuttiy) The three worlds, viz. the upper world, the lower world and the middle world. Phas gofruan : (kuttiyāvan) A shop from which any of the articles produced in the three worlds can be purchased. कुत्रिकायण 949 : (kudamsan) Wrong belief; false faith. kudarsan paro, pricot : (kudiţthi, kudiţthi) One who possesses a false faith heretic. ggle madi-sudaņāņabalen du sacchandam bolae jiņuttamidi . jo so hoi kudiţthi . (rayaņasār 3). [मदि-सुदणाणबलेण दु सच्छंदं बोलए जिणुत्तमिदि । जो सो होइ onfeçot 1 (RUAR 3). ] P : (kudhamm) A heretical creed. kudharm mithyadrsti---bhavabhramaņakāraṇam . (yogāśā. 2-13). [fagie ---HATTRUI (UMZI. 2-13).] 9: (kupp) Untensils; furniture; clothes etc. कुप्य kupyam kşaum-kārpās-kauśey-candanādi . (s. si. 7-29 ). [paj starfs- otty-2-61 I (H. 9. 7-29).] qua9 : (kuppa vayan) A heretical scripture. kupra vacan Puruan : (kumārasavan) One who has taken initiation as bachelor, an unmarried ascetic. PARTY Page #110 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI §↔¶ : (kumbhi) The birth place of infernal beings. कुम्भी pel, peu (kurug, kuruy) Deceit. kuruk : (kurūv) Deluding karma. kurup P (kulakar) Governor. kulakar kulakaraṇammi y kusalā kulakaraṇāmen supasiddha. (ti. p. 4-509). [ कुलकरणम्मि य कुसला कुलकरणामेण सुपसिद्धा । ( ति प 4-509).] Pe (kulag) A group of the disciples of the same preceptor. कुलक PR (kulagar) Governor. kulakar kulakaranammi y kusalā kulakaraṇāmen supasiddhā. (ti. p. 4-509). [कुलकरणम्मि य कुसला कुलकरणामेण सुपसिद्धा । (ति प. 4-589 ) . ] goas (kulavai) The head of a group of ascetics. कुलपति PT (kulāg) An ascetic whose conduct is worthless like chaff, cheater. ges sa tatamapra tipā tino jinoktādāga männirgranthapulākāḥ . (t. bhā. 9-48). [ सततमप्रतिपातिनो जिनोकादागमान्निर्ग्रन्यपुलाका: । ( त. भा. 9-48).] pm (kuling) Garments worn by heretics. kuling pkt (kulingi) A heretic. kulingi PH: (kusamay) A false doctrine, a heretical scripture. H कुसमय कुसील : (kusil) of bad character; of wicked conduct; imperfect. कुशील jāti kule gane ya kamme sippe tave sue caiv sattavi ham ajiyam uvajivati jo kusilo u . (vyav. 3, pr. 117). [ जाति कुले गणे या कम्मे सिप्पे तवे सुए चैव । सत्तविहं आजीयं उवजीवति जो कुशीलो उ । ( व्यव. 3, पृ. 117).] Psale (kūḍatol) False weight. kūṭatol kūṭatula-kūṭamāne---adhikaya gṛhlāti. (śră. pr. ti " 268). [कूटतुला - कूटमाने --- अधिकया गृह्णाति । (श्रा. प्र. टी. 268).] 86 Page #111 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 87 . कूडमाण : (kudamān) False measure. kitanan कूडलेह : (kudaleh) False document. kitalekh कूडसक्ख : (kudasakkh) False evidence. kitasaley kūtasäksikam utkoc-matsarābhibhūtaḥ pramāmikrtaḥ san kū tam vaktiti . (sra. pr. ti. 260). [कूटसाक्षिकं उत्कोच-मत्सराभिभूतः प्रमामीकृतः सन् कूटं वक्तीति । (आ. प्र. टी. 260).] केवल : (keval) Omniscience. keval केवलपाण : (kevalanan) Perfect comprehension; comprehensive omniscience. केवलज्ञान tam c kevalanānam sagalam sampunmam asavattam . (s. kham. 5, 5 , 81-pu. 13, pr. 345). [तं च केवलणाणं सगलं संपुण्मं असवत्तं । (ष. खं. 5, 5, 81-पु. 13, पृ. 345).] केवलपाणावरण : (kevalanānavaran) A karma which obscures percect comprehension. केवलज्ञानावरण edass (kevalanānass) avaranam kevalanānāvaraniyam . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 38). [एदस्स (केवलणाणस्स) आवरणं केवलणाणावरणीयं । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 38).] केवलदसण : (kevaladamsan) Perfect apprehension, apprehensive omniscience. केवलदर्शन tah damsanam pi jujjai niyaavaranakkhae sante . (sanmati. 2-5 ). [तह दंसणं पि जुज्जइ नियआवरणक्खए संते । (सन्मति. 2-5).] केवलदसणावरण : (kevaladamsanāvaran) A karma which obscures perfect apprehension. केवलदर्शनावरप ke valamasapatnam, ke valam c daddarśanam c ke valadarśanam . tas s āvaranam kevaladarsanavaraniyam . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 33). [केवलमसपत्नम्, केवलं च ददर्शनं च केवलदर्शनम् । तस्स आवरणं केवलदर्शनावरणीयम् । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 33).] केवलनाप : (kevalanan) Perfect comprehension; comprehensive omniscience. केवलज्ञान tam c kevalanānam sagalam sampunmam asavattam . (s. kham. 5, 5 ,81-pu. 13, pr. 345). [तं च केवलणाणं सगलं संपुण्मं असवत्तं । (ष. खं. 5, 5, 81-पु. 13, पृ. 345).] Page #112 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 88 केवलनाणावरप : (kevalanānavaran) A karma which obscures percect comprehension. केवलज्ञानावरण edass (kevalanānass) āvaranam kevalanānāvaraniyam . (dhav. Pu. 6, pr. 38). [एदस्स (केवलणाणस्स) आवरणं केवलणाणावरणीयं । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 38).] केवलिसमुग्धाय : (kevalisamugghāy) The activity performed by an omniscient being by expanding his soul-particles to destroy some karmas. केवलिसमुद्घात ke valisamudghādo ņām daņd-kavād-padar-logapūraṇabheen cauvvi ho . (dhav. pu. 4, pr. 28). [केवलिसमुद्घादो णाम दंड-कवाड-पदर-लोगपूरणभेएण चउव्विहो । (धव. पु. 4, पृ. 28).] केवली : (kevali) Omniscient. kevall tav-niyam-nāņarukkham ārūdho ke vali amiyanāņi . (āv. ni. 89). [तव-नियम-नाणरुक्खं आरूढो केवली अमियनाणी । (आव. नि. 89).] केवल्ल : (kevall) Omniscience. kaivaly ke valasy karma vikalasy ātmano bhāvaḥ kaivalyan . (siddhi vi. ti. 7-21, pr. 491). [केवलस्य कर्मविकलस्य आत्मनो भाक कैवल्यन् । (सिद्धिवि. टी. 7-21, पृ. 491).] केसरिया : (kesariyā) A small brush of threads. ketarila केसलोय : (kesaloy) Rooting out of hair, pulling out of hair. केशलोच केसवापिज्ज : (kesavanijj) Dealing in furs or furred animals. केशवाणिज्य navanit-vasa-----rasakesayoh . (yogasa. 3-109). [नवनीत-वसा---रसकेशयोः । (योगशा. 3-199).] कोह : (kotth) Firmly grasping. kosth कोडाकोडि : (kodakodi) A crore multiplied by a crore. कोटा-कोटि कोडि-कोडि : (kodi-kodi) Kotakoti, several crores. कोटि-कोटि कोस : (kos) A measure equal to four thousand yards, scale of measuring land. क्रोश Page #113 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HIND! कोसह (kosah) Self-observation, spiritual activity. प्रोषध proṣadhaḥ sakṛdbhaktiḥ (ratank. 4-19). [प्रोषधः सकृद्भक्ति । (रतन्क. 4-19).] (koh) Anger, a passion. krodh tatramarṣo pritirmanyulakṣaṇaḥ krodhaḥ. (t. bhā. h ri. vṛ. 8-2). [ तत्रामर्षोऽप्रीतिर्मन्युलक्षणः क्रोधः । ( त. भा. हरि. वृ. 8-2).] (kohan) Irritable, wrathful. Krodhan Bu (khaṇḍiy) A pupil, A disciple. khandik (khanti) Forbearance; patience. kṣanti kṣantirganakṣamāpaṇā. (an. dh. svo. ti. 7-98). [ क्षान्तिर्गणक्षमापणा । (अन. ध. स्वो टी. 7-98 ) . ] u (khantiyā) A mother. kṣāntikā (khandh) A molecule. skandh क्षायोपशम · खट्वाङ्ग (khao vasam) Destruction-cum-subsidence of karmas. savvaghādiphaddayāņi---khao vasamo ṇām (dhav. pu. 7, pr. 92 ). [ सव्वघादिफद्दयाणि --- खओवसमो णाम । ( धव. पु. 7, पृ. 92 ) . ] (khagai) Gait, bird. khagati (khajj) All that is chewed or nibbled. khady sarkarādi vā. khādyam-- (lāṭisam. 2-16). [ शर्करादि वा । खाद्यं---। (लाटीसं. 2 - 16 ) . ] (khaṭṭang) An instrument employed by ascetics. --- : (khaniy) Momentary. kṣanik (khaman) An ascetic forbearing nature; an austerity; a fast. क्षमण khamaṇam svasyānyabhūtā parāghakṣamā (bh. a. vijayo. 70). [खमणं स्वस्यान्यभूतापराधक्षमा । (भ. आ. विजयो. 78).] (khamā) Forgiveness, forbearance. kṣamā kohuppattiss puno vahirangam jadi havedi sakkhādam . n kuṇadi kinci vi koham tass khama hodi dhammo tti. (d vādaśānu. 71). [कोहुप्पत्तिस्स पुणो वहिरंगं जदि हवेदि सक्खादं । ण कुणदि किंचि वि कोहं तस्स खमा होदि धम्मो त्ति । ( द्वादशानु. 71).] . 89 Page #114 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 98 समावण: (khamāvanā) Begging of pardon. kamapani बमासमण : (khamasaman) An ascetic of forgiving nature. धमत्रमण : (khay) Destruction or annihilation of karmas. kpay kammäņam nimmülakkhaeņuppanna parināmo khao ņām . (dhay. P u. 7, pr. 68). [कम्मापं पिम्मूलक्सएपुप्पण्णपरिणामो खओ पाम । (धव. पु. 7, पृ. 60).] सतक : (khalunk) An imodest disciple. khalunk सवग : (khavag) Destroyer of karmas. sapak mohakkhayam kunanto utto khavao jinindehim . (bhavasam. de. 668). [मोहक्खयं कुणंतो उत्तो खवओ जिणिदेहिं । (भावसं. दे. 660).] खवगसेमि : (khavagaseni) Ladder of destruction of karmas. धपकरेपी yat tat (mohaniyakarm) kşayamupagama yannudgacchati sa k sapakasreni . (t. va. 9, 1, 18). [यत्र तत् (मोहनीयकर्म) क्षयमुपगमयनुद्गच्छति सा भपकत्रेणी । (त. वा. 9. 1, 18).] खवण : (khavan) Destruction of karmas; an ascetic. sapan khavanam nam kim---khavanam nam . (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 215-16). [खवणं णाम किं---खवणं णाम । (धव. पु. 1, पृ. 215-16).] खवियकम्म : (khaviyakamm) one who has destroyed karmas. शापितकर्म खाइम, खादिम : (khaim. khādim) Eatable, same as Khadya. खादिम खाइय : : khaiy) Resulting from destruction of karmas. शाधिक खाओवसामय : (khaovasamiy) Resultinng from destruction-cum-subsidence of karmas. arutyuinas सिंसण : (khimsan) Dishonour, censure, disregard, contempt. सिंसन खित्तचित्त : (khittacitt) One maddened on account of sorrow. शिप्तचित्त खीणकसाय : (khinakasāy) One whose passions are destroyed. दीपकषाय nisse sa khiņamoho phalihāmalabhāyaṇudayasa macitto . khiņa kasão bhan nadi niggantho viyarāyehim . (prā. pancasam. 1-25). [णिस्सेसखीणमोहो फलिहामलभायणुदयसमचित्तो । खीणकसाओ भण्णदि Page #115 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 91 णिग्गंयो वीयरायेहिं । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-25).] खीपमोह : (khinamoh) One whose delusion is destryoed. झोपमोह jidamohass du jaiyā khiņo moho havijj sähuss . taiya hu khinamoho bhannadi so nicchayaviduhim . (samayapra. 38) [जिदमोहस्स दु जइया खीणो मोहो हविज्ज साहुस्स । तइया हु खीणमोहो भण्णदि सो णिच्छयविदूहिं । (समयप्रा. 38).] खीरासव : (khirāsav) one possessed of sweet speech like milk. क्षीरसव karayalanikkhittānim---khirosabi riddhi . (ti. p. 4, 18 88-81). [करयलणिक्खित्ताणिं---खीरोसबी रिही । (ति. प. 4, 1888-81).] खंड : (khund) The entire body to be used symmetrical; odd. हुण्ड AT : (khullag) A small monk. kşullak adyo vidadhate [ti] ksauram pravInotyekavāsasam . pain cabhiksāsanam bhukte pathate gurusannidhau . (bhavasam vam. 5 44). [आद्यो विदधते [ति] क्षौरं प्रावृणोत्येकवाससम् । पञ्चभिक्षासनं भुक्के पठते गुरुसन्निधौ । (भावसं वाम. 544).] सुल्लिगा : (khulligā) A small nun. kullika खुल्लिया : (khulliyā) A small nun. kulila खेत्त : (khett) Place, area, space, land, country, region. क्षेत्र kşiyanti nivasanti asmin jivā iti karmaņām kşet ratvasiddheh . -uktam c-khettam khalu agasam . (dhav. pu. 4, pr. 7). [क्षियन्ति निवसन्ति अस्मिन् जीवा इति कर्मणां क्षेत्रत्वसिद्धेः | -उक्तं च-खेत्तं खलु आगासं । (धव. पु. 4, पृ. 7).] खेदप : (khedanm) One who has knowledge of the miseries of the world. खेदज्ञ खेदन्न : (khedann) One who has knowledge of the miseries of the world. सेदज्ञ खेयप : (kheyann) one who has knowledge of the miseries of the world. खेदज्ञ Page #116 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI stua 00 (kheyann) One who has knowledge of the miseries of the world. खेदज्ञ o, (ganth, ganth) Knot of karmas, external and internal possessions. T ganaharade baviraida davvasudam gantho [ गणहरदेबविरइददव्वसुदं गंथो । (धव. पु. 9, पृ. , (ganthi, ganthi) A knot in attachment and aversion. ufu gan thi tti---ghaṇarāyaddo sapariņāmo. (viseṣā. bhā. 1192) [गंठि त्ति --- घणरायद्दोसपरिणामो । (विशेषा. भा. 1192 ) . ] tu (ganthibhey) Cutting of the intense knots (granthi). ग्रन्थिभेद (dhav. pu. 9, pr. 260). 268 ) . ] the form of fur (gandiya) Composition of sentences uniform in sense. गण्डिका sigru (gandiputthag) A book equal in length and breadth. गण्डीपुस्तक : istyr (gandiputthay) A book equal in length and breadth. गण्डीपुस्तक istuluu: (gandipotthay) A book equal in length and breadth. गण्डीपुस्तक u (ganthibhey) Cutting of the intense knots (granthi) ग्रन्थिभेद ja (gandh) Smell. gandh TS (gai) Motion, a state of existence. gati gaikammaviņivvattā jā ceṭṭhā sā gai muṇeyavvā. jīvā hu cầurangam gacchanti tti y gai hoi. (prā. pañcasam. 1-59). [गइकम्मविणिव्वत्ता जा चेट्ठा सा गई मुणेयव्वा । जीवा हु चाउरंग गच्छति त्ति य गई होई । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1 - 59 ) . ] (gaiņām) A kind of body-making karma the rise of which leads a soul to various states of existence. jam niray-tirikkh-manuss-devānam nivvattayam kammam tam gadiņāmam. (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 363). [जं णिरथ - तिरिक्ख - मणुस्स देवाणं णिव्वत्तयं कम्मं तं गदिणामं । ( धव. पु. 13, पृ. 363).] 92 Page #117 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI (gacch) A smaller group of ascetics. gacch tipurisao gano, taduvari gaccho (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 63). [तिपुरिसओ गणो, तदुवरि गच्छो । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 63).] (gan) A bigger group of ascetics. gan tipurisao gano. (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 63). [तिपुरिसओ गणो । ( धव. पु. 13, पृ. 63) . ] 46 (ganahar) A pontiff, a principal disciple of Tirthankara; the head of a sect (Gana). -gana parirakkho muneyavvo (mülä. 4-35, pr. 135). [- गणपरिरक्खो मुणेयव्वो । (मूला 4-35, पृ. 135).] (ganavaccheini) The head of a small group of nuns. गणावच्छेदिणी (gaṇāvacche dag) The head of a small group of monks. गणावच्छेदक of (gaṇāvacchedini) The head of a small group of nuns. गणावच्छेदिपी mouft (ganini) The principal nun in a sect (Gana). गणिनी = (ganipidag) Scriptures. ganipitak no (gani) The head of a sect (Gana). gani gacchaghipo gani. (ācārā. si. vr. 2, 1, 10, pr. 322) [गच्छाधिपो गणी । (आचारा. शी. वृ. 2, 1, 10, पृ. 322 ) . ] (gabbhajamm) Uterine birth. garbhajany jāyamāna jiven---garbhajanmānaḥ (kärtike. ti. 130). [ जायमानजीवेन--- गर्भजन्मानः । ( कार्तिके. टी. 130.] (gam) Uniform style of composition, varieties, distinctions, description. गमग : (gamag) Same as Gama. gamak गमिक 6 0 = (gamiy) A scripture having similar passages. (garahaṇā) Same as Garha, censure. garhaṇā (garaha) Censure. garhā garahā vi tahā jāiame v navaram parappagāsaṇayā. (āv. ni. 10 50). [गरहा वि तहा जाईअमेव नवरं परप्पगासणया । ( आव. नि. 1858 ) . ] 93 Page #118 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI TR6 (garihaṇā) Same as Garha, censure. garhanā RE: (garihā) Censure. garhā garahā vi tahā jāiame v navaram parappagāsaṇayā. (āv. ni. 10 50). [गरहा वि तहा जाईअमेव नवरं परप्पगासणया । (आव. नि. 1050 ) . ] (gali) A lazy disciple. gali gilatyev kevalam n tu vahati gacchati vetigaliḥ. (uttară ni. śā. vṛ. 1-64), pr. 49). [गिलत्येव केवलं न तु वहति गच्छति वेतिगलिः । (उत्तरा. नि. शा. q. 1-64), q. 49).] (gavesaṇayā) Same as Gavesana, measuring. गवेषणता na (gavesaņā) Fathoming, measuring. gaveṣaṇā (gah) Receiving. grah 16: (gahan) Graha, receiving. grahan grahaṇam śāstrārtho pādānam. (nitivă. 5-47). [ग्रहणं शास्त्रार्थोपादानम् । (नीतिवा 5-47).] 69 (gahāvai) The head of a family, a merchant. गाथापति A: (giddh) Vultures. grdhr ដី Aço (giddhapiṭth) Death caused by the piercing of the beaks of vultures etc. गृधपृष्ठ geddhapaṭṭham năm mṛtasarir manupraviśy grddhradvārā tmānam bhakşayati . (uttarā. cũ. pr. 129). [गेद्रपठ्ठे णाम मृतशरीर मनुप्रविश्य गृद्धद्वाराऽऽत्मानं भक्षयति । (उत्तरा चू. पृ. 129).] ARч34 (giripadan) Death by fall from a mountain, falling. गिरिपतन AR (giripayan) Death by fall from a mountain, falling. गिरिपतन गिलाण : (gilan) An ailining ascetic. glän rujādikliṣṭasariro glanaḥ. (s. si. 9-24). [रुजादिक्लिष्टशरीरो ग्लानः । (स. सि. 9 - 24 ) . ] : Arguru (gihiyatth) One who has accepted the path of salvation. गृहीतार्थ 94 Page #119 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 95 sercu : (giyatth) Well-versed in scriptures. gitarth : (guñjā) A weight equal to two grains. guñjā 1991: (gucchag) A kind of brush to remove dust or insects from body etc. गुच्छक 14 : (gun) A quality, an attribute; a virtue, or merit, a vow, a degree, a thread, multiplication. Tour dra vyåśrayā nirguņā guņāḥ . (t. sū. 5, 40). [FORUT Arfon TTE I (a. X. 5, 40).) 946014 : (guņaţthān) A stage of spiritual development; a state of virtues. गुपस्थान je him du lakkhijjate udayādisu sambhave him (go. k.-uvasam ādisu jaņid) bhāve him. jivá ke munasaņņā şidditthā savvadarasi him. (pañcasam. 1-3). [जेहिं दु लक्खिज्जते उदयादिसु संभवेहिं (गो. क.-उवसमआदीसु जणिद) भावेहिं । जीवा के मुणसण्णा णिहिट्ठा सव्वदरसीहिं । (पंचसं. 1-3).] 14014 : (gunathān) A stage of spiritual development; a state of virtues. गुपस्थान je him du lakkhijjate udayādisu sambhave him (go. k.-uvasam ādisu jaạid) bhāve him . jivă ke munasaņņā ņidditthā savvadarasihim . (pañcasam. 1-3). [जेहिं दु लक्खिज्जते उदयादिसु संभवेहिं (गो. क.-उवसमआदीसु जणिद) भावेहिं । जीवा के मुणसण्णा णिट्ठिा सव्वदरसीहिं । (पंचसं. 1-3).] DR4 : (gunarayan) A kind of penance lasting for sixteen months in which one fasts for a day in the first month, for two days in the second and so on for sixteen days in the sixteenth month. I 14 : (guņavay) A suplementary vow to strengthen the fundamental vows of a lay-votary. 1940 T R44 : (guņaviraman) Gunavrata, a suplimentary vow to strengthen the fundamental vows of a lay-votary. They 14996 : (guņavuddhi) Increasing of a degree. गुणवृद्धि u : (guņaway) A suplementary vow to strengthen the fundamental vows of a lay-votary. Ta Page #120 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 96 19TEI TAG : (guņahāņi) Decreasing of a degree. gunahāni : (gunies) The residence of a substance. गुपिदेश yfr : (gutti) Self-control. gupti chettass vadi nayarass khăiya ahav hoi pāyāro . tah pāvas s ņiroho tão guttio săhuss . (bh. ā. 1189). [छेत्तस्स वदी गयरस्स खाइया अहव होइ पायारो । तह पावस्स गिरोहो And T 31 HIERRY 1 (H. 311. 1189).] T : (guru) A preceptor. guru adhogamanahe turguruh. (tā. bhā. siddh. vs. 5, 23). gr ņāti śāstrărthamiti guruh. (nandi. hari. v-. pr. 5). (379TH TEGUI (al. . RYS. 7. 5, 23). Ja TIRANA T I (Ft. BR. -. q. 5).] Togo : (gurukul) A group of ascetics under one preceptor. गुरुकुल TUH : (guruņām) A variety of body making karma by the rise of which a soul gets heavy body. TPH T TT : (guruphās) Heavy touch. quruspars Toas : (gurulahu) Heavy and light. gurulaghu NOS : (gocchag) Same as Gucchaka, a kind of brush to remove dust or insects from body etc., OTH, : (gotta kamm, gutta kamm) A kind of karma causing heredity, heredity-determining karma. uccaimicaiśc gūyate śadhdyat iti vă gotram . (s. si. 8-4). [3odulera rud yela šta ar 4 I (. RT. 8-4).] Tur : (goyar) Begging of alms. gocar Not : (goyari) Alms. gocari ESTEN : (ghaờimattag) A small earthen pot. ghaķimā trak T : (ghaờimattay) A small earthen pot. ghatimā trak 84 : (ghan) Sound produced from metalic instruments. ghan Eau : (ghaņavāy) Dense air. ghana vät arracy : (ghaņa vāya valay) Circular dense air. ghana väta va lay quiste : (ghaņodahi) An ocean with dense water. ghano dadhi Page #121 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI anteigaciu: (ghano dahivalay) A circular ocean with dense water. घनोदधिवालय (ghaikamm) An obstructive karma, karma which obstructs any of the fundamental qualities of a soul. घातिकर्म ṇāṇāvaran-damsaṇāvaran-mohaniy-antarāiyāņi ghādikammāņi. (dh v. pu. 7, pr. 62). [णाणावरण- दंसणावरण- मोहणीय-अंतराइयाणि घादिकम्माणि । ( धव. पु. 7, 9. 62).] घाई (ghai) Obstructive, obscuring. ghatin (ghāṇ) Indentical with Ghranendriya, the organ of smell. ghrayate gandhaḥ upadiyate ätmană aneneti ghrāṇam, jigh rati gandhamiti ghrāṇam. (t. vṛtti śrut. 2-19). [घायते गन्धः उपादीयते आत्मना अनेनेति घ्राणम्, जिघ्रति 2-19).] organ of smell, the nose, घाणोन्द्रिय गन्धमिति घ्राणम् । (त. वृत्ति श्रुत aft (ghāṇindiy) The the olfactory sense organ ghrayate gandhaḥ upadiyate ātmana anene ti ghrānam, jigh rati gandhamiti ghrānam. (t. vṛtti śrut. 2-19). [घायते गन्धः उपादीयते आत्मना अनेनेति घ्राणम्, जिघ्रति गन्धमिति घाणम् । (त. वृत्ति श्रुत 2-19).] afu (ghāṇendiy) The organ of smell, the nose, the olfactory sense organ. चाणोन्द्रिय ghrayate gandhaḥ upadiyate ātmanā anene ti ghrānam, jigh rati gandhamiti ghrānam. (t. vṛtti śrut. 2-19). [घ्रायते गन्धः उपादीयते आत्मना अनेनेति घ्राणम्, जिघ्रति गन्धमिति घ्राणम् । (त. वृत्ति श्रुत. 2-19).] घाय : (ghay) killing, distruction, hell. ghat as (candikk) Anger. candiky H (candapaḍima) A sort of penane in which one morsel of food is increased by one every day in the bright half and then decreased similarly in the dary half of the month. चन्द्रप्रतिमा u (candayavejjh) Piercing the eye of a rotating doll with an arrow. चन्द्रकवेध्य 97 Page #122 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI RE: (cautthabhatt) A fast. caturthabhakt (caurant) The world. caturant akku: (caurindiy) A four-sensed being; a being with four senses, viz. touch, taste, smell and sight, akku phäsindiyădicauhim indie him jutto jivo caturindio nā m. (dhav. pu. 7, pr. 65). [फासिंदियादिचउहिं इंदिएहिं जुत्तो जीवो चतुरिंदिओ णाम । (धव. पु. 7, q. 65).] adaşcu: (cauvimsaitthay) A hymn (prayer) dedicated t the twenty-four Tirthankaras. चतुर्विंशतिस्तव kāūņ usahādijiņa varāṇam ṇāmaṇiruttim guṇāņukittim c accidūņ y tisuddhipanamo thavo neo (múla. 1-24). [उसहादिजिणवराणं णामणिरुतिं गुणाणुकित्ति च । काऊण अच्चिदूण य तिसुद्धिपणमो थवो पेओ । (मूला 1-24).] kāun akuşca (cauvimsaitthav) A hymn (prayer) dedicated t the twenty-four Tirthankaras. चतुर्विंशतिस्तव usahādi jiņa varāṇam ṇāmaniruttim guṇāņukittim c accidün y tisuddhipanamo thavo neo (mūlā. 1-24). [उसहादिजिणवराणं णामणिरुत्तिं गुणाणुकित्ति च । काऊण अच्चिदूण य तिसुद्धिपणमो थवो पेओ । (मूला 1-24) .] aзlauşu: (caovacaiy) Subject to decrease and increase. चयोपचधिका - - . : (cakkavaṭṭi) A sovereign king. cakravarti chakkhanḍabharahaṇāho battisasahassamauḍabaddha pahudio. hodi hu s yalacakki (ti. p. 1-48). [छक्खंडभरहणाहो बत्तीससहस्समउडबद्धपहुदीओ । होदि हु सयलचक्की I (fa. q. 1-48).] (cakkahar) Chakravartin, a sovereing king. चक्रचर at (cakki) Chakravartin, a sovereing king. cakri (cakkhudamsan) Visual apprehension. चक्षुदर्शन cakkhūn jam payāsai disai tam cakkhudamsanam vinti pañcasam. 1-139). [चक्खूण जं पयासइ दीसइ तं चक्खुदंसणं विंति । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-139).] - 98 (pră. Page #123 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 99 HYTORY : (cakkhudamsaņā varan) A kind of karma-obscuring visual apprehension. stary -cakkhū avarai cakkhuā varaṇam . (karmavi. g. 25). [-ary 300RF ARCO I (aufa. 1. 25).] grey : (cakkhurindiy) The sense of sight, the eye, the visual organ. HERAU caște paśyatyarthān ātmāneneti cakṣuḥ . (t. vrt ti śrut. 2-19). [चष्टे पश्यत्यर्थान् आत्माऽनेनेति चक्षुः । (त. वृत्ति श्रुत. 2-19).] R : (car) A mobile living being. car RO: (caran) Ascetic conduct; asceticism; conduct. caran R a in : (caraṇakaraņāņuog) An exposition of the primary and secondary rules of conduct. चरपकारपनुयोग 446 : (caramadeh) One with the last body, i.e. one who attains liberation in the same birth. चरमदेह aku : (cariy) Conduct. life. carit cariyam nām jam savvam sadbhūtam vattam ten jass ditthanto kirai tam cariyam. (daśavai. cū. 1, pr. 40). [चरियं नाम जं सव्वं सद्भूतं वत्तं तेण जस्स दिळंतो कीरइ तं are I (Grà. . 1, q. 40).] aku : (cariyā) Moving about. caryā caryă pare gane anyasmin sanghe gamanam . (an. dh. Svo · ţi. 7-98). [auf To Rukun T44 1 (384. q. 1. . 7-98).] o r : (calaniga) A waist-cloth used by a nun. calanika UGIAU : (calaņiyā) A waist-cloth used by a nun. calanika 004 : (cavan) Death of a god. cyavan cyutih cyavanam vaimānik-jyotişkāņām maranam . (sth ānā. abhay. vs. 1-27, pr. 19). [aukti 20 Af-fulfilloi RTĄ I (RH. 317. q. 1-27, q. 19).) : (cāujjāmadhamm) The law of four vows, viz. non-violence, non-falsehood, non-stealing and non-possession, argutauf Page #124 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 188 चाउम्मास : (caummās) The rainy season. cā turmas चारण : (caran) An ascetic possessed of an extra-ordinary power of movement. चारण cāramāḥ jala janghā-tantu-puşp-patr-śreņyagniśikhădyā lambanagamanah . (t. vā. 3, 36, 3). [चारमा जलजंधा-तन्तु-पुष्प-पत्र-श्रेण्यग्निशिखाद्यालम्बनगमनाः । (त. वा. 3, 36, 3).] चारित्त : (caritt) Conduct, right conduct. caritr cărittam khalu dhammo dhammo jo so samo tri şiddiţtho . mohakkhohavihino parinamo appano hu samo . (prav. s a. 1-7). [चारित्तं खलु धम्मो धम्मो जो सो समो त्ति णिहिट्ठो । मोहक्खोहविहीणो परिणामो अप्पणो हू समो । (प्रव. सा. 1-7).] चारित्तमोहणिज्ज : (carittamohanijj) Conduct-deluding karma, a kind of kama that obstructs right conduct. चारित्रमोहनीय rāgābhāvo cãrittam, tass mo hayam tappadivakkhabhāvuppāyay m carittamohaniyam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 358). [रागाभावो चारित्तं, तस्स मोहयं तप्पडिवक्खभावुप्पाययं चारित्तमोहणीयं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 358).] चारित्ताचारित्त: (carittacaritt) Partial observance of right conduct. चारित्राचारित्र चारित्तावरपिज्ज : (carittāvaranijj) Caritramohaniya, conduct deluding karma. चारित्रावरणीय चारित्ती : (caritti) An ascetic. cāriti चारिया : (cariya) A nun. cari चिंता : (cintā) Thought reasoning. cinta vattamā matthavisayamadiņāņem visesida jivo cintā ņām . (dhav . pu. 13, pr. 333). [वट्टमामत्यविसयमदिणाणेण विसेसिदजीवो चिंता णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 333).] चिंतामणि : (cintamani) A wish-fulfilling gem. cintamani चित्त : (citt) Mind, soul, consciousness, knowledge, life, vitality. fara cittam tikalavisayam . (dasavai. bha. 19, p-. 125). [चित्तं तिकालविसयं । (दशवै. भा. 19, प-. 125).] Page #125 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 101 Mariah ; (cittavam) A sentient being. cittavat MRTATICCT : (cilimilikā) A curtain. cilimilikā MARIA TE : (cilimiligā) A curtain. cilimilikā Marfait : (cilimili) A curtian. cilimili C: (cūlã) An appendix. cũlā fra : (cūligā) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Culikangas; an appendix, time measuring scale. चूलिका suttasuidatthapayāsaņam cũliyā ņām . (dhav. pu. 10, pr. 3 95). [RYSCROTURYİ TARUN TA I (ETC. 9. 10, q. 395).] ART : (cūliyang) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Prayutas, time measuring scale. RTATE caturasitimayutaśatasahasrāņi e kam calūkingam. (jivāji. malay. v. 3, 2, 178, pr. 345). [autifyNNARCHIO pos aallonna I (paru. HRU. q. 3, 2, 178, q. 345).] Rru : (cūliyā) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Culikangas; an appendix, time measuring scale. धूलिका suttasuidatthapayasaņam cūliyā ņām . (dhav. pu. 10, pr. 3 95). ( 4$CUQU1901 afrin OTTA I (97. 9. 10, q. 395).] #şu : (ceiy) A memorial on a funeral place; a temple; a garden; delightful; omniscience. To citeh lepyādicayanasy---tadapyupacārāccaityamucyate (jambūdi. sā. 1, pr. 14). [fandt sted at ---Ayyaprodajad (feat. . 1, q. 14).] to: (cey) Citta, mind, soul, consciousness, life, knowledge, vitality. # au : (ce yan) Conscious. ce tan -ceyan paccakkh sannamaņusaranam (daśavai. bhā. 19). [-au 1000 RRU (Gud. H1. 19).] : (ce yaņā) Conscious. ce taná -ceyaņ paccakkh sanna manusaranam (daśavai. bhā. 19). [- 470R TURUT (yd. 1. 19).] Page #126 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI (ceyann) Consciousness. caitany -ceyan paccakkh sannamanusaranam (daśavai. bhā. 19). [ चेयण पच्चक्ख सन्नमणुसरणं (दशवै. भा. 19).] (cel) Cloth. cel de (celag) Cloth. celak CRI: (celay) Cloth. celak a (coji) Stealing, theft. caury adattasy yadādānam coryamityucyate budhaiḥ. (lātisam. 6-33). [ अदत्तस्य यदादानं चोर्यमित्युच्यते बुधैः । (लाटीसं. 6-33).] aRa (corikk) Stealing, theft. cauriky aku, a: (cory, cor) Stealing, theft. caury adattasy yadādānam coryamityucyate budhaiḥ (latisam. 6-33). [अदत्तस्य यदादानं चोर्यमित्युच्यते बुधैः । ( लाटीसं. 6-33).] चोलपट्ट (colapatt) The waist-cloth of a monk. चोलपट्ट चोलवट्ट (colavatt) The waist-cloth of a monk. चोलपट्ट Sur (chandaṇā) Inviting the perceptor etc. to partake of a thing received by an ascetic. chandanā protsāhanā, idam bhaktam bhuňkṣv iti. (anuy o. hari. v. pr. 58). [छन्दना प्रोत्साहना, इदं भक्तं भुंक्ष्व इति । (अनुयो. हरि वृ. q. 58).] 34 (chaum) An obscuring karma, a kind of karma that obscures the qualities of soul. 4. chadm jñān-drgā varane (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 188). [छद्म ज्ञान - दृगावरणे । (धव. पु. 1, पृ. 188 ).] 8342 (chaumatth) A non-omniscient. chadmasth chadumam ṇām āvaranam, tamhi ciṭṭhadi tti chaumattho (dhav. . pu. 10, pr. 296). [छदुमं णाम आवरणं, तम्हि चिट्ठदि त्ति छउमत्थो । (धव. पु. 10, पृ. 296).] BOR (chakkay) Six types of living beings. gaṭkäy . 102 Page #127 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 103 geutaharu : (chajjívaņikāy) Six types of living beings. पहलीवनिकाय staat : (chajjivanikāy) Six types of living beings. पहलावनिकाय 8604 : (chatthabhatt) Fast for two days, paatha bhakt SOT : (chatthibhatt) Fasting for a month. पष्टिभक 9554 : (chaddan) Abandoning. chardan afsu : (chaddiy) A fault connected with accepting food at the hands of one who has vomitted. sta ghrtādiccharda yan---yirādhanasambhavāt . (yogā. śā. Sv 0. viv. 1-38, pr. 137). Canik ---ORITHRYETAIL I (UM. M. a. Raa. 1-38, 9. 137).) gog : (chann) A feast; a feastivity. chann goopuu : (channapay) Deceit; fraud. channa pad OTT : (chattāichatt) Holding one umbrella above another. ওমনি chaträt sāmânyarūpāt---tadā kāro yogopi chatrā tichat ram . (sūryapr. malay. v. 12, 78, pr. 233). [GF1L VIRU---SCART aus Si874 1 (ua. U. q. 12, 78, q. 233).] 89 : (chann) A feast; a festivity. chann 874U : (channapay) Deceot; fraud. channa pad : (chamm) An obscuring karma, a kind of karma that obscures the qualities of soul. sa chadm jñān-drgā varane . (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 188). [8Gxy J14-Giacot i (eq. g. 1, q. 188).] AU : (chammatth) A non-omniscient. chadmasth chadumam ņām āvaranam, tamhi citthadi tti chaumattho . (dhav. pu, 10, pr. 296). (85H TH 320i, afie façok RT SHRI (ta. 9. 10, q. 296). ] sfruta : (chavicchey) Multilation of limbs, multi-dimension. Bu chavi sariram, tass nahādiņam kiriyāvisese hi khandanam chedo chavicche do . (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 401). [ध्वी शरीरं, तस्स णहादीणं किरियाविसेसेहि खंडणं छेदो छविच्छेदो । ( a. g. 14, 9. 401).] Page #128 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 184 छाओवग : (chāovag) A densely shady tree. chāyopag छागलिय : (chāgaliy) A butcher. chagalik ओवट्ठावण : (cheovatthāvan) Reinitiation. chedopasthapan tesu (mālagunesu) pamatto samano chedovatthāvago hodi . ( prav. sa. 3-9). [तेसु (मूलगुणेसु) पमत्तो समणो छेदोवट्ठावगो होदि । (प्रव. सा. 3-9).] छेय : (chey) Degradation, cut in seniority. ched chede nām jass---evamadi chedo bhavati . (dasavai. cu. pr. 26). [छेदो नाम जस्स---एवमादि छेदो भवति । (दशवै. चू. पृ. 26).] जंगम : (jangam) A mobile leaving being. jangam mo kşagamalakāle ekasmin samaye jina pratimă jangamā ka thyate . (d. pra. ti. 35). [मोक्षगमलकाले एकस्मिन् समये जिनप्रतिमा जंगमा कथ्यते । (द. प्रा. टी. 35).] जंगमिय: (jangamiy) Produced from mobile living being e.g. wool, silk etc. जागामिक बंधायारण : (janghayaran) An ascetic who can move in the sky simply by patting the thighs. जंघाचारण । caurangulametta mahim chadiy gayanammi kudilajāņu viņā . jam bahujoyanagaman sā janghācāraņā riddhi . (ti. p. 4-1037). [चउरंगुलमेत्तमहिं छडिय गयणम्मि कुडिलजाणु विणा । जं बहुजोयणगमण सा जंघाचारणा रिडी । (ति. प. 4-1837).] जंतपीडनकम्म : (jantapidanakamm) work involving milling. यंत्रपीडाकर्म tileksu-sarapairand-jalayantradipidanam . dalatailasy c krtiryantrapida prakirtitā . (tri. ś. pu. c. 9 , 3, 345). [तिलेक्षु-सर्षपैरण्ड-जलयन्त्रादिपीडनम् । दलतैलस्य च कृतिर्यन्त्रपीडा प्रकीर्तिता । (त्रि. श. पु. च. 9, 3, 345).] 375 : (jai) An ascetic, a monk. yati yatay upasamaksapakasrenyārādhā bhanyante . (ca. sā. pr. 22). [यतय उपशमक्षपक श्रेण्यारूढा भण्यन्ते । (चा. सा. पृ. 22).] Page #129 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 105 15 : (jaicchā) Accident. yadrcchā 450lalu : (jaicchāvāy) Accidentalism, in an unexpected manner. ug worar 754 : (jain) Relating to Jina; revealed by Jina; a follower of Jina, a religion. 44 : (jaidhamm) The duty of an ascetic. yatidharm sāvajjajogapariva jjaņão savvuttamo jaidhammo . (cārāradi. pr. 2). [Aldoutstorfason3t Hantum I (arr. q. 2).] : (jag) A living being. jag He : (jaghaṇn) Minimum. jaghany T : (jantu) A living being. jantu caugaisamsāre jāyadi janayadi tti jantü . (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 120). [2311FÄHR Brule out fi id i (99. g. 1, q. 120).] : (jam) A primary vow. yam WHAT : (jamaņiyā) An implement kept by an ascetic in the right armpit. यमनिका 18 : (jamal) in juxataposition, placed side by side. यवल U : (jay) Careful. yat 094 : (jayaņā) Carefulness. yatana U : (jarâuy) Birth with a yolk-sac, egg borned. बरायुज jarāyo jātă jarayujāḥ . (s. si. 2-32). [TRIA TRYSE I (H. RT. 2-32).] OR : (jalacar) A five-sensed aquatic being. ja la car : (jala yar) A five-sensed aquatic being. ja lacar est : (jall) Dirt of the body; an acrobat. jall jallo angamalo bāhiro . (dhav. pu. 9, pr. 96). ( si mai ales i (97. 9. 9, q. 96).] date : (jallosahi) The power by which a disease in destroyed by mere contact with dirt of the body. Getter seya jalo angarayam jallam bhannetti jie teņāvi. jivāņr ogaharan riddhi jallo sahi ņāmā . (ti. p. 4-1070). [सेयजलो अंगरयं जल्लं भण्णेत्ति जीए तेणावि । जीवाण रोगहरण रिब्दी TARTU TAT I (fà. 9. 4-1070).] Page #130 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 186 बव : (jav) The eight part of a finger. yav aştabhiḥ siddhartheḥ pinditaiḥ eko yavah . (t. vitti srut. (3-38). [अष्टमि सिद्धार्थ पिण्डितै एको यक । (त. वृत्ति श्रुत. (3-38).] 347 : (javamajjhā) A penance having the form of the middle part of a barleycorn. यवमध्या aştau yūkā ekam yavamadhyam . (t. vā. 3, 38, 6). [अष्टौ यूका एकं यवमध्यम् । (त. वा. 3, 38, 6).] जसकित्तिणाम : (jasokittinām) A kind of body makinng karma which causes fame and honour-giving personality. यशकीर्तिनाम jass kammassudaen jaso kittijjai kahijjai janavayen tam jasagittiņāmam. (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 366). [जस्स कम्मस्सुदएण जसो कित्तिज्जई कहिज्जइ जपवयेण तं जसगित्तिणामं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 366).] बसेकित्तिनम : (jasokittinām) A kind of body makinng karma which causes fame and honour-giving personality. यशकीर्तिनम jass kammassudaen jaso kittijjai kahijjai jaṇavayen tam jasagittiņāmam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 366). [जस्स कम्मस्सुदएप जसो कित्तिज्जई कहिज्जइ जणवयेण तं जसगित्तिणामं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 366).] बहक्काय : (jahakkay) Perfect conduct. yathakhyat बहक्खाय : (jahakkhay) Perfect conduct. yathakhyat जहण्य : (jahann) Minimum.jaghuny बझजय : (jahājay) Naked. yathaat महापविट्टकरण : (jahapavittakaran) soul's ineradicable tendency towards spiritual growth. यथाप्रवृत्तकरण anādisamsiddhinaiv----yathāpravrttakaranamiti . (av. ni. m lay. v. 186). [अनादिसंसिद्धिनैव---यथाप्रवृत्तकरणमिति । (आव. नि. मलय. वृ. 186).] यहापविट्टगरप : (jahāpavittagaran) Soul's ineradicable tendency towards spiritual growth. ययप्रवृत्तकरण anadisamsiddhinaiv---yathāpravrttakaranamiti . (av. ni. m lay. I. 186). [अनादिसंसिदिनैव---यथाप्रवृत्तकरणमिति । (आव. नि. मलय. वृ. 106).] Page #131 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 187 बहापवित्तकरण : (jahāpavittakaran) Soul's ineradicable tendency towards spiritual growth. यथाप्रवृत्तकरण anadisamsiddhinaiv---yathāpravittakaranamiti . (av. ni. m lay. v. 186). [अनादिसंसिद्धिनैव---यथाप्रवृत्तकरणमिति । (आव. नि. मलय. वृ. 186).] बापवित्तगरण : (jahapavittagaran) Soul's ineradicable tendency towards spiritual growth. यथाप्रवृत्तकरण anadisamsiddhinaiv---yathapravittakaranamiti . (av. ni. m lay. v. 106). [अनादिसंसिद्धिनैव---यथाप्रवृत्तकरणमिति । (आव. नि. मलय. वृ. 186).] बहालंद : (jahāland) Specified time. yathaland बझसंविभाग : (jahasamvibhag) Proper sharing with the ascetic. यथासंविभाग 5 : (jāi) A class of living beings; maternal side; birth; a caste; a kind. जाति jatih mātrsamutthā . (av. ni. hari. v. 831). [जातिः मातृसमुत्था । (आव. नि. हरि. वृ. 831).] बाइपाम : (jainām) A variety of body-making karma causing birth in different classes. जातिनाम jatto kammakkhandhādo jivānam bhữo sarisattamuppajjade so kammakkhandho jādiņām . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 51). : [जत्तो कम्मक्खंधादो जीवाणं भूओ सरिसत्तमुप्पज्जदे सो कम्मक्खंधो जादिणाम । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 51).] बाइत्यविर : (jaitthavir) An ascetic of sixty of more years of age, जातिस्थविर sasthivarsa jato jatisthavirah . (vyav. malay. v.. 18-746 [षष्ठिवर्षजातो जातिस्थविर । (व्यव. मलय. वृ. 18-746).] बाइयविर : (jaithavir) An ascetic of sixty of more years of age. जातिस्थविर sasthivarsa jato jatisthavirah . (vyav. malay. vr. 10-746 [षष्ठिवर्षजातो जातिस्थविस । (व्यव. मलय. वृ. 18-746).] Page #132 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 108 ISTAR : (jāisumaran) Memory of past lives; recollection of past births. जातिस्मरण T : (jām) A vow, a great vow. yâm arusa : (jāyatey) Fire. jāta te jas from : (jinakapp) The conduct of an ascetic like that of a Jina. जिनकल्प jitarăg-dveş-mohāupasarg-parişahārivegasahāh jinā iv vi haranti iti jinakalpikāḥ . (bh.a. vijayo. 155, pr. 356 illllllllll [जितराग-द्वेष-मोहाउपसर्ग-परीषहारिवेगसहाः जिना इव विहरन्ति इति foron fun I (H.311. facrat. 155, q. 356).] ofu : (jinakappiy) A solitar (only) ascetic whose conduct is like that of a Jina. Avaky Amat : (jiņa kappi) A solitar ascetic whose conduct is like that of a Jina. fract R : (jiņaghar) A Jina temple. jinagch Ruys : (jinadhamm) Jinism, jainism. jinadharm Rush : (jiņapadimā) An image of a Jina;an idol of a Tirthankara. जिनप्रतिमा hayar : (jiņa var) A Tirthankara. jina var R amit : (jiņavāņi) Speech or words of a Tirthankara. जिनवाणी AparT : (jinasasan) Jainism. jinašā san Ram : (jinind) a Tirthankara. jine ndr RP : (jinissar) A Tirthankara. jineśvar fo : (linend) A Tirthankara. tine ndr f : (jiņesar) A Tirthankara. jinesvar Rota : (jiņottam) A Tirthankara. Jinottam Ripon : (jinn) A conqueror of passions; a victor. जिन jida koh-man-māyā jidalohā ten te jina honti. (mūlä. 7-64). [farsante-FM-TU RETTET do à frente alla I (cl. 7-64).] Rucourt : (jinnakumāni) A woman who has remained a virgin till old age. जीर्णकुमारी Page #133 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 109 ATIEÇU : (jihinday) The sense-organ of taste, the gustatory sense-organ. RENAU phásindiyā varaṇ---jibbhindiyam samuppajjadi . (dhav. pu. 7 pr. 64). [filula 4---fiforlèu 1440 I (9. g. 7 q. 64).] Rroky : (jihendiy) The sense-organ of taste, the gustatory sense-organ. B iru phāsindiyāvaran---jibbhindiyam samuppajjadi . (dhay. pu. 7 pr. 64). (9fitur---Releu q ue ! (ga. 9. 7 q. 64).] fuqu : (jiyakapp) Traditional usage or convention. जीतकल्प ja : (jiv) A soul; a living being; an animate or a sentient substance. wita jivo tti havadi cedā uvaogavisesido pahü kattā . bhott å y de hamatto n hi mutto kammasanjutto . (pañcā. kā. 27). [जीवो ति हवदि चेदा उवओगविसेसिदो पहू कत्ता । भोत्ता य देहमत्तो afe Antonini (0al. p. 27). ] sigor : (jiva kāy) A group or class of living beings. जीवकाय siacom : (jivatthān) A state of soul; a condition of living being. जीवस्थान taom : (jivathān) A state of soul; a condition of living being. जीवस्थान Jaap : (jivaņikāy) A group or class of living beings. जीवनिकाय akuaru : (jivatthikāy) An animate extensive substance; a sentient extensive being; a conscious extensive real; an extensive substance in the form of a soul. जीवास्तिकाय viac : (jivapayes) An indivisible particle of a soul. जीवप्रदेश que : (jivappayes) An indivisible particle of a soul. जीवप्रदेश Page #134 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 110 wiary : (jivarasi). A collection of living beings; an aggregate of conscious beings. WRIT santa : (jivalog) The world of living beings. jīvalok waria : (jivājiv) The categories of living and non-living beings. viaria vihu : (jiviy) Life. jivită jivitam prāṇadhāraṇātmakam . (uttarā. ni. śā. vi. 7, pr. 217). [ faci TERRICHTH I (ART. A. I. q. 7, q. 217).] JAU : (jiviyāsaņsā) Desire to live long. जीविताशंसा avaśyaheyatve śariravasthānādaro jivitāśamsā . (t. va. 7 • 37 3). [3tused nin g sifarist i (a. q. 7. 37 3).] : (jutt) A variety of the innumerable and infinite, joint. yo 14 : (jumm) An even number, yugm T: (juy) A measure equal to four cubits; a period equal to five years. y pañcasamvatsaram yugam . (āv. bhā. hari. v. 198, pr. 495 [datider I (319. H. FR. q. 198, q. 495).] qua : (juyal) A pair of male and female twins. yugal Pucit : (juyalag) A pair of male and female twins. युगलक query : (juyaliy) Consisting of a pair of male and female twins. युगलित yurt : (juyali) A pair of male and female twins. युगली T : (jog) Activity. yog vivariyäbhiņivesam paricattā jeņhakahiyataccesu . jo jum jadi appānam niyabhāvo so have jogo. (ni. sā. 139). [विवरीयाभिणिवेसं परिचत्ता जेण्हकहियतच्चेसु । जो जुजदि अप्पाणं porchia d i (A. H. 139).] G : (joni) A seat of birth, a place of birth. yoni yonayo jivo tpattisthānāni . (mūlā. VI. 12-3). [attu iacuftRUTIA I (Int. q. 12-3).] Page #135 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI shu (joyan) A measure equal to four krosas. yojan atthahim dandasa hasse him jo yanam. (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 339) [ अट्ठहिं दंडसहस्सेहिं जोयणं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 339).] (josaṇā) Destruction of karmas; act of resorting जौषणा (jhan) Meditation, concentration, contemplation. ध्यान jam thiramajjhavasānam tam jhānam jam calam tayam cittam bhāvanā vā aņupeha va ahav cinta. (dhyānas. 2). [जं थिरमज्झवसाणं तं झाणं जं चलं तयं चित्तं । तं होज्ज भावणा वा अणुपेहा वा अहव चिंता । (ध्यानश. 2).] a (than) A source, a state, motionlessness. sthān uppattiheū thānam. (dhav. pu. 5. pr. 189). [उप्पत्तिहेऊ ठाणं । ( धव. पु. 5. पृ. 189).] (thāṇag) A place where ascetics stay. sthanak OUT: (thāvanā) A fault incurred by receiving reserved food etc., representation; placing. T jam pun tayatthasunnam tayabhippãeg tārisāgāram nirāgār ittaramiyaram v sa thavaṇā. (višeṣā. 26). [जं पुण तयत्यसुन्नं तयभिप्पाएग तारिसागारं । कीरइ व निरागार इत्तरमियरं व सा ठवणा । (विशेषा. 26) ] (thii) Duration, rest, permanence. sthiti sthitiḥ kālaparicchedaḥ. (s. si. 1-7). [स्थिति: कालपरिच्छेदः । (स. सि. 1-7).] oder (thiibandh) Bondage of karmic duration. Rufaaper kirai v chadavvāṇamappida bhāven avaṭṭhānam avaṭṭhāṇakaranam c tthidi ṇām (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 348). [छदव्वाणमप्पिदभावेण अवट्ठाणं अवट्ठाणकारणं च ट्ठिदी णाम । (धव g. 13, q. 348).] Bu (thiy) Steady, motionless. sthit tatth sanim sanim saga visae vaṭṭamāņo kadi-aniyogo tthidam ṇām. (dhav. pu. 9, pr. 268). [ तत्थ सणि सणि सगविसए वट्टमाणो कदि - अणियोगो ट्रिट्ठदं णाम । ( धव. J. 9, q. 268).] 111 tam hoj Page #136 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 33 (dand) Sinful activity, violence, a measure equal to four cubits. do kucchio dandam ghanu juge nāliā akkhe musale (anuy o. sū. 133, pr. 157). vadhaḥ parikle śorthaharanam dandah (nitiva. 29-74 pr. 333). [ दो कुच्छीओ दंड घणू जुगे नालिआ अक्खे मुसले । (अनुयो. सू. 133, पृ. 157) वध परिक्लेशोऽर्थहरणं दण्डः 1 (नीतिवा 29-74 पृ. 333).] 35 (dandag) A division, a sectin, having wooden stick. दण्डक · = (ṇautang) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Prayutas (time measuring scale), crores of years. नयुताङ्ग caturasitiḥ prayutaśatasahasrāņi ekam nayutāngam . (jīvāj i. malay. v. 178, pr. 345). [ चतुरशीतिः प्रयुतशतसहस्राणि एकं नयुताङ्गम् । (जीवाजी. मलय. वृ. 178, q. 345).] 30 (nauy) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Nayutangas (time measuring scale), crores of years. Aya caturaśitinayu tāngaśatasahasrani ekam nayutam (jivāji. m lay. vr. 178, pr. 345). [चतुरशीतिनयुताङ्गशतसहस्राणि एकं नयुतम् । (जीवाजी मलय. वृ. 178, q. 345).] RU (natthitt) Non-existence. nästitv (nayābhās) Fallacious viewpoint, false standpoint. नयाभास - punarnaigamādayo nirapekṣā parasparen te nayabhāsāḥ iti. (t. bhā. siddh. v. 1-7). [पुनर्नैगमादयो निरपेक्षा परस्परेण ते नाभासाः इति । ( त. भा. सिद्ध. वृ. 1-7).] : (ṇayāhās) Fallacious viewpoint, false standpoint. नयाभास punamaiga mādayo nirapekṣā parasparen te nayābhāsāḥ iti (t. bhā. siddh. v. 1-7). [पुनर्नैगमादयो निरपेक्षा परस्परेण ते नयाभासाः इति । (त. भा. सिद्ध. वृ. 1-7 ) ] 112 Page #137 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 113 पयुत : (nayut) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Nayutangas, (time measuring scale) crore of years. नयुत caturaśitinayutāngaśatasahasrani ekam na yutam . (jivāji. m lay. VI. 178, pr. 345). [चतुरशीतिनयुताङ्गशतसहस्राणि एकं नयुतम् । (जीवाजी. मलय. वृ. 178, पृ. 345).] परग : (narag) A hell. narak narān prāņinaḥ kāyati pātayati khalíkaroti iti narakaḥ karm . (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 201). [नरान् प्राणिनः कायति पातयति खलीकरोति इति नरक: कर्म । (धव. पु. 1, पृ. 201).] परगवाल : (naragaval) A guard of hell, a torturer of hellish beings. नरकपाल परगावास : (naragavās) An infernal abode. narakavas पवपवमिगा : (navanavamiga) A kind of penance lasting for eighty-one days. नवनवमिका पवणवमिया : (navanavamiyā) A kind of penance lasting for eighty-one days. नवनवमिका पाण, नाप : (nan, nan) Comprehension; determinate cognition; knowledge. ज्ञान jam janai tam nānam-. (moksapra. 37). [ज जाणइ तं गाणं-! (मोक्षप्रा. 37).] पाणावरप : (nānāvaran) Comprehension-obscuring karma. जानावरण nānamavabo ho avagamo paricchedo idi eyaththo . tamā vāredit ti nānavaraniyam kammam . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 6). [णाणमवबोहो अवगमो परिच्छेदो इदि एयठ्ठो । तमावारेदि त्ति णाणावरणीयं कम्मं । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 6).] पाणावरपिज्ज : (nānāvaranijj) Comprehension-obscuring karma. भानावरणीय ņāṇama vabo ho avagamo paricchedo idi eyaththo . tamāvā redit ti nāņāvaraniyam kammam. (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 6). [णाणमवबोहो अवगमो परिच्छेदो इदि एयठ्ठो । तमावारेदि त्ति णाणावरणीयं कम्मं । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 6).] पापी : (nāni) A person possessed of right knowledge. ज्ञानी Page #138 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 114 पाणोवओग : (nānovaog) Determinate cognition. jnanopayog sāgāro ņāņova jogo. (dhav. pu. 11, pr. 334). [सागारो णाणोवजोगो । (धव. पु. 11, पृ. 334).] पामकम्म : (nāmakamm) Body-making karma, physique-making karma. नामकर्म nānā minodi tti namam . (dhav. pu. 13, p. 209). [णाणा मिणोदि ति णामं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 209).] पाय, पात : (nāy, nat) An illustration. jrat पायभाव, पातभाव : (nāyabhāv, nātabhav) Intention. जाताभाव ayam prāni hantavy iti jñātvā pravíttirjñātam . (s. si. 6-6). [अयं प्राणी हन्तव्य इति ज्ञात्वा प्रवृत्तिर्जातम् । (स. सि. 6-6).] पास : (nās) Positing a meaning, determination of a meaning, placing, putting. न्यास पासावहार : (nāsāvahār) Misappropriating a pledged property. न्यासापहार nyāsāpahāro vismaranakrtaparaniksepagrahanam . (t. bhā. 7 -21). [न्यासापहारो विस्मरणकृतपरनिक्षेपग्रहणम् । (त. भा. 7-21).] निकाय : (nikāy) A collection, a group, salvation. निकाय भिकायण : (nikāyan) Invitation. nilacan nikāco nikācanam cchandanam nimantrañamitye kārthāḥ . (v yav. bhā. malay. vr. 5-49). [निकाचो निकाचनं च्छंदनं निमन्त्रणमित्येकार्थाः । (व्यव. भा. मलय. वृ. 5-49).] पिकायणा : (nikāyanā) A state of karma in which there is no possibility of any change in its nature, intensity etc. निकाचना tassev (puvvapuţthass kammassev) tattasankottiyalo has lagasambandhasarisakiritā nikāyana . (karmapr. cj. bam. k. 2, p. 18). [तस्सेव (पुव्वपुट्ठस्स कम्मस्सेव) तत्तसंकोट्टियलोहसलागासंबंधसरिसकिरिता निकायणा । (कर्मप्र. चू. बं. क. 2, पृ. 18).] Page #139 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI PR: (nikii) Deceit. nikti nikriyatenayā paraḥ paribhūyat iti nikṛtiḥ. (t. bhā. s iddh. v. 8-10). [निक्रियतेऽनया पर परिभूयत इति निकृतिः । ( त. भा. सिद्ध. वृ. 8-10).] P: (nikkamm) Salvation. nişkarm A: (nikkhitt) A fault incurred by an ascetic by accepting food etc. placed on animate thing. A saccitapuḍhavi-au-teū-haridam c biy-tasajīvā. jam tesimuv ri thavidam nikkhittam hodi chabbhe yam. (múla. 6-46). [सच्चितपुढवि-आऊ - तेऊ - हरिदं च बीय तसजीवा । जं तेसिमुवरि ठविदं Mari ke saki | (Hell. 6-46).] Pata (nikkhev) Positing a meaning, determination of a meaning, placing, putting. Fr (nikkhev) Positing a meaning, determination of a meaning; placing, putting. Fr nicchaye ninnaye khivadi tti nikkhevo. (dhav. pu. 1. pr. 10). [णिच्छ्ये पिण्णये खिवदि ति णिक्खेवो । (धव. पु. 1. पृ. 10 ) . ] (nigaman) Conclusion. nigaman A4 nigamaņam nām jatth pasāhie atthe ajjhatthaheūnam puno kahan m kajjai eyam nigamanam (dasavai. cũ. 1, pr. 39). [निगमणं नाम जत्य पसाहिए अत्ये अज्झत्थहेऊणं पुणो कहणं कज्जइ एयं . निगमणं । (दशवै. चू 1, पृ. 39).] Prtu (nigoy) A vegetation in the lowest form of life. निगोद nigodā jivāśrayaviseṣaḥ. (jivāji. malay. vṛ. 5, 2, 2 38, pr. 423). [निगोदा जीवाश्रयविशेषाः । (जीवाजी मलय वृ 5, 2, 238, पृ. 423).] Autoum (niggan thadhamm) Jainism. nirgrantha dharm Aniyaur: (niggan tha pavayan) Jain scriptures. निर्ग्रन्थप्रवचन Autot (niggaṇṭhi) A nun. nirgranthi Puja (nigganth) One devoid of a knot, one without possessions, unattached, passionless, an ascetic, a monk. Anf-u etthavi nigganthe---nigganthetti vacce . (sūtrak. sú. 1, 16, 4, pr. 273-74). 115 Page #140 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI [ एत्थवि णिग्गन्थे --- णिग्गन्थेत्ति वच्चे । (सूत्रक. सू. 1, 16, 4, q. 273-74).] Pia (niggan thadhamm) Jainism. nirgranthadharm Arjayany: (nigganthapavayan) Jain scriptures. निर्ग्रन्यप्रवचन Ai (nigganthi) A nun. nirgranthi = (niggah) Preventing sinful activity. nigrah svapakṣasiddhire kasy nigrahonyavādinaḥ (nyāvavi. vi. 2-212, pr. 243). [ स्वपक्षसिद्धिरेकस्य निग्रहोऽन्यवादिनः । ( न्याववि. वि. 2-212, q. 243).] Rüsa Auguküsa: (niggo ha parimandal) The upper part of a body to be symmetrical and not the lower. ṇāggoho vaḍarukkho---naggo ha parimandalasarirasanthanam, (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 71). [णाग्गोहो वडरुक्खोणग्गोहपरिमंडलसरीरसंठाणं, (धव. पु. 6, q. 71).] o (nicc) Permanent, eternal, constant, perpetual. नित्य tadbhāvā vya yam nityam. (t. sū. 5, 31). [तद्भावाऽव्ययं नित्यम् । (त. सू. 5, 31 ) . ] (niccabhatt) Daily meal. nitya bhakt RE: (niccayanay) Real viewpoint, essential standpoint निश्चयनय śuddhadravyanirupaṇātmako niscayanayah (prav. sã. amṛ t. vr. 2-97). [शुद्धद्रव्यनिरूपणात्मको निश्चयनयः । ( प्रव. सा. अमृत. बृ. 2-97).] Podku: (niccavāy) Eternalism. nityavād Bar: (niccavās) Living in one place permanently. नित्यवास (niccāņicc) Permanent as well as impermanent. नित्यानित्य पिच्चेहिंगोत्त = (niccehingott) Inferior heredity. नीचैर्गोत्र 116 Page #141 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 117 117 Pradinita : (nicce higott) Inferior heredity. नीचैर्गोत्र पिच्छय : (nicchay) Continued cognition. niscay पिच्छयपय : (nicchayanay) Real viewpoint, essential standpoint. निश्चयनय Suddhadravyanirupanātmako niscayanayah . (prav. sa. amr t. v. 2-97). [शुद्धद्रव्यनिरूपणात्मको निश्चयनयः । (प्रव. सा. अमृत. वृ. 2-97).] पिज्जरा : (nijjarā) Dissociation of karmas, destruction of karmas. निर्जरा baddhapadesaggalaņam nijjaraṇam idi jiņehi paņņattam . (dv ādaśānu. 66). [बद्धपदेसग्गलणं णिज्जरणं इदि जिणेहि पण्णत्तं । (द्वादशानु. 66).] पिज्जाप : (nijjan) Emancipation. niryan पिज्जत्ति : (nijjutti) Determination of the relevant meaning of a word. Arifa jutti tti uvāyatti y ņiravayavā hodi nijjutti .( mula. 7-14). [जुत्ति ति उवायत्ति य णिरवयवा होदि णिज्जुत्ति । (मूला. 7-14).] पिहा : (nidda) ordinary sleep. nidra şiddãe tivvodaeņ appakālam suvai, uțthā vijjanto lahu m utthedi, appasadden vi cegrai . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 32). [णिद्दाए तिव्वोदएण अप्पकालं सुवइ, उट्ठाविज्जंतो लहुं उठेदि, अप्पसदेण वि चेग्रइ । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 32).] PIETATET : (niddāṇiddā) Deep sleep. निसानिद्रा niddāņiddāe tivvodaen rukkhagge visamabhūmie jatth v ā tatth vã dese ghoranto adhoranto vā ņibbharam so vadi.( dhav. pu. 6, pr. 31). [णिवाणिहाए तिव्वोदएण रुक्खग्गे विसमभूमीए जत्थ वा तत्य वा देसे घोरंतो अधोरंतो वा णिब्भरं सोवदि । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 31).] Page #142 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 118 Arta : (ņibandh) Operation. nibandh MAR Y : (ņimittakaran) Instrumental cause. निमित्तकारण A TE : (ạimittapind) Accepting alms on the basis of augury. निमित्तपिण्ड nimittam anguşthapraśnādi, tada vāpto nimittapind ḥ . (ācārā. sū. si. vs. 273, pr. 320). [PHT4 315THIR, ngalut Afinius: I (310RI. . sit. q. 273, q. 320).] Mary : (nimmān) A variety of physique-making karma which causes the formation of the body with the several parts in their proper places. निर्माण jass kammassudaen ang-paccangāņam thāņam pamāṇam c jādivas eņ ņiyamijjadi tam şimiņaņāmam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 366) [जस्स कम्मस्सुदएण अंग-पच्चंगाणं ठाणं पमाणं च जादिवसेण prulist Pr (eq. g. 13, 9. 366).] Priguars : (nimmiyavāi) One who holds that the universe is created by God. निर्मित्तवादी prvo : (niyanth) One devoid of a knot, one without possessions, unattached, passionless, an ascetic, a monk. निर्गन्य etthavi nigganthe---nigganthetti vacce . (sūtrak. sü. 1, 16, 4, pr. 273-74). [prufa ---Ropa dod I (10. u. 1, 16, 4, q. 273-74).) puogo : (ņiyanthadhamm) Jainism. nirgrantha dharm Ardoydu : (niyanthapa vayan) Jain scriptures. निर्गन्यप्रवचन preot : (niyanthi) A nun. nirgranthi mus : (niyai) Fate, destiny, pre-determination. niyati Prusa : (niyaivās) A fatalist, a determinist, believer of the theory that every event is determined by casual neccessiti and that the action of human is not free but is caused by privious action and experiences. Auhardt jattu jadā jeņ jahā jass y niyamen hodi tattu tadã . t en tahā tass have idi vādo niyadivādo du . (go. k. 88 2). [जत्तु जदा जेण जहा जस्स य पियमेण होदि तत्तु तदा । तेण तहा तस्स Page #143 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI हवे इदि वादो मिदिवादो दु । (गो. क. 882).] Bruşaru : (ṇiyaivay) Fatalism, determinism, necessitarianism, believer of the theory that every event is determined by casual neccessiti and that the action of human is not free but is caused by privious action and experiences. नियतिवाद jattu jada jen jahā jass y niyamen hodi tattu tada. t en taha tass have idi vado ṇiyadivado du (go. k. 88 2). [जत्तु जदा जेण जहा जस्स य णिरामेण होदि तत्तु तदा । तेण तहा तस्स हवे इदि वादो पियदिवादो दु । ( गो . क. 882).] Buн: (ṇiyam) A secondary vow. niyam niyamen y jam kajjam tanniyamam namadasaṇn-carittam. (ni. să. 3). [णियमेण य जं कज्जं तण्णियमं णामदसंण चरितं । (नि. सा. 3 ) . ] Puri (niyag) Emancipation. niyāg niyagamityämantritasy pinndasy grahanam nityam, n tvanāmantritasy. (daśavai. sū. hari. vṛ. 3-2, pr. 1 16). [नियागमित्यामन्त्रितस्य पिंण्डस्य ग्रहणं नित्यम्, न त्वनामन्त्रितस्य । (दशवै. सू. हरि वृ. 3 - 2, पृ. 116 ) . ] ru (niyan) Desire for worldly gain as a reward for austerities. निदान nidanam viṣay-bhogākānkṣā (s. si. 7-18). [निदानं विषय-भोगाकांक्षा । (स. सि. 7 - 18 ) . ] Raw: (ņiravajj) Sinless. niravady PR (ṇirāmagandh) Faultless. niramagandh Pro: (niruvakkam) Irreducible, inevitable, unavoidable निरुपक्रम पिरोह (niroh) Cessation, prevention. niro dh Precio: (ṇillañchan) Emasculation, castration. निलांछन Macc (nivaṭṭaṇā) Construction. nirvartană P: (ņivvattaṇā) Construction. nirvartanā a (nivvay) Perfect, emancipated, free from the cycle of birth and death निर्वृत = 119 Page #144 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI : (nivvan) Perfection, emancipation. nirvāņ Pros: (nivvii) Emancipation. nirvṛti Propu: (nivvikapp) Indeterminate. nirvikalp Bur: (ṇivvikappay) Indeterminate. निर्विकल्पक Pro (nivvigapp) Indeterminate. nirvikalp Pour: (ņivvigappay) Indeterminate. निर्विकल्पक निव्वित्तिबादरसम्पराय : (nivvittibādarasamparāy) Apurvakarana, a spiritual-attaninment not experienced before, a stage of spiritual development attained for the first time. निवृत्तिबादरसम्पराय B: (nivveg) Disgust with the world. nirveg Madu (nivvey) Disgust with the world. nirveg Bau: (nivvey) Disgust with the world. nirved Madu (nivvey) Disgust with the world. nirved T: (nisagg) Operation. nisarg nisargaḥ svabhāv ityarthaḥ. (s. si. 1-3). [निसर्ग स्वभाव इत्यर्थः । (स. सि. 1-3). ] Pramukatur : (ṇisaggakiriyā) Approval of an evil act. निसर्गक्रिया päpädänâdipravṛttiviseṣābhyanujñānam nisargakriyā (s. si. 6-5). [ पापादानादिप्रवृत्तिविशेषाभ्यनुज्ञानं निसर्गक्रिया । (स. सि. 6-5).] Pros: (nisaggarui) Intuitive belief. nisargaruci Press (nisajjā) A seat, a sitting place. nişadya niṣadya samasphigniveśan paryannkabandhādi (t. bhā. s iddh. v. 7-16, pr. 93). [निषया समस्फिग्निवेशन पर्यङ्कबन्धादि । ( त. भा. सिद्ध वृ. 7-16, . 93).] = PRO: (nisitth) Manifest. niḥart fr (nisiyan) Act of sitting. nișidan Prefifur: (nisihiya) A place for study or meditation. निशीथिका 120 Page #145 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 121 Arzija : (ạisihiyā) Nisithika, a place for study meditation. Aषधिका eggantā sālogā ņādi vikitthā ņ cāvi āsaņņā , vitthi ņņā viddhattá nisihiyā dūra māgādhā . (bh.ā. 1968). [एग्गंता सालोगा पादिविकिट्ठा ण चावि आसण्णा । वित्यिण्णा REGUT Prieur MICE I (47.311. 1968).] Asia : (nisehiyā) Naisedhiki, reciting a word suggestive of negation. निषेधिका ARI : (ņissā) Dependence. nigra ARHIRT : (ņissäs) Exhalation. nihávās Riu : (ņissiy) Dependent. nitrit niśrito lingapramitobhidhiyate . (t. bhā. siddh. VI. . 1, 16). [Aftat frşrafiatsidud i (a. 11. RG. q. 1, 16).] Are : (nih) Deceitful. nih Area : (ņihatti) Incapability of all the process of karma other than increased realisation and decreased realiation. Aret jam padesaggam n sakkamudae dãdum annapayadim väsankämedum tam ņighattam ņām . (dhav. pu. 9, pr. 235). [जं पदेसग्गं प सक्कमुदए दादं अण्णपयडिं वासंकामेदं तं पिघत्तं I (9. g. 9, q. 235). ] A : (ņihaw) One who conceals the truth and propounds a false doctrine, a schismatic. PETA RIET : (nihā) Deceit. nihi : (nii) A standpoint, a viewpoint, Naya. niti dumta : (niyagott) Inferior heredity. nicago tr jass kammass udaem jivāņam ņicagodam hodi tam ņicagodam ņ ām. (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 78). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएम जीवाणं पीचगोदं होदि तं पीचगोदं पाम । (धव. 9. 6. q. 78).] tarih : (ņiyagotta kamm) Inferior heredity-determining karma. eiro ofta : (ņīlalesā) Blue thought-tint, the second of the six kinds of lesya. नीललेश्या dāvaņņādisu pādavavivajjiyam ņiviņņāņam ņibbuddhim män-māyabahulam şiddāluam salo nam himsādisu majjhimajjh vasayam kuņai nilalessā . (dhav. pu. 16, pr. 490). [दावण्णादिसु पादवविवज्जियं गिविण्याणं पिबुद्धिं Page #146 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI माण - मायबहुलं णिद्दालुअं सलोहं हिंसादिसु मज्झिमज्झवसायं कुणइ णीललेस्सा । (धव. पु. 16, पृ. 498).] पीललेस्सा : (nilalessā) Blue thought-tint, the second of the six kinds of lesya. नीललेश्या dāvanṇādisu pādavavivajjiyam nivvinnanam nibbuddhim mãn-māyabahulam niddāluam saloham himsādisu majjhimajjh vasayam kuņai nilalessa. (dhav. pu. 16, pr. 490). [ दावण्णादिसु पादवविवज्जियं णिव्विण्णाणं णिब्बुद्धि माण - मायबहुलं णिद्दालुअं सलोहं हिंसादिसु मज्झिमज्झवसायं कुणइ णीललेस्सा । ( धव. पु. 16, पृ. 498).] णीसास : (nisās) Exhalation. nihsvās पीसेयस : (niseyas) Salvation. nihśreyas पीहरण: ( niharan ) Cremation. nirharan धूम : (nūm) Deceit, darkness; covering. nūm पेगमणय: (negamanay) The non-distinguished standpoint. नैगमनय negehim māne him minaitti negamass nerutti. (âv. n i. 755). [गेहिं माणेहिं मिणइत्ती नेगमस्स नेरुत्ती । (आव. नि. 755 ).] पेगमनय : (negamanay) The non-distinguished standpoint. नैगमनय negehim māṇe him minaitti negamass nerutti. (āv. n i. 755). [गेहिं माणेहिं मिणइत्ती नेगमस्स नेरुत्ती । ( आव. नि. 755 ).] पेच्छइय : (necchaiy) Real. nalscayik tatr naiścayiko nām sāmanyaparicche daḥ, s caikasamayik ś āstrebhihitaḥ. (t. bhā. siddh. v. 1-16). [ तत्र नैश्चयिको नाम सामान्यपरिच्छेदः, स चैकसामयिक शास्त्रेऽभिहितः । ( त. भा. सिद्ध वृ. 1 - 16 ) ] पेरइय : (neraiy) Naraka, inferenal existence, hellish. नैरथिक पेसेहिई : (nesehii) Reciting a word suggestive of negation. नैषेधिकी āvassiyam c--- -- niyamā āvassae jutto (av bhā. 120-22 , pr. 266-67 ). [आवस्सियं च--- -- णियमा आवस्सए जुत्तो । (आव. भा. 120-22, पृ. 266-67).] 122 Page #147 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 123 पोइन्दिय : (noindiy) Mind. no indriy पोकसाय : (nokasāy) A quasi-passion. nokasay पोतस-पोयावर : (no tas-nothāvar) A liberated soul. नोत्रसनोस्थावर पोतस-नोथावर : (no tas-nothāvar) A liberated soul. नोत्रसनोस्थावर ण्हाय : (nhāy) Omniscient. nat पहायग : (nhāyag) Omniscient. snatak prakṣiṇaghã tikarmāṇaḥ ke valino dvividhāḥ snāta kāḥ .( s. si. 9-46). [प्रक्षीणघातिकर्माणः केवलिनो द्विविधाः स्नातकाः । (स. सि. 9-46).] तअ : (taa) Sound produced from leathercovered musical instruments. तत tatam tantrisamutthānamavanaddham mrdangajam . (padmapu. 24-2 8). [ततं तंत्रीसमुत्थानमवनहं मृदंगजम् । (पद्मपु. 24-28).] तक्क : (takk) Inductive reasoning. tark tarko heturjnapakamityanarthāntaram . (dhav. pu. 13, 349). [तकों हेतु पकमित्यनान्तरम् । (धव. पु. 13, 349).] तक्करपओग : (takkarapaog) Encouraging a thief. तस्करप्रयोग taskarāscord----taskaraprayogah (sra. pr. ki. 268). [तस्कराश्चोरा---तस्करप्रयोगः (श्रा. प्र. टी. 268).] तपफास : (tanaphās) Pain inflicted by blades of grass. तृपस्पर्श tunagrahanamupalaksanam----parisahavijayo veditavyah . (s. si. 9-9). [तृणग्रहणमुपलक्षणं---परिषहविजयो वेदितव्यः । (स. सि. 9-9).] तपुवाय: (tanuvāy) The atmosphere of thin air. tanuvat तत्त : (tatt) Reality or truth; a real essence; an essential thing; substance. da jivādãnām padārthānām yā thātmyam tattvamișyate. (j mbu. cu. 3-17). [जीवादानां पदार्थानां याथात्म्यं तत्त्वमिष्यते । (जम्बू. चू. 3-17).] Page #148 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 124 तत्तणाण : (tattanan) Knowledge of the truth. tatvajhan tattva jñānam c jivādi tattvayāthātmyaniscayaḥ . (kş tracu.6, 19). [तत्त्वज्ञानं च जीवादितत्त्वयाथात्म्यनिश्चयः । (क्षत्रचू. 6, 19).] तत्तत्य : (tattatth) A real object; an essential thing; a substance. तत्वार्थ tasy bhāstattvam---tattvamevārthastattvārthah . ( s. si. 1-2). [तस्य भास्तत्त्वम्---तत्त्वमेवार्थस्तत्त्वार्थः । (स. सि. 1-2).] तत्तनाप : (tattanan) Knowledge of the truth. tatvajhan tattva jñānam c jívāditattvayathātmyaniscayah . (kş traci. 6, 19). [तत्त्वज्ञानं च जीवादितत्त्वयाथात्म्यनिश्चयः । (क्षत्रचू. 6, 19).] तत्तरुइ : (tattarui) Predilection for the truth. तत्वरुचि तमकाय : (tamakāy) A column of darkness. tamaskay तमोकाय : (tamokay) A column of darkness. tamaslay तय : (tay) Sound produced from leathercovered musical instruments. तत tatam tantrisamutthānamavanaddham mrdangajam . (padmapu. 24-2 8). [ततं तंत्रीसमुत्थानमवनहं मृदंगजम् । (पद्मपु. 24-28).] तव : (tav) A penance; an austerity. tap visay-kasă ya viņiggahabhāvam kāūn jhāņ-sajjhāe . jo bhāvai ap pānam tass tavam hodi niyamen (dvādasānu. 77). [विसय-कसायविणिग्गहभावं काऊण झाण-सज्झाए ! जो भावइ अप्पाणं तस्स तवं होदि णियमेण । (द्वादशानु. 77).] तवस्सी : (tavassi) one who practises penance; an ascetic. तपस्वी mahopavāsadyanusthayi tapasvi . (s. si. 9-24). [महोपवासघनुष्ठायी तपस्वी । (स. सि. 9-24).] : (tas) A mobile being. tras se je pun---tasakāu tti pavuccai . (dasavai. su. 4-1, p r. 136). [से जे पुण---तसकाउ ति पवुच्चइ । (दशवै. सू. 4-1, पृ. 136).] Page #149 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 125 THRIŞU : (tasakãiy) A mobile-bodied being. trasakayik तसकाय : (tasakāy) A mobile-bodied being. Hasalay तसकायिअ : (tasakāyia) A mobile-bodied being. thasaliyik तसणाडि : (tasanādi) The space (tunnel) occupied by mobile beings. त्रसनादि तसणाम : (tasanām) A kind of body-making karma by the rise of which a soul gets mobile body. असनाम jass kammass udaen jivāņam tasattam hodi tass kammass tasatti sanna . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 61). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण जीवाणं तसत्तं होदि तस्स कम्मस्स तसत्ति सण्णा । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 61).] तसनाम : (tasanam) A kind of body-making karma by the rise of which a soul gets mobile body. त्रसनाम jass kammass udaen jivāņam tasattam hodi tass kammass tasatti sanna . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 61). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण जीवाणं तसत्तं होदि तस्स कम्मस्स तसत्ति सण्णा । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 61).] तसरेषु : (tasarenu) The sixty-fourth part of the tip of a hair. ससेषु atth uddhareņão sã egā tasareņū . (bhagavati. 6, 7, 1). [अट्ठ उड्ढरेणूओ सा एगा तसरेणू । (भगवती. 6, 7, 1).] तहाकार : (tahākār) Assent, act of agreeing or admitting. तथाकार vāyaṇāpadichaņņāe uvadese sut-atthakahaņāe . avitah medatt i puno padicchanāe tadhakāro . (mālā. 4-133). [वायणापडिछण्णाए उवदेसे सुत-अत्यकहणाए । अवितह मेदत्ति पुणो पडिच्छणाए तधाकारो | (मूला. 4-133).] तहागइपरिणाम : (tahāgaiparinām) That being the natural state of motion. तथागतिपरिणाम तहागय : (tahāgay) Free from reincarnation emancipated. तथागत तहायार : (tahāyar) Assent, act of agreeing or admiting. तथाकार vāyaṇāpadichaņņāe uvadese sut-attha kahaņāe . avitah medatt i puņo padicchaņãe tadhā kāro. (mūlā. 4-133). [वायणापडिछण्णाए उवदेसे सुत-अत्यकहणाए । अवितह मेदत्ति पुणो पडिच्छणाए तधाकारो । (मूला. 4-133).] Page #150 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI a (tāvas) An ascetic. tāpas tā pas-je jaḍilā te u tavasā giyā. (prav. sāro. 732 ). [ तापस--- जे जडिला ते उ तावसा गीया । ( प्रव. सारो. 732).] fafar (tintiņiy) Grumbling at not being able to get food etc. तितिणिक fi (tindiy) A three-sensed being; a being with three senses, viz. touch, taste and smell (ant). ffeu kunthu-pipiliy-mańkkun-vicchiy-jūvindagov-gomhi y utting-maṭṭiyai ņeyā teindiyā jīvā . (prā. pañcas m. 1-71). [कुंथु - पिपीलिय-मंक्कुण - विच्छिय- जूविंदगोव- गोम्ही य । उत्तिंग-मट्टियाई णेया तेइंदिया जीवा । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-71).] fз3 (tioa) A number which divided by four leaves three as remainder, for example-19. faзu (tioy) A number which divided by four leaves three as remainder, for example-19. faзiu-fзtu: (tioy-tioy) A number leaves a remainder of three when it as well as quotient is divided by four, for example-79. योज- योज je nam rasi---teogateoge. (bhagavati. 35, 1, 1). [जे] णं रासी --- ते ओगतेओगे । (भगवती 35, 1, 1) ] तिओ कडजुम्म : (tio yakaḍajumm) A number which leaves zero as remainder and the quotient leaves three when divided by four, for example-76. paym je nam rasi---teogakaḍa jumme. (bhagavati. 35, 1, 1). [जे] णं रासी - - - ते ओगकङजुम्मे । (भगवती . 35, 1, 1). ] तिओयगकल्लोय : (tioyagakalloy ) A number which leaves a remainder of one and the quotient leaves that of three when divided by four, for example-77. E je nam rāsi----teogakalioge. (bhagavati 35, 1, 1). [जे] णं रासी - - - - तेओगकलिओगे । ( भगवती 35, 1, 1).] तिओयदावरजुम्म : (tioyadavarajumm ) A number which leaves a remainder of two and the quotient leaves that of three when divided by four, for example-78. Y je nam răsi---teogadā vara jumme. (bhagavati. 35, 1, 1). [जे] णं रासी --- ते ओगदावरजुम्मे । (भगवती. 35, 1, 1).] 126 Page #151 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH / HINDI तित्त : ( titt) Pungent taste. tikt śleṣmadidoṣahantā tiktaḥ anuyo. hari. vr. pr. 68 ). [ श्लेष्मादिदोषहन्ता तिक्तः । अनुयो हरि. वृ. पृ. 60 ) . ] तित्य : ( titth) An order of monks, nuns, laymen and laywomen,a ford; a holy place; a creed. तीर्थ tittham cauvvanno sangho so padhamae samosarane u jinānam virajinindass viyammi (av ni. 287 ). [तित्थं चाउव्वण्णो संघो सो पदमए समोसरणे । उप्पण्णो उ जिणाणं वीरजिणिदस्स वीयंमि । (आव. नि. 287 ) ] तित्यंकर : ( titthankar) A founder of the fourfold order; a ford-maker तीर्थंकर titthayare bhagavante anuttaraparakkame amiyanāņi. tinne s ugaigaigae siddhipahapadesae vande (ãv. ni. 80). [तित्थयरे भगवंते अणुत्तरपरक्कमे अमियनाणी । तिण्णे सुगइगइगए सिद्धिपपदेसर वंदे । ( आव. नि. 80 ).] तित्यंकरणाम : (titthankaranām) A kind of body-making karma by the rise of which a soul takes birth as a Tirthankara. तीर्थंकरनाम · jass kammass udaen jivass tiloga pūjā hodi tam titthayar m ṇām (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 67). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदरण जीवस्स तिलोगपूजा होदि तं तित्ययरं णाम । ( धव. पु. 6, पृ. 67 ).] तित्ययर (titthayar) A founder of the fourfold order; a ford-maker तीर्थंकर uppanno titthayare bhagavante aņuttaraparakkame amiyanāņi. tinne s ugaigaigae siddhipa hapadesae vande (āv. ni. 80). [तित्थयरे भगवंते अणुत्तरपरक्कमे अमियनाणी । तिष्णे सुगइगइगए सिद्धिपहपदेसर वंदे । ( आव. नि. 80.] (tiria, tiriy) The middle world. • तिरिय, तिरिय तिर्यग्लोक tiriyoga pamāṇam joyaṇalakkhasattabhāga ba hallam jagapadaram. (dhav. pu. 4, pr. 41). [तिरियोगपमाणं जोयणलक्खसत्तभागबाहल्लं जगपदरं । ( धव. पु. 4, पृ. 41).J 127 Page #152 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI AR: (tirikkh) An animal or a sub-human being, a plant; an earth-bodied being, a water-bodied being; a fire-bodied being. तिर्यंच ase sakammuda yā viņābhā vitirikkhagaiņāmakammodaillä tirik khā nām (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 239). [असेसकम्मुदयाविणाभावितिरिक्खगइणामकम्मोदइल्ला तिरिक्खा णाम ( धव. q. 14, q. 239).] AR: (tiricch) An animal or a sub-human being, a plant; an earth-bodied being, a water-bodied being; a fire-bodied being. ase sakammuda yā viņā bhā vitirikkhagaiņāmakammo dailla tirik khā ņām (dhav. pu. 14, p. 239). [असेसकम्मुदयाविणाभावितिरिक्खगइणामकम्मोदइल्ला तिरिक्खा णाम (धव. g. 14, q. 239).] ARd, Aku: (tiriyam, tiriy) An animal or a sub-human being, a plant; an earth-bodied being, a water-bodied being; a fire-bodied being. Af AR (tiriyañc) An animal or a sub-human being, a plant; an earth-bodied being, a water-bodied being; a fire-bodied being तिर्यंच asesakammudayā viņā bhāvitirikkhagaiņāmakammo daillā tirik khā ņām (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 239). [असेसकम्मुदयाविणाभावितिरिक्खगइणामकम्मोदइल्ला तिरिक्खा णाम ( धव. q. 14, q. 239).] aku (tiriyandis) The transverse (cross) direction तिर्यग्दिक aku (tiriyalog) The middle world. tiryaglok tiriyogapamānam joyaṇalakkha sattabhāgaba hallam jagapadaram. (dhav. pu. 4, pr. 41). [तिरियोगपमाणं जोयणलक्खसत्तभागबाहल्लं जगपदरं । ( धव. पु. 4, पृ. 41).] तिव्वकामाभिनिवेस : (tivvakāmābhinives) Intense sexual desire. तीव्रकामाभिनिवेश तुच्छोसहिभक्खण : (tucchosahibhakkhan) Eating a worthless thing from which much is to be thrown away. तुच्छोषधिभक्षण 128 Page #153 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 129 तुडिय : (tudiy) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Trutitangas (84x84x84x8434,89,46,136 lakh years). त्रुटित caturasitih truţitāngaśa tasahasrāņi ekam truţitam . (j ivaji. malay. v. 2-178, pr. 345). [चतुरशीतिः त्रुटिताङ्गशतसहस्राणि एकं त्रुटितम् । (जीवाजी. मलय. वृ. 2-178, पृ. 345).] तुडियंग : (tudiyang) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Purvas (84x84x8435,82,784 lakh years). त्रुटिताग caturasitiḥ pūrvavarşaśatasahasrāņi ekam truţitāngam . (jivaji. malay. I. 2-178, pr. 345). [चतुरशीतिः पूर्ववर्षशतसहस्राणि एकं त्रुटिताङ्गम् । (जीवाजी. मलय. वृ. 2-178, पृ. 345).] तेउक : (teuk) Electric body etc, fire bodied. tejask तेठकाइय : (teukaiy) A fire-bodied being. tejasayik te jaḥ käyatven grhitam yen saḥ te jaskāyikaḥ . (t. vrt tisrut. 2-13). [तेज कायत्वेन गृहीतं येन सः तेजस्कायिकः । (त. वृत्ति श्रुत. 2-13).] तेउकाय : (teukāy) A fire-bodied being. tejasāy teŰ cittaman tamakkhāyā anega jivā pudhosattā annatth sat thaparinaenam . (dasavai. s. 4, 1, pr. 136). [तेऊ चित्तमंतमक्खाया अणेगजीवा पुढोसत्ता अन्नत्य सत्यपरिणएणं । (दसवै. सू. 4, 1, पृ. 136).] तेठक्क : (teukk) Electric body etc, fire bodied. तेजस्क तेउलेसा : (teulesā) The fourth of the six kinds of lesya; the bright temperament; an effulgence of hot atoms. तेजोलेश्या jāņai kajjākajjam seyāseyam c savasamapāsi . day-dāņarado y vidu lakkhanameyam tu teuss . (pra. paincasam. 1-158). [जाणइ कज्जाकजं सेयासेयं च सव्वसमपासी । दय-दाणरदो य विदू लक्खणमेयं तु तेउस्स । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-158).] तेयस : (teyas) Electric body, fire. taljas teyappahagunajuttamidi te jaiyam . (s. kham. 5, 6, 248-pu. 14, pr. 327). [तेयप्पहगुणजुत्तमिदि तेजइयं । (ष. खं. 5, 6, 248-पु. 14, पृ. 327).] Page #154 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 13e तैयसणाम : (teyasanām) A kind of body making karma causing electric(fire) body. तैजसनाम थंडिल : (thandil) A pure place, a proper place, a fit place, anger rage. स्थण्डिल । थइर : (thair) An aged monk, a senior monk, a learned monk. स्थविर sthaviro vuddhah . (yogasa. svo. viv. 4-98). [स्थविरो वृद्धः । (योगशा. स्वो. विव. 4-98).] थइरकप्प : (thairakapp) The conduct of an ascetic who lives in a group. स्थविरकल्प ee cev duvālas mattag airegacola patto y . eso cauddasavi dho uvadhi pun therakappammi . (oghani. 671). [एए चेव दुवालस मत्तग अइरेगचोलपट्टो य । एसो चउद्दसविधो उवधी पुण थेरकप्पम्मि । (ओघनि. 671).] घइरकप्पी : (thairakappi) An ascetic who lives in a group. स्थविरकल्पी यम्भ : (thambh) Pride. stambh थापगढ़ : (thānagiddh) Somnambulism, habit of walking during sleep. स्त्यानगृह svapnepi yayā virya višeşā virbhāvaḥ sã styānagrd dhih . (s. si. 8-7). [स्वप्नेऽपि यया वीर्यविशेषाविर्भावः सा स्त्यानगडितः । (स. सि. 8-7).] थावर : (thāvar) An immobile being. sthāvar sthāvaranāmakarmodayavasavartinah sthāvarah . (s. si. 2-12) [स्थावरनामकर्मोदयवशवर्तिनः स्थावरा: । (स. सि. 2-12).] थावरकाय : (thāvarakāy) An immobile-bodied being. स्थावरकाय यावरणाम : (thāvaranām) A king of body making karma by the rise of which a soul gets immobile body. स्थावरनाम yannimitt ekendriyeşu prādurbhāvastatsthā varanām . (s. si. 8-11). [यन्निमित्त एकेन्द्रियेषु प्रादुर्भावस्तत्स्थावरनाम । (स. सि. 8-11).] Page #155 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 131 थावरनाम : (thāvaranam) A king of body making karma by the rise of which a soul gets immobile body. स्थावरनाम yannimitt e ke ndri yeşu prădurbhāvastatsthāvaranām . (s. si. 8-11). [यन्निमित्त एकेन्द्रियेषु प्रादुर्भावस्तत्स्थावरनाम । (स. सि. 8-11).] थिमिय : (thimiy) Steady, fearless. stimit थिरणाम : (thiranam) A kind of body-making karma by the rise of which a soul gets firm parts of body. RRITA jass kammassudaen rasādiņam sagasarüven kettiyampi kalamay tthānam hodi tam thiranamam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 365). [जस्स कम्मस्सुदएण रसादीणं सगसरूवेण केत्तियंपि कालमवट्ठाणं होदि तं थिरणामं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 365).] चिरनाम : (thiranām) A kind of body-making karma by the rise of which a soul gets firm parts of body. स्थिरनाम jass kammassudaen rasādiņam sagasarūveņ kettiyampi kālamay tthānam hodi tam thiranamam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 365). [जस्स कम्मस्सुदएण रसादीणं सगसरूवेण केत्तियंपि कालमवट्ठाणं होदि तं थिरणामं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 365).] थूल : (thul) Gross. sthāl dra vadravyam jalādi syāt sthūlabhedanidarśanam . (m. p u. 24-153). [द्रवद्रव्यं जलादि स्यात् स्थूलभेदनिदर्शनम् । (म. पु. 24-153).] येज्ज : (the jj) Theft. stey येप : (then) A thief. sten थेर : (ther) An aged monk, a senior monk, a learned monk. स्थविर sthaviro vrddhah . (yogasa. svo. viv. 4-98). [स्थविरो वृद्धः । (योगशा. स्वो, विव. 4-98).] थेरकप्प : (therakapp) The conduct of an ascetic who lives in a group. स्थविरकल्प ee cev duvālas mattag airegacolapaţto y . eso cauddasavi dho uvadhi pun therakappammi . (oghani. 671). [एए चेव दुवालस मत्तग अइरेगचोलपट्टो य । एसो चउद्दसविधो उवधी पुण येरकप्पम्मि । (ओघनि. 671).] Page #156 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 132 trouft : (therakappi) An ascetic who lives in a group. स्थविरकल्पी 46 : (dand) Sinful activity, violence, a measure equal to four cubits. दण्ड do kucchio dandam ghaņū juge nāliā akkhe musale . (anuy 0. su. 133, pr. 157). vadhah pariklesorthaharanam dandah . (nitiva. 29-74 pr. 333). [दो कुच्छीओ दंडं घणू जुगे नालिआ अक्खे मुसले । (अनुयो. सू. 133, पृ. 157). वधः परिक्लेशोऽर्थहरणं दण्डः । (नीतिवा. 29-74 पृ. 333).] दंडग : (dandag) A division, a section. dandak दंसप : (damsan) Apprehension, indeterminate cognition, belief, faith. दर्शन damsei mokkhamaggam sammattam samyamam sudhammam c . niggam tham nānamayam jinamagge damsanam bhaniyam . (bo. prā. 14). [दंसेइ मोक्खमग्गं सम्मत्तं संयमं सुधम्मं च । निग्गंथं णाणमयं जिणमग्गे दंसणं भणियं । (बो. प्रा. 14).] दंसपमोह : (damsanamoh) Belief-deluding karma. darsanamoh damsaņass mohayam vivariyabhāvajaņaņam damsanamohaniyam ņām . (dhay pu. 13, pr. 358). [दसणस्स मोहयं विवरीयभावजणणं दंसणमोहणीयं णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 358).] दंसपमोहपिज्ज : (damsanamohanijj) Belief-deluding karma. दर्शनमोहनीय damsaņass mohayam vivariyabhāvajaņaņam damsaņamo haniyam ņām . (dhas pu. 13, pr. 358). [दंसणस्स मोहयं विवरीयभावजणणं दंसणमोहणीयं णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 358).] दसणसावग : (damsanasavag) The layman who holds right belief. दर्शनश्रावक दसणसावय : (damsanasāvay) The layman who holds right belief. दर्शनश्रावक दसणावरपिज्ज : (damsanāvaranijj) Darsanavarniya, belief covering karma. दर्शनावरणीय damsanass āvārayam kammam damsanāvaraniyam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr . 288). [दसणस्स आवारयं कम्मं दंसणावरणीयं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 208).] Page #157 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 133 पति : (datti) An unbroken current of water or food. दत्ति tatr karasthā lādibhyo---dattiriti . (prav. sāro. vi. 197). [तत्र करस्थालादिभ्यो---दतिरिति । (प्रव. सारो. वृ. 197).] दत्तिय : (dattiy) An ascetic observing a vow of taking a particular number of Dattis of food and water. दत्तिक दन्तवमिज्ज: (dantavaniji) Ivory trade. dantavantiy dantavānijjam---etitti kaum . (sra. pr. ti. 288) [दन्तवाणिज्ज---एतित्ति काउं । (श्रा. प्र. टी. 288).] Fu : (dayā) Compassion, kindness. daya daya bhutānukampa . (yogasa. svo. viv. 2-4). [दया भूतानुकम्पा । (योगशा. स्वो. विव. 2-4).] दलिय : (daliy) An aggregate of karmic particles. dalik दवम्गिदावण : (davaggidavan) Setting fire to a forest etc. दवग्निदायन दविय : (daviy) Self-restrained. dravik dravikā nãm---vidyate te dra vikāḥ . (ācārā. śi. Vi . 1, 7, 58, pr. 78). [द्रविका नाम---विद्यते ते द्रविका । (आचारा. शी. वृ. 1, 7, 58, पृ. 78).] दब : (davw) A substance; a potency; a generality; matter, a physical thing. Fou apariccattasahāyeņuppāda vay-dhuvattasambaddham . guṇavam c sapajjayam jam tam davw tti vuccanti . (prav. sa. 23). [अपरिच्चत्तसहायेणुप्पादव्वय-धुवत्तसंबद्धं । गुणवं च सपज्जायं जं तं दव्व ति वुच्चंति । (प्रव. सा. 2-3).] दव्यदिव्य : (davwatthiy) Substantial; generic. व्यर्थिक dravyamarth prayo janamasyetyasau dravyārthikah . (s. S i. 1-6). [दव्यमर्य प्रयोजनमस्येत्यसौ द्रव्यार्थिकः । (स. सि. 1-6).] दव्यदिव्यपय : (davwatthiyanay) Substential stand point, generic viewpoint. व्याधिकनय dravyamarth prayojanamasyetyasau dravyarthikah . (s. s i. 1-6). [द्रव्यमर्थ प्रयोजनमस्येत्यसौ द्रव्यार्थिकः । (स. सि. 1-6).] Page #158 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI kou: (davvaṭṭhiyanay) Substential stand point, generic viewpoint. द्रव्यार्थिकनय dravyamarth prayo janamasyetyasau dravyarthikaḥ. (s. s i. 1-6). [द्रव्यमर्थ प्रयोजनमस्येत्यसौ द्रव्यार्थिकः । ( स. सि. 1-6 ) .] दवाओग : (davvāņuog) An exposition relating to a substance, a substantial exposition. dravyasy dravyāṇām dravyen dravyairdravye dr vyeṣu vă anuyogo dravyānuyogah. (āv. ni. malay. vṛ 129, pr. 130). [ द्रव्यस्य द्रव्याणां द्रव्येण द्रव्यैर्द्रव्ये द्रव्येषु वा अनुयोगो द्रव्यानुयोगः । (आव. नि. मलय. वृ. 129, पृ. 130 ) .] GAGHARI: (dasadasamiyā) A penance of a hundred days in which on every day or the tenth day one Datti of food and water is increased till it reached ten Dattis. F: (dasama bhatt) Four consecutive fasts. da sama bhakt GAR: (dāṇantarāy) A kind of power-obstructing karma which hinders the inclination for making gifts and charities. दानान्तराय jass kammass udaen dentass viggham hodi tam dāṇantaraiy m (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 78). [ जस्स कम्मस्स उदरण देंतस्स विग्धं होदि तं दाणंतराइयं (धव. पु. 6, q. 78).] R (dar) A topic, chapter, a section. dvär Giafinçiu: (dāvaggidāṇ) Setting fire to a forest. दावाग्निदान GORY: (dāvarajumm) A figure which divided by four leaves two as remainder, for example-18. iyamatr bhāvanā---yathā caturdas . (pañcasam. malay. vị. anu. 58. pr. 50). [इयमत्र भावना - - - यथा चतुर्दश । (पंचसं. मलय. वृ. अनु. 58. पृ. 50).] 134 GIORGI-GOR: (dāvarajumm-dāvarajumm) A figure which leaves a remainder of two when it as well as its quotient is divided by four, for example-74. 7193Y2IRYW je nam räsi---jummadā vara jumme. (bhagavati 4, 35, 1, 2, pr. 339). [जेणं रासी --- जुम्मदावरजुम्मे । (भगवती 4, 35, 1, 2, पृ. 339).] Page #159 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI GIORGOS (dāvara jummakaḍajumm) A figure which leaves zero as remainder and the quotient leaves two when divided by four, for example-72. Paym je ṇam rāsī---jummakaḍajumme. (bhagavati 4, 35, 1, 2, p r. 339). [जे] णं रासी --- जुम्मकडजुम्मे । (भगवती 4, 35, 1, 2, पृ. 339).] दावरजुम्मकल्लोय : (davarajummakalloy) A figure which leaves a remainder of one and the quotient leaves two when divided by four, for example-73. ZURYHOEŮS je nam rāsi---jummakalioge. (bhagavati 4, 35, 1, 2, pṛ. 339). [जेणं रासी---जुम्मकलिओगे । ( भगवती 4, 35, 1, 2, पृ. 339).] garymazu: (davara jummatioy) A figure which leaves a remainder of three and the quotient two when dividen by four, for example-75. znzyma je nam rasi---jummateoge (bhagavati 4, 35, 1, 2, pr. 339). [जेणं रासी --- जुम्मतेओगे । (भगवती 4, 35, 1, 2, पृ. 339).] T: (dikkhā) Renunciation, initiation, consecration. दीक्षा dikṣā sarvasattväbhayapradanen bhāvasatram vo. vr. 9, pr. 4). [ दीक्षा सर्वसत्त्वाभयप्रदानेन भावसत्रम् । (पंचव. स्वो वृ. 9, पृ. 4).] ER (digambar) Nude, Naked. digambar (diggalog) Vegetation, growing of vegetables, दीर्घलोक et दिग्वकालसण्णा : (digghakālasannā ) A cognition lasting for (pañcav. s a long time. दीर्घकालसंज्ञा ks: (digghakalii) A cognitioon lasting for a long time. दीर्घकालिकी दिग्धकालोवएसिई : (digghakalovaesii) A cognition lasting for a long time. दीर्घकालोपदेशिकी दिग्धकालोवएसिगी : (digghakālovaesigi) A cognition lasting for a long time. दीर्घकालोपदेशिकी 135 Page #160 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI fructu (digghaloy) Vegetation, growing of vegetables. दीर्घलोक (dicaram) One attaining liberation after being born as a human being twice. dvicarama iti tataśyutah param dvirjanitvā siddhayant iti. (t. bhā. 4-27). [द्विचरमा इति ततश्युताः परं द्विर्जनित्वा सिद्धयन्तीति । (त. H. 4-27).] : ço (ditthant) An example, an illustration. दृष्टान्त vyāptisampratipattiprade so dṛṣṭantaḥ. (nyāyadi 104). [ व्याप्तिसम्प्रतिपत्तिप्रदेशो दृष्टान्तः । ( न्यायदी. 104 ) . ] o (ditthi) Sight, vision, view, tenet, doctrine, belief, faith. fc : Ako (ditthimant) Having right belief. dṛstimat दिठिवा ओवरसिई : (ditthivāovaesii) A cognition backed by scriptural knowledge. दृष्टिवादोपदेशिकी दिट्ठिवायसण्णा : : (diṭṭhivayasanna) A cognition backed by scriptural knowledge. दृष्टिवादसंज्ञा दित्तचित्त : (dittacitt) One maddened on account of joy. दीप्तचित्त R: (divvay) A vow restraining the limit of directions. दिखत jah lohanāsanattham---jan tam padhamam. (kartike. 341-42). [जह लोहणासणट्ठ--- -- जाण तं पदमं । ( कार्तिके 341-42 ) . ] As: (divvirai) A vow restraining the limit of directions. दिग्विरति jah lohaṇāsanattham---jān tam padhamam. (kārtike. 341-42). [जह लोहणासणट्ठ---- जाण तं पदमं । ( कार्तिके. 341-42 ) . ] aku : (disāparimāṇ) A vow restraining the limit of directions. दिशापरिमाण दुइन्दिय (duindiy) A two-sensed being, a being with two senses, viz. touch and taste. fe sambukk-mādu vāhā sankhā sippi apădago y kimi. jāṇant i rasam phāmam je te beindiyā jīvā. (pañcā. kā. 114). [ संबुक्क-मादुवाहा संखा सिप्पी अपादगो य किमी । जाणंति रसं फामं जे ते बेइंदिया जीवा । (पंचा. का. 114).] 136 Page #161 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 137 137 दुक्कड : (dukkad) A sin, an evil act. dugkut दुक्ख : (dukkh) Pain, distress, suffering, misery. दुख aạitthatthasamāgamo itthatthaviyogo c dukham ņām . (dhav. pu . 13, pr. 334). [अणिट्ठत्यसमागमो इट्ठत्थवियोगो च दुख णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 334).] PİST : (dugunchā) Disgust; a quasi-passion. jugupsanam jugupsā . jesim kammāņamudaen dugunchā up pajjadi tesim dugunchā idi sannā . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 4 8). [जुगुप्सनं जुगुप्सा । जेसि कम्माणमुदएण दुगुंज उप्पज्जदि तेसिं दुगुंछा इदि सण्णा । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 48).] दुग्गइ : (duggai) An evil state of existence. durgati दुचरम : (ducaram) One attaining liberation after being born as a human being twice. टिचरम dvicaramā iti tataśyutāḥ param dvirjanitvā siddhayant iti . (t. bhā. 4-27). [द्विचरमा इति ततश्युताः परं द्विर्जनित्वा सिद्धयन्तीति । (त. भा. 4-27).] दुधिष्प : (ducinn) Bad, wicked, evil. duscim दुच्चिप : (duccinn) Bad, wicked, evil. duscim दुप्पक्कोसहि : (duppakkosahi) Improperly cooked food. दुपक्वौषधि दुप्पडिलेहप : (duppadile han) Improper inspection. दुप्रतिलेखन दुप्पणिहाप : (duppanihan) Concentration on evil deeds. दुप्रपिधान दुप्पमज्जण : (duppamajjan) Improper brushing or sweeping. दुप्रमार्जन दुन्मग : (dubbhag) Unfortunate. durbhag दुरहिगंध : (durahigandh) Bad smell. durabhigandh दुल्लहबोहिय : (dullahabohiy) Dull. durlabhabodhik दुव्वस : (duvvasu) Incapable of salvation. durvasu Page #162 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 138 दुस्स : (duss) A cloth, a garment. dusy दुस्सम-दुस्समा : (dussam-dussamā) Exceedingly miserable era. दुबम-दुषमा ekka visam vāsasahassāim kālo dusamadusamā . (bhagav. 6, 7, 5). [एक्कवीसं वाससहस्साई कालो दुसमदुसमा । (भगव. 6, 7, 5).] दुस्सम-सुसमा : (dussam-susamā) Miserable-cum-happy era. दुबम-सुषमा egā sāgarovamakođā kodio bāyālísae vãsasa hasse him ūniyā k ālo dusamasusamā . (bhagav. 6, 7, 5). [एगा सागरोवमकोडाकोडीओ बायालीसए वाससहस्सेहिं ऊणिया कालो दुसमसुसमा । (भगव. 6, 7, 5).] दुस्समा : (dussamā) Miserable era. duhsama ekkavisam vasasahassaim kālo dusama . (bhagav. 6, 7, 5). [एक्कवीसं वाससहस्साई कालो दुसमा । (भगव. 6, 7, 5).] दुस्सर : (dussar) Harsh, voice. duhsvar दुईपिंड : (duipind) A fault incurred by an ascetic obtaining food by conveying a message. दूतीपिण्ड ta thā kāryasanghatanāy dautyam vidhatte iti dūtīpiņdah.( ācārā. (si. vr. 2, 1, 273, pr. 328). [तथा कार्यसंघटनाय दौत्यं विधत्ते इति दूतीपिण्ड: । (आचारा. (शी. वृ. 2, 1, 273, पृ. 328).] दूरालय : (durālay) Salvation, duralay दुसम-दुसमा : (dusam-dusamā) Exceedingly miserable era. दुषम-दुषमा ekka visam vāsasahassāim kälo dusamadusamã . (bhagav. 6, 7, 5). [एक्कवीसं वाससहस्साई कालो दुसमदुसमा । (भगव. 6, 7, 5).] दूसमा : (dusamā) Miserable era. dussana देव : (dev) A god. dev devā ņām divam āgāsam, tammi āgāse je vasanti te devāḥ . (dasavai. ci. pr. 15). [देवा णाम दीवं आगासं, तंमि आगासे जे वसंति ते देवा । (दशवै. चू. पृ. 15).] देवकुल : (devakul) A temple. devakul Page #163 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI aus: (devagai) The celestial state of existence. देवगति que (de vacchandag) A platform on which an idol is seated. देवछंदक vasahie--- e---de vacchandam parūvei. (ti. p. 4, 1865-66). [वसहीए - - - देवच्छंद परूवेइ । ( ति प 4, 1865-66).] taforu (devaṇikay) A group of gods, a class of celestial beings. देवनिकाय देवदुस्स : (devaduss) A divine garment. de vadüşy tafu (devasiy) Pertaining to a day. daiväsik tary foru : (devāṇuppiy) Lovable like a god. देवानुप्रय tafa: (de vähidev) A Tirthankara. de vädhide v evam vuccai---jav de vadhideva. (bhagavati. 12, 9, 5, kham 3. pr. 289). [ एवं वुच्चइ--- जाव देवाधिदेवा । (भगवती. 12, 9, 5, खं. 3, पृ. 289).] देस : (devind) A lord of gods. devendr (devend) A lord of gods. devendr : (des) Aversión. dvaş krodh-mānārati-sok-jugupsā-bhayāni dveṣaḥ. (dhav. pu. 12, pr. 283). [क्रोध - मानारति-शोक- जुगुप्सा-भयानि द्वेष 1 (धव. पु. 12, पृ. 283).] Ha (desaghai) Partially obscuring karmic particles. देशघाती tuum: (desaghāti) Partially obscuring karmic particles. देशाती tauka: (desacaritt) Partial observance of right conduct. देशचारित्र agarinām gṛhasthānām deśataḥ ekadeśaviratilakṣaṇam (deśacă ritram). (yogaša. svo. viv. 1-46). [ अगारिणां गृहस्थानां देशतः एकदेशविरतिलक्षणम् (देशचारित्रम्) । (योगशा. स्वो विव. 1-46 ) . ] (desaṇā) Sermon, a discourse delivered by a religious instructor. देशना chadavv-navapadattho vade so desaṇā ņām (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 20 • 4). [छंदव्व णवपदत्योवदेसो देसणा णाम । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 284) .] 139 Page #164 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI देसविरइ (desavirai) Partial renunciation. desa virati grāmādināma vadhṛtaparimaṇaḥ prade so deśaḥ tato bahimiv ṛttirdeśavirativratam. (s. si. 7-21). [ग्रामादीनामवधृतपरिमाण प्रदेशो देशः । ततो बहिर्निवृत्तिर्देशविरतिव्रतम् 1 (स. सि. 7-21).] takaru (desaviray) A lay-votary, the laity. desavirat damsan vay samâiy posah sacit rayabhatte y bamharambh pari ggah anuman uddiṭth deśaviradede. (căritrapră. 21) [दंसण वय सामाइय पोसह सचित रायभत्ते य । बम्हारंभ परिग्गह अनुमण उठि देशविरदेदे । ( चारित्रप्रा 21 ) . ] (desavvay) Partial renunciation. da sa vrat de sa vratam nām---sarvasavadyayoganikṣe paḥ. (t. bhā. 7-1 6). [ देशव्रतं नाम --- सर्वसावद्ययोगनिक्षेप | ( त. भा. 7-16).] uku (desa vagasiy) A vow restraining the limit of area. देशावकाशिक दोप : (don) A measure of forty eight hand-fuls grains. द्रोण caturaḍhakam droṇaḥ. (t. vä. 3, 38, 3, pr. 206) [ चतुराढकं द्रोण: । (त. वा. 3, 38, 3, पृ. 286 ). J a (dhanu) A measure of four cubits. dhanuş dandam dhanum jugam nāliya y akkham musalam c cauhatthā (j yotisak. 76). [दंडं धणुं जुगं नालिया य अक्खं मुसलं च चउहत्या । (ज्योतिषक. 76).] (dhamm) Medium of motion; property, attribute, characteristic, moral virtues. mohakkho havihiņo parināmo appano dhammo (bhavapra. 81 + ). [ मोहक्खोहविहीणो परिणामो अप्पणो धम्मो । ( भावप्रा 81 ) . ] (dhamm) Virtuous, righteous. dharmy : (dhammacakk) Wheel of law. dharmacakr (dhammajjhān) Inquisitive contemplation or meditation. धर्मध्यान dhamass lakkhanam se ajjav-lahu-gatt-maddavo vasama [maddavuv desa]. uvadesana y sutte nisaggajão rucio de . (bh. ǎ. 1709). [धमस्स लक्खणं से अज्जव-लहु-गत्त- मद्दवोवसमा [मदववदेसा] 1 140 Page #165 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 141 उवदेसणा य सुत्ते णिसग्गजाओ रुचीओ दे । (भ. आ. 1709).] धम्मतित्य : (dhammatitth) A religious order. dharmatirth धम्मत्यिकाय : (dhammatthikay) An extensive substance in the form of medium of motion. धर्मास्तिकाय padhame dharmatthikāe, so gailakkhano . (dasavai. c. pr. 16) [पदमे धर्मत्यिकाए, सो गइलक्खणो । (दशवे. चू. पृ. 16).] धम्मायरिय : (dhammāyariy) A religious preceptor. धर्माचार्य धम्मी : (dhammi) Substance, subject. dharmi prasiddho dharmi . (pariksa. 3-27). [प्रसिद्धो धर्मी । (परीक्षा. 3-27).] धाईपिंड : (dhaipind) A fault incurred by obtaining alms by amusing a child like a nurse. धात्रीपिण्ड tatrāšanādyarth däturapa tyo pa kāre vartat iti ghātripin dah . (acarā, sd. si. vr. 273, pr. 328). [तत्राशनाद्यर्थ दातुरपत्योपकारे वर्तत इति धात्रीपिण्डः । (आचारा, सू. शी. वृ. 273, पृ. 328).] धारण : (dharan) Holding. dharan grhitasyāvismaranam dharanam . (t. bha. siddh. VI. 7-6) [गृहीतस्याविस्मरणं धारणम् । (त. भा. सिद्ध. वृ. 7-6).] धारणा : (dharana) Retention. dharanā dharani dhāraņā ţthavaņā koţthā paditthā (ede pac dhāraņāe paj jayasadda). (satkham. 5, 5, 48-pu. 13, p.. 243). [धरणी धारणा ट्ठवणा कोट्ठा पदिट्ठा (एदे पच धारणाए पज्जायसदा)। (षट्खें . 5, 5, 48-पु. 13, पृ. 243).] ga : (dhuv) Constant, permanent, inevitable. dhruv धूम : (dhum) A fault incurred by an ascetic by condemning the dryness of food. धूम ata : (dhovv) Permanence. dhrauvy dhruvaiḥ sthairya karmano dhruvatiti dhruvastasy bhāvah k rm vă dhrauvyam. (t. ślo. 5-30). [धुकै स्थैर्यकर्मणो धुवतीति ध्रुवस्तस्य भावः कर्म वा धौव्यम् । (त. श्लो. 5-38).] Page #166 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 142 नग्गभाव : (naggabhav) Possessionlessness, asceticism. नग्न्यभाव नत्यित्त : (natthitt) Non-existence. nastitv नन्दावट्ट : (nandavatt) A kind of diagram. नन्द्यावर्त नन्दि : (nandi) Knowledge. nandi नन्दी : (nandi) Knowledge. nandi नपुंसगवेद : (napumsagaved) Androgynoas desire. napunsakaved yadudayānnapumsakān bhāvānupavra jati s napumsaka vedah . (s. si. 8-9). [यदुदयान्नपुंसकान् भावानुपव्रजति स नपुंसकवेदः । (स. सि. 8-9).] नपुंसगवेय , नसगवेय : (napumsagavey , naumsagavey) Androgynoas desire. na pum sa ka ved yadudayānnapumsakân bhāvānupavrajati s napumsakavedaḥ . (s. si. 8-9). [यदुदयानपुंसकान् भावानुपव्रजति स नपुंसकवेदः । (स. सि. 8-9).] नपंसयवेद : (napumsayaved) Androgynoas desire. napunsakaved yadudayānnapumsakān bhāvānupavrajati s napumsakavedah (s. si. 8-9). [यदुदयान्नपुंसकान् भावानुपव्रजति स नपुंसकवेदः । (स. सि. 8-9).] नपुंसयवेय : (napumsayavey) Androgynoas desire. napunsakaved yadudayānnapumsakan bhāvānupa vra jati s napumsaka vedah (s. si. 8-9). [यदुदयान्नपुंसकान् भावानुपव्रजति स नपुंसकवेदः । (स. सि. 8-9).] नपुत : (naput) A period consisting of more than eighty-four lakhs of years. नयुत caturasitinayutāigasatasahasrani ekam nayutam . (jivaji. m lay. I. 178, pr. 345). [चतुरशीतिनयुताङ्गशतसहस्राणि एकं नयुतम् । (जीवाजी. मलय. वृ. 178, पृ. 345).] नय, पय : (nay, nay) A viewpoint, a standpoint, a partial judgment. नय nāyammi ginhiyavve aginhiavvammi cev atthammi . _jaiavvamev in jo uvaeso so nao nam . (av. ni. 1866). [नायम्मि गिण्डियब्वे अगिव्हिअवम्मि चेव अत्यम्मि । जइअव्वमेव इह जो उवएसो सो गओ नाम । (आव. नि. 1866).] Page #167 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TBRMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 143 नयवाद, पयवाद : (nayavād, nayavād) Doctrine of viewpoint. नयवाद नयभास : (nayabhās) Fallacious viewpoint, false standpoint. नयभास punarnaigamădayo nirape kşā parasparen te na yābhāsāḥ iti . (t. bha. siddh. v.. 1-7). [पुनर्नेगमादयो निरपेक्षा परस्परेप ते नयाभासः इति । (त. भा. सिद्ध. वृ. 1-7).] नरग : (narag) A hell. arak narān prāņinah kāyati pătayati khalikaroti iti narakaḥ karm . (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 201). [नरान् प्रापिन कायति पातयति खलीकरोति इति नरकः कर्म । (धव. पु. 1, पृ. 281).] नरगपाल : (naragapal) A guard of hell, a torturer of hellish beings. नरकपाल नरगवाल : (naragaval) A guard of hell, a torturer of hellish beings. नरकपात नरगावास : (naragavās) An infernal abode. naralivas नलिप : (nalin) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Nalinangas (time measurment). नलिन caturasitinalinangasatasahasrani ekam nalinam . (jivaji. m lay. VI. 3, 2, 178). [चतुरशीतिनलिनाङ्गशतसहस्राणि एकं नलिनम् । (जीवाजी. मलय. वृ. 3, 2, 178).] नलिणंग : (nalinaig) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Padmas (time measurment). नलिनाग caturasitih padmasatasahasrani ekam nalinangam . (jivaji. malay. v. 3, 2, 178). चतुरशीति पद्मशतसहस्राणि एकं नलिनाङ्गम् । (जीवाजी. मलय. वृ. 3, 2, 178).] नवपवभिगा : (navanavamiga) A kind of penance lasting for eighty-one days. नवनवमिका नवपवमिय: (navanavamiya) A kind of penance lasting for eighty-one days. नवनवमिका नापावरप : (nānāvaran) Comprehension-obscuring karma. जनावरण ņāņama vabo ho avagamo paricchedo idi eyaththo . tamāvāredit i nānāvaraniyam kammam . (dhav. pu. 6, Pr. 6). [णाणमवबोहो अवगमो परिच्छेदो इदि एयहो । तमावारेदि त्ति Page #168 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 144 णाणावरणीयं कम्मं । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 6).] नाणावरपिज्ज : (nānavaranijj) Comprehension-obscuring karma. ज्ञानावरणीय ņāṇamavabo ho avagamo paricchedo idi eyaththo . tamā vāredit ti nāņāvaraniyam kammam. (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 6). [णाणमवबोहो अवगमो परिच्छेदो इदि एयछो । तमावारेदि त्ति णाणावरणीयं कम्मं । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 6).] नापी : (nāni) A person possessed of right knowledge. ज्ञानी नापोवओग : (nānovaog) Determinate cognition. jnanopayog sāgaro nanovajogo . (dhav. pu. 11, pr. 334). [सागारो गाणोवजोगो । (घेव. पु. 11, पृ. 334).] नामकम्म : (nāmakamm) Body-making karma, physique-making karma. नामकर्म nānā minodi tti nāmam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 209). [णाणा मिणोदि ति णामं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 289).] नाय, नात : (nāy, nat) An illustration. jhat नारगगइ : (naragagai) The infernal state of existene. नारकगति n ramanti jado niccam davve khette y kal-bhāve y. an noņnehi y niccam tamhā te ņārayā bhaniya . (prā. pam casam. 1-68). [ण रमंति जदो णिच्चं दब्वे खेत्ते य काल-भावे य । अण्णोण्णेहि य पिच्चं तम्हा ते पारया भणिया । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-68).] नारायप : (nārayan) Vasudeva, God. narayan नारायसंहपप : (nārāyasamhanan) A weak joining of the body in which the bones are loosely tied together. नाराचसंहनन jass kammass udaen vajjavisesaņarahidaņārāyaṇakhiliyão hadd sandhio havanti tannarayanasarirasanghadanam nām . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 74). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण वज्जविसेसणरहिदणारायणखीलियाओ हड्डसंधीओ हवंति तण्णारायणसरीरसंघडणं णाम । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 74).] नालिया : (naliya) A measure equal to four cubits; a period equal to twenty-four minutes. नालिका atthattisam tu lavā addhalavo cev nāliyā hoi . (jyoti sk. 1-10). [अट्ठत्तीसं तु लवा अलवो चेव नालिया होइ । (ज्योतिष्क. 1-18).] Page #169 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 145 नास : (nas) Positing a meaning, determination of a meaning, placing, putting. न्यास नासावहार : (nāsāvahār) Misappropriating a pledged property. न्यासापहार nyāsāpahāro vismaranakrtaparaniksepagrahanam . (t. bhā. 7 -21). [न्यासापहारो विस्मरणकृतपरनिक्षेपग्रहणम् । (त. भा. 7-21).] निकाय : (nikāy) A collection, a group, salvation. निकाय निकायण : (nikāyan) Invitation. nican nikāco nikācanam cchandanam nimantrañamityekārthāḥ . (v yav. bha. malay. v. 5-49). [निकाचो निकाचनं छंदनं निमन्त्रणमित्येकार्थाः । (व्यव. भा. मलय. वृ. 5-49).] निकायपा : (nikāyanā) A state of karma in which there is no possibility of any change in its nature, intensity etc, invitations. निकाचना nikāco nikācanam cchandanam nimantrañamityekārthāḥ . (v yav. bhā. malay. vi. 5-49). [निकाचो निकाचनं च्छंदनं निमन्त्रणमित्येकार्थाः । (व्यव. भा. मलय. वृ. 5-49).] Aires : (nikii) Deceit. nikti nikriyatenayā parah paribhūyat iti nikrtih. (t. bhā. s iddh. v. 8-18). [निक्रियतेऽनया पर परिभूयत इति निकृतिः । (त. भा. सिद्ध. वृ. 8-18).] Hem : (nikkamm) Salvation. nişkarm निक्खित्त : (nikkhitt) A fault incurred by an ascetic by accepting food etc. placed on animate thing. निक्षिप्त saccitapudhavi-au-ted-handam c biy-tasajivā . jam tesimuv ri thavidam nikkhittam hodi chabbheyam . (mālā. 6-46). [सच्चितपुटवि-आऊ-तेऊ-हरिदं च बीय-तसजीवा । जं तेसिमुवरि ठविदं णिक्खित्तं होदि छब्भेयं । (मूला. 6-46).] निक्सेव : (nikkhev) Positing a meaning, determination of a meaning, placing, putting. निक्षेप Page #170 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 148 निक्खे व : (nikkhev) Positing a meaning, determination of a meaning; placing, putting. निक्षेप nicchaye ninnaye khivadi tti nikkhevo . (dhav. pu. 1. pr. 10). [पिच्ये पिण्णये खिवदि ति णिक्खेवो । (धव. पु. 1. पृ. 18).] निगमप : (nigaman) Conclusion. nigaman nigamaņam näm jatth pasāhie atthe ajjhatthaheūnam puno kahan m kajjai eyam nigamanam . (dasavai. c. 1, pl. 39). [निगमणं नाम जत्य पसाहिए अत्ये अज्झत्थहेऊणं पुणो कहणं कज्जइ एयं निगमणं । (दशवै. चू. 1, पृ. 39).] निगोय : (nigoy) A vegetation in the lowest form of life. निगोद nigoda jivasrayavisesah . (jivaji. malay. vr. 5, 2, 2 38, pr. 423). [निगोदा जीवाश्रयविशेषाः । (जीवाजी. मलय. वृ. 5, 2, 238, पृ. 423).] निम्गंठ : (nigganth) one devoid of a knot, one without possessions, unattached, passionless, an ascetic, a monk. निम्रन्य etthavi nigganthe---nigganthetti vacce . (sūtrak. su. 1, 16, 4, pr. 273-74). [एत्यवि णिग्गन्ये-----णिग्गन्येत्ति वच्चे । (सूत्रक. सू. 1, 16, 4, पृ. 273-74).] निग्गंठधम्म : (nigganthadhamm) Jainism. nirgranthadharm निम्गंठपवयप : (niggan thapavayan) Jain scriptures. निर्ग्रन्यप्रवचन Arict : (nigganthi) A nun. nirgranthi Arriu : (nigganth) One devoid of a knot, one without possessions, unattached, passionless, an ascetic, a monk. निर्घन्य etthavi nigganthe---nigganthetti vacce . (sutrak. su. 1, 16, 4, pr. 273-74). [एत्यवि णिग्गन्थे---णिग्गन्येत्ति वच्चे । (सूत्रक. सू. 1, 16, 4, पृ. 273-74).] Ariya : (niggan thadhamm) Jainism. nirgranthadharm Page #171 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 147 Amjucau : (niggan thapavayan) Jain scriptures. निम्रन्यप्रवचन Anich : (nigganthi) A nun. nirgranthi Apie : (niggah) Preventing sinful activity. nigrah sva pakşasiddhire kasy nigrahonyavādinah - (nyāvavi. vi. 2-212, pr. 243). [Fuar los frugtsaaie I (Purafa. fà. 2-212, q. 243). ] ATYRHSCT : (niggo haparimandal) The upper part of a body to be symmetrical and not the lower. RutgRus ņāggoho vadarukkho---ņaggo ha parimandalasarirasanthāņam, (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 71). [mtat 5 ---om RHSA L OMT, (ta. Q. 6, Q. 71).] Area : (nicc) Permanent, eternal, constant, parpetual. नित्य tadbhāvá vyayam nityam . (t. sů. 5, 31). [açurasQUIU FIRTH I (a. 4. 5, 31).] Area : (niccabhatt) Daily meal. nityabhakt Podaru : (niccavāy) Eternalism. nityavād Rada : (niccavās) Living in one place permanently. नित्यवास Aaaa : (niccānicc) Permanent as well as impermanent. नित्यानित्य Aradferta : (nicce hingott) Inferior heredity. नीचैर्गोत्र Aranta : (nicce higott) Inferior heredity. नीचैगोत्र Moon : (nicchay) Continued cognition. niscay Aoun : (nicchayanay) Real viewpoint, essential standpoint. निश्चयनय śuddhadravyanirūpaņā tmako niscayanayaḥ . (prav. sā. amr, t. Vr. 2-97). [Toscaufichant ATURU: 1 (99. H. 314. q. 2-97).] Page #172 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 148 निच्छलपय : (nicchalapay) Salvation. niscalapad निज्जरा : (nijjara) Disscciation of karmas, destruction of karmas. निर्जरा baddhapadesaggalaņam ņijjaraṇam idi jiņehi paņņattam . (dv ādaśānu, 66). [बद्धपदेसग्गलणं णिज्जरणं इदि जिणेहि पण्णत्तं । (द्वादशानु. 66).] निजाण : (nijjan) Emancipation. niryan Avfr : (nijjutti) Determination of the relevant meaning of a word. निर्यकि jutti tti uvāyatti y ņiravayavā hodi nijjutti .( mula. 7-14). [जुत्ति ति उवायत्ति य मिरवयवा होदि णिज्जुत्ति । (मूला. 7-14).] AET : (niddā) Ordinary sleep. nidra. niddāe tivvodaen appakālam suvai, utthāvijjanto lahu m utthedi, appasadden vi cegrai . (dhav. Pu. 6, pr. 32). [णिहाए तिब्वोदएण अप्पकालं सुवइ, उट्ठाविज्जंतो लहुं उठेदि, अप्पसद्देण वि चेग्रइ । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 32).] ATET TET : (niddāņiddā) Deep sleep. निद्रानिटा şiddāņiddãe tivvodaen rukkhagge visamabhūmie jatth v ā tatth vă dese ghoranto adhoran to vã ņibbharam so vadi .( dhav. pu. 6, pr. 31). [णिवाणिदाए तिब्वोदएण रुक्खग्गे विसमभूमीए जत्थ वा तत्य वा देसे धोरंतो अधोरंतो वा णिब्भरं सोवदि । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 31).] निहानिहा : (niddinidda) Deep sleep. निदानिटा niddāņiddāe tivvodaen rukkhagge visamabhūmie jatth v ā tatth vă dese ghoran to adhoranto vă nibbharam so vadi .( dhav. pu. 6, pr. 31). [णिहाणिहाए तिव्वोदएण रुक्खग्गे विसमभूमीए जत्य वा तत्य वा देसे घोरंतो अधोरंतो वा णिब्भरं सोवदि । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 31).] निबंध : (nibandh) operation, binding. nibandh Page #173 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI निमित्तकारण: (nimittakaran) Instrumental cause. निमित्तकारण निमित्तपिंड : ( nimittapind) Accepting alms on the basis of augury निमित्तपिण्ड nimittam angusthapraśnādi, tadavapto nimittapind h. (ācārā sū si. vr. 273, pr. 320 ). [निमित्तम् अङ्गुष्ठप्रश्नादि, तदवाप्तो निमित्तपिण्डः । (आचारा. सू. शी. वृ. 273, पृ. 320 ) . ] निम्माण: (nimman) A variety of physique-making karma which causes the formation of the body with the several parts in their proper places. निर्माण jass kammassudaen ang-paccangānam thānam pamānam c jādivas en niyamijjadi tam niminanāmam (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 366 ) [जस्स कम्मस्सुदएण अंग-पच्चंगाणं ठाणं पमाणं च जादिवसेण णियमिज्जदि तं णिमिणणामं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 366 ) .] निम्मियवाई : (nimmiyavai) One who holds that the universe is created by God. निर्मित्तवादी नियइ : (niyai) Fate, destiny, pre-determination. niyati नियड़वाई : (niyaivai) A fatalist, a determinist. नियतिवादी jattu jadā jen jahā jass y niyamen hodi tattu tada. t en tahā tass have idi vādo niyadivādo du ( go. k. 88 2). . [जत्तु जदा जेण जहा जस्स य णिरामेण होदि तत्तु तदा । तेण तहा तस्स हवे इदि वादो णियदिवादो दु । (गो. क. 882).] नियइवाय : (niyaivāy) Fatalism, determinism, necessitarianism. नियतिवाद jattu jadā jeņ jahā jass y niyamen hodi tattu tadā. t en taha tass have idi vādo niyadivado du. (go. k. 88 2). [जत्तु जदा जेण जहा जस्स य पियमेण होदि तत्तु तदा । तेण तहा तस्स हवे इदि वादो णियदिवादो दु । (गो. क. 882 ) . ] नियम : ( niyam) A secondary vow. niyam niyamen sā. 3). [णियमेण य जं कज्जं तण्णियमं णामदसंण चरितं । (नि. सा. 3) . ] jam kajjam tanniyamam nāmadasann-carittam (ni. 149 Page #174 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI Frun: (niyāg) Emancipation. niyāg niyagamityämantritasy pinndasy grahanam nityam, n tvanāmantritasy. (dasavai. sũ. hari. vṛ. 3-2, pr. 1 16). [[नियागमित्यामन्त्रितस्य पिण्डस्य ग्रहणं नित्यम्, न त्वनामन्त्रितस्य । (दशवै. सू. हरि वृ. 3 -2, पृ. 116) ] FR (niyan) Desire for worldly gain as a reward for austerities. निदान nidanam viṣay-bhogākānkṣā. (s. si. 7-18). [ निदानं विषय-भोगाकांक्षा । ( स. सि. 7-18).] निरवज्ज : (niravajj) Sinless. niravady A: (nirāmagandh) Faultless. nirämagandh : (niruvakkam) Irreducible, inevitable. निरुपक्रम Aerio निलांछन निव्वट्टणा : (nivvaṭṭana) Construction. nirvartană A: (nivvattaṇā) Construction. nirvarta nä Au (nivvay) Perfect, emancipated, free from the cycle of birth and death. निर्वृत Fra (nivvän) Perfection, emancipation. nirvan A: (nivvii) Emancipation. nirvṛti F: (nivvikapp) Indeterminate. nirvikalp Auru: (nivvikappay) Indeterminate. निर्विकल्पक A: (nivvigapp) Indeterminate. nirvikalp Aju: (nivvigappay) Indeterminate. निर्विकल्पक (niroh) Cessation, prevention. nirodh (nillañchan) Emasculation, castration. निव्वित्तिनादरसंपराय : ( nivvittibādarasamparāy) Apurvakarana, a spiritual attainment not experienced before, a stage of spiritual development attained for the first time. निवृत्तिबादरसम्पराय F: (nivveg) Disgust with the world. nirveg (nivved) Disgust with the world. nirved 150 Page #175 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI Hodu (nivvey) Disgust with the world. nirveg Aadu (nivvey) Disgust with the world. nirved Fra (nisagg) Operation, giving away. nisarg nisargaḥ svabhāv ityarthaḥ. (s. si. 1-3). [निसर्ग: स्वभाव इत्यर्थः । (स. सि. 1-3).] Framtur: (nisaggakiriyā) Approval of an evil act. frenifasur pā pādā nādipravṛttivise ṣābhyanujñānam nisargakriyā . (s. si. 6-5). [पापादानादिप्रवृत्तिविशेषाभ्यनुज्ञानं निसर्गक्रिया । (स. सि. 6-5).] A: (nisaggarui) Intuitive belief. nisargaruci Fra (nisajjā) A seat, a sitting place. nisadyā niṣadya samasphigniveśan paryańňkabandhādi. (t. bhā. s iddh. v. 7-16, pr. 93). [ निषद्या समस्फिग्निवेशन पर्यङ्कबन्धादि । ( त. भा. सिद्ध. वृ. 7-16, q. 93).] ARO (nisitth) Manifest. nihart 8 Arttu (nisiyan) Act of sitting. nisidan = Frefifigur निशीथिका 16 (nisihiya) A place for study or meditation. Frefigur : (nisihiyā) Nisithika, a place for study or meditation. निषधिका eggantā sālogā ṇādivikiṭṭhā ņ cāvi āsaņṇā. vitthi ņņā viddhattā ṇisihiyā dūramāgāḍhā. (bh.a. 1968). [ एग्गंता सालोगा णादिविकिट्ठा ण चावि आसण्णा । वित्थिण्णा fagal Brifzur zRAPIST | (4.31. 1968).] निसेड़िया = (nisehiyā) Naisedhiki, a word of negation. निषेधिका fr (nissa) Dependence. nigrā Arr: (nissäs) Exhalation. niḥsväs AR (nissiy) Dependent. nisrit niśrito lingapramito bhidhiyate. (t. bhā. siddh. vṛ . 1, 16). [निश्रितो लिङ्गप्रमितोऽभिधीयते । ( त. भा. सिद्ध वृ. 1, 16 ) . ] 151 Page #176 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 152 निस्सेयस : (nisseyas) Salvation. nihyeyas निह : (nih) Deceitful. nih निहत्ति : (nihatti) Incapability of all the process of karma other than increased realisation and decreased realisation. निधत्ति jam padesaggam ņ sakka mudae dādum aņņapa yadim vāsankāmedum tam nighattam nam . (dhav. Pu. 9, pr. 235). [जं पदेसग्गं ण सक्कमुदए दाईं अण्णपयडिं वासंकामेदं तं णिवत्तं णाम । (धव. पु. 9, पृ. 235).] Argon : (nihavv) One who conceals the truth and propounds a false doctrine, a schismatic. RETT. निहा : (nihā) Deceit. niha नीइ : (nii) A standpoint,a viewpoint, Naya. niti नीयगोत्त : (niyagott) Inferior heredity. nicagot jass kammass udaem jívāņam ņicagodam hodi tam ņicagodam ņ am , (dhav. Pu. 6, pr. 78). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएम जीवाणं णीचगोदं होदि तं णीचगोदं णाम । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 78).] नीयगोत्तकम्म : (niyagottakamm) Inferior heredity-determining karma. नीचगोत्रकर्म नीललेसा : (nilalesā) Blue thought-tint, the second of the six kinds of lesya. नीललेश्या dāvanņādisu pādava vivajjiyam ņivviņņāņam nibbuddhim mān-māyabahulam nigdaluam salohan hinsẵdisu majjhimajjh vasāyam kuņai nilalessā . (dhav. pu. 16, pr. 490). [दावण्णादिसु पादवविवज्जियं णिव्विण्णाणं णिब्बुडिं माण-मायबहुलं णिहालुअं सलोहं हिंसादिसु मज्झिमज्झवसायं कुणइ णीललेस्सा । (धव. पु. 16, पृ. 498).] नीललेस्सा : (nilalessā) Blue thought-tint, the second of the six kinds of lesya. नीललेश्या . dāvannādisu pādavaviva jjiyam ņivviņnāņam ņibbuddhim māņ-mã yabahulam ņiddāluam saloham himsādisu majjhimajjh vasāyam kuņai nilalessā . (dhav. pu. 16, pr. 490). [दावण्णादिसु पादवविवज्जियं णिव्विण्णाणं णिब्बुद्धिं माण-मायबहुलं णिधालुअं सलोहं हिंसादिसु मज्झिमज्झवसायं कुणइ णीललेस्सा । (धव. पु. 16, पृ. 498).] Page #177 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 153 नीसास : (nisas) Exhalation. nihives नौसेयस : (niseyas) Salvation. nhereyas नीहरण : (niharan) cremation. nirharan नम: (num) Deceit. darkness: coverina. nom नेगमपय : (negamanay) The non-distinguished standpoint. नैगमनय negehim manehim minaitti negamass nerutti . (av. n i. 755). गेहिं माणेहिं मिणइत्ती नेगमस्स नेरुत्ती । (आव. नि. 755).] नेगमनय : (negamanay) The non-distinguished standpoint. नैगमनय negehim manehin minaitti negamass nerutti . (av. n i. 755). [णेगेहिं माहिं मिणइत्ती नेगमस्स नेरुत्ती । (आव. नि. 755).] नेच्छइय : (necchaiy) Real. nal'scayik tatr naiścayiko năm să mānyaparicchedaḥ, s caikasämayik ś āstre bhihitaḥ . (t. bhā. siddh. vi. 1-16). [तत्र नैश्चयिको नाम सामान्यपरिच्छेदः, स चैकसामयिक शास्त्रेऽभिहितः । (त. भा. सिड. वृ. 1-16).] नेरइय: (neraiy) Naraka, related to inferior, hellish. नैरयिक नेसेहिई : (nesehii) Reciting a word suggestive of negation. नैवेषिकी avassiyam c---niyamā āvassae jutto . (av. bhā. 128-22 , pr. 266-67). [आवस्सियं च---गियमा आवस्सए जुत्तो । (आव. भा. 120-22, पृ. 266-67).] नोइन्दिय : (no indiy) Mind. no indriy नोकम्म : (nokamm) Quasi-karmic matter, sub-karmic matter. नोकर्म sarir-paryäptiyogyapudgalādānam no karm. (nyāyaku. 74, p. 887). [शरीर-पर्याप्तियोग्यपुद्गलादानं नोकर्म । (न्यायकु. 74, पृ. 807).] नोकसाय : (nokasay) A quasi-passion, sub-passion. नोकषाय Sarir-paryaptiyogyapudgaladānam nokarm . (nyāyaku. 74, pr. 887). [शरीर-पर्याप्तियोग्यपुद्गलादानं नोकर्म । (न्यायकु. 74, पृ. Page #178 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 154 154 887).] नोतस-पोयावर : (no tas-nothāvar) A liberated soul. नोत्रसनोस्थावर नोतस-नोयावर : (no tas-nothāvar) A liberated soul. नोत्रसनोस्थावर पंचकमण : (pancakaman) Moving of the knees. pacankraman पंचकल्लाण : (pancakallan) Five auspicious events in the life of a Tirthankara. पंचकल्याण पंचजाम : (paicajam) Five vows. paicayam पंचत्यिकाय : (pancatthikāy) Five extensive substances. पंचास्तिकाय पंचिन्दिय : (paicindiy) A five-senses being, with five senses, viz, touch, taste, smell, light and hearing. पंचेन्द्रिय sur-nar naray-tiriyā vann-ras-phas-gandh-saddanhi . jalacar -thalacar-khacara baliya paficediya jiva . (paica. ka. 117). [सुर-पर णारय-तिरिया वण्ण-रस-फास-गंध-सद्दण्हू । जलचर-थलचर-खचरा बलिया पंचेदिया जीवा । (पंचा. का. 117).] पंडग : (pandag) A eunuch. pandak, napumsak पंडियमरण : (pandiyamaran) wise death, peaceful death, voluntary death. पण्डितमरण panditān maranam pandita maraṇam, vira tänamityarthah . (uttarā . cd. pr. 128). [पंडिताण मरणं पंडितमरणम्, विरतानमित्यर्थः । (उत्तरा. चू. पृ. 128).] पंतठल : (pantaul) A low family. printakul पंतकुल : (pantakul) A low family. prāntakul पंतजीवी : (pantajivi) One who lives on coarse or dry food. प्रान्तजीवी पंताहार : (pantāhār) Coarse or dry food; remnants of food. प्रान्ताहार पइट्ठा : (paitthā) Fixing. pratistha pratitişthanti vināśen vină asykarthā iti pratis thā . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 243). [प्रतितिष्ठन्ति विनाशेन विना अस्याअर्था इति प्रतिष्ठा । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 243).] Page #179 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI qs (paiḍi) Nature of karma. prakti payaḍi silam sahāvo icceyaṭṭho. (dhav. pu. 12, pr. 478) (qust ei agiaì şoduçoì 1 (ua. q. 12, q. 478).] чs (paiḍibandh) Bondage of karmic nature. प्रकृतिबन्ध avisesiyarasapagaiu pagaivandho muṇeyavvo pr. 66). [ अविसेसियरसपगईउ पगइवंधो मुणेयव्वो । ( कर्मप्र. 1-24, पृ. 66 ).] (painn) Miscellaneous canonical texts. gastof ч (painṇag) Miscellaneous canonical texts. gastofas prakimakāḥ paur-jānapadakalpāḥ. (s. si. 4-4). [ प्रकीर्णका पौरजानपदकल्पाः । (स. सि. 4-4 ) . ] 1 पड़ष्णा : (painņā) A thesis. pratija sādhyanirdeśaḥ pratijñā. (pramāṇami. 2, 1, 11). [ साध्यनिर्देश प्रतिज्ञा । (प्रमाणमी. 2, 1, 11).] (paisunn) Slander, back-biting. paisuny pṛṣṭhato doṣā viṣkaranam paiśūnyam. (t. va. 1, 20, 12 pr. 75). [पृष्ठतो दोषाविष्करणं पैशून्यम् । (त. वा. 1, 28, 12, पृ. 75).] 34 (paum) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Padmangas (measurement of time). caturaśitapadmängasa tasahasranyekam padm. (jyotisk. (karmapr. 1-24, malay. v. 67). [चतुरशीतपद्माङ्गशतसहस्राण्येकं पद्म । (ज्योतिष्क. मलय. वृ. 67).] (paumang) A period consisting of eighty-four lakhs of Utpalas (measurement of time). caturaśitimahānalinasa tasahasraṇye kam padmāngam. (jyoti şk. malay. vṛ. 67). [चतुरशीतिमहानलिनशतसहस्राण्येकं पद्माङ्गम् । (ज्योतिष्क मलय. q. 67).] 434 (paumalesā) Pink thought-tint, the fifth of the six kinds of lesya. पद्मलेश्या cai bhaddo cokkho ujjuyakammo y khamai bahuyam pi. sāhu -gurupūyanirao lakkhanameyam tu paumass (prä. pañcasam. 1 -151). . 155 Page #180 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 156 [चाई भदो चोक्खो उज्जुयकम्मो य खमइ बहुयं पि । साहु-गुरुपूणिरओ लक्खणमेयं तु पउमस्स । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-151).] पठमलेस्सा : (paumalessā) Pink thought-tint, the fifth of the six kinds of lesya. पमलेश्या cãi bhaddo cokkho ujjuyakammo y khamai bahuyam pi . sāhu -gurupuyanirao lakkhanameyam tu paumass . (prā. pancasam. ! -151). [चाई भद्दो चोक्खो उज्जुयकम्मो य खमइ बहुयं पि । साहु-गुरुपूणिरओ लक्खणमेयं तु पउमस्स । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-151).] पएस : (paes) A particle; an indivisible part a partless part; a space-point. प्रदेश jāvadiyam āyāsam avibhāgipuggalāņuvatthaddham . tam khu pade sam jane savwanutthānadanariham . (dravyasam. 27). [जावदियं आयासं अविभागीपुग्गलाणुवट्ठद्धं । तं स्खु पदेसं जाणे सव्वाणुट्ठाणदाणरिहं । (द्रव्यसं. 27).] पएसबंध : (paesabandh) Bondage of karmic particles. प्रदेशबन्य suhame jogavisesen egakhetta vagādhathidiyānam. ekkekke du padese kammapadesā anantā du . (mula. 12-284). [सुहमे जोगविसेसेण एगखेत्तावगाढठिदियाणं । एक्केक्के दु पदेसे कम्मपदेसा अर्णता दु । (मूला. 12-204).] पओग : (paog) Activity. prayog man-vaci-kayajoga paoo . (dhav. pu. 12, pr. 286). [मण-वचि-कायजोगा पओओ । (धव. पु. 12, पृ. 286).] पओगकिरिया : (paogakiriyā) Bodily operation. प्रयोगक्रिया prayogakriyā vicitraḥ käyādivyāpāro vacanādih (t. bh ३. hari. vr. 6-6). [प्रयोगक्रिया विचित्रः कायादिव्यापारो वचनादिः (त. भा. हरि. वृ. 6-6).] पओगबंध : (paogabandh) Bondage due to activity. prayogabandh jivavä vären jo samuppaņņo bandho so paoo vandho ņām . (dhav . pu. 14, pr. 37). [जीववावारेण जो समुप्पण्णो बंधो सो पओओवंधो णाम । (धव. पु. 14, पृ. 37).] Page #181 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 157 पओगमइ : (paogamai) Intellectual activity. prayogamati पओगय : (paogay) Produced by an effort. prayogaj पओगसंपया : (paogasampaya) The power to debate. प्रयोगसम्पत पक्खा : (pakkhā) A thesis, an abode. paks pannaras ahorattā pakkho . (bhagavati. 6, 7, 4, pr. 825). [पण्णरस अहोरत्ता पक्खो । (भगवती. 6, 7, 4, पृ. 825).] पक्खेवाहार : (pakkhevāhār) Eating in mouthfuls. प्रक्षेपाहार pakkhe vāhāro pun kā valio hoi nāyavvo . (sūtrakr. ni. 2, 3, 171). [पक्खेवाहारो पुण कावलिओ होइ नायव्वो । (सूत्रकृ. नि. 2, 3, 171).] पगप्प : (pagapp) Excellent conduct. prakaip पगरण : (pagaran) An explanatory text. prakaran पचला, पयला : (pacalā, payala) Sleeping while sitting or standing. प्रचला payalā hoi thiyassă---. (brhatk. 2400). [पयला होइ ठियस्सा---। (बृहत्क. 2488).] पचलापचला : (pacalapacalā) Sleeping while walking. प्रचलाप्रचला saiv punaḥ punarăvartamānā praca läpracalā . (s. si. 8-7) [सैव पुनः पुनरावर्तमाना प्रचलाप्रचला । (स. सि. 8-7).] पच्चक्ख : (paccakkh) Perception, direct cognition,immediate knowledge. प्रत्यक्ष jam pecchado amuttam muttesu adindiyam c pacchaạnam. sakalam sagam c idaram tam nānam havadi paccakkham , (prav. sā. 1-54). [जं पेच्छदो अमुत्तं मुत्तेसु अदिदियं च पच्छण्णं । सकलं सगं च इदरं तं गाणं हवदि पच्चक्खं । (प्रव. सा. 1-54).] पच्चक्खाण : (paccakkhān) Abandonment, renouncement. प्रत्याख्यान ņāņam savve bhāve paccakkhādi y paretti ņādūn . tamhā paccakkhānam nānam niyamā munedabvam . (samayapr. 39). [णाणं सब्वे भावे पच्चक्खादि य परेत्ति णादूण । तम्हा पच्चक्खाणं णाणं णियमा मुणेदब्वं । (समयप्र. 39).] Page #182 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 158 पच्चक्खापावरप : (paccakkhānavaran) A group of passions hindering total renunciation. प्रत्याख्यानावरण paccakkhānam---koh-man-may-loha . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 4 4). [पच्चक्खाणं---कोह-माण-माया-लोहा । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 44).] पच्चभिष्णाप : (paccabhinnān) Recognition. प्रत्यभिज्ञान vastunaḥ pūrvāpara kā lavyāptijñānam pratyabhijñānam . (a. mi. vasu. v. 56). [वस्तुनः पूर्वापरकालव्याप्तिज्ञानं प्रत्यभिज्ञानम् । (आ. मी. वसु. वृ. 56).] पच्चभिन्नाष : (paccabhinnān) Recognition. प्रत्यभिज्ञान vastunaḥ pūrvāparakā lavyāptijñānam pratyabhijñānam . (a. mi. vasu. vr. 56). [वस्तुनः पूर्वापरकालव्याप्तिज्ञानं प्रत्यभिज्ञानम् । (आ. मी. वसु. वृ. 56).] पच्चावत्तणया : (paccavattanaya) Repeated determination. प्रत्यावर्तनता पच्छप्पपडिसेवी : (pacchannapadisevi) A secret sinner. प्रच्छन्नप्रतिसेवी 40819m : (pacchākamm) A sin due to washing of utensils etc. with water having life after giving food to an ascetic. पश्चातकर्म पच्छायपी : (pacchāyani) An upper garment. paicchadani पज्य : (pajuy) A period equal to eighty-four lakhs of Prayutangas (measurement of time). प्रयुत caturasītiḥ prayutängaśatasahasrāņi e kam prayutam . (jiv aji. malay. I. 3, 2, 178). [चतुरशीति प्रयुताङ्गशतसहस्राणि एकं प्रयुतम् । (जीवाजी. मलय. वृ. 3, 2, 178).] पजुयंग : (pajuyaig) A period equal to eighty-four lakhs of Ayutas (measurement of time). प्रयुताग caturasitirayutaśatasahasrāņi e kam prayutāngam . (jivāji. malay. vr. 3, 2, 178). [चतुरशीतिरयुतशतसहस्राणि एकं प्रयुताङ्गम् । (जीवाजी. मलय. वृ. 3, 2, 178).] Page #183 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH / HINDI पज्जति : (pajjati) Full development, completion. पर्याप्ति āhār-śarirendriyānāpān-bhāsā-manah-saktinām nispatt (dhav. pu. 1, pr 256 ) . eh kāranam paryāptih [आहार शरीरेन्द्रियानापान - भाषा- मनः- शक्तिनां निष्पत्तेः कारणं पर्याप्तिः । (धव. पु. 1, पृ. 256 ) . ] पज्जत्त : (pajjatt ) A developed living being. पर्याप्त pajjattaṇāmakammodayavanto jīvā pajjattā. (dhav. pu. 3, pr. 331). [पज्जत्तणामकम्मोदयवंतो जीवा पज्जत्ता । ( धव. पु. 3, पृ. 331 ) . ] पज्जत्तग: (pajjattag) A developed living being. पर्याप्तक pajja ttanāma kammodayavanto jivā pajjattā (dhav. pu. 3, Pr. 331 ). [पज्जत्तणामकम्मोदयवंतो जीवा पज्जत्ता । ( धव. पु. 3, पृ. 331 ) . ] पज्जव: (pajjav) A developed living being. paryav पज्जाय : (pajjay) A mode, a condition, a form, a state. पर्याय jam pun kamen uppādatthidi-bhangillam so pajjão (dhav. pu. 4, pr. 337). [जं पुण कमेण उप्पादट्ठिदि-भंगिल्लं सो पज्जाओ । (धव. पु. 4, पृ. 337).] पज्जायजेठ : (pajjaya jetth) Senior in initiation. पर्यायज्येष्ठ पज्जायत्थिय : (pajjāyatthiy) Modal, particular, specific. पर्यायार्थिक jo sähedi bisese bahuvihasāmaṇṇasañjude savve. sāhaṇali mgavasādo pajjayavisao nao hodi (kārtike. 270 ). [जो साहेदि बिसेसे बहुविहसामण्णसंजुदे सव्वे । साहणलिंगवसादो पज्जयविसओ णओ होदि । ( कार्तिके. 270 ).] queņukuu : (pajjāyatthiy) Modal, particular, specific. पर्यायास्तिक paryãy evāsti ---paryāyāstikah (t. vā. 1, 33, 1 ) [पर्याय एवास्ति---पर्यायास्तिकः । (त. वा. 1, 33, 1). ] • . 159 Page #184 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 168 पज्जायत्थियषय : (pajjayatthiyanay) Modal standpoint, particular viewpoint. पर्यायार्थिकनय पज्जायत्यियनय : (pajjāyatthiyanay) Modal standpoint, particular viewpoint. पर्यायार्मिकनय पज्जायटर : (pajjāyather) An ascetic after twenty years of consecration, dedication. पर्यायस्थविर vimsativarsaparyāyah paryayasthavirah . (vyav. bha. malay. VI. 18-46). [विंशतिवर्षपर्याय पर्यायस्थविर । (व्यव. भा. मलय. वृ. 18-46).] पज्जावसह : (pajjavasah) A monastery. paryavasth पज्जुवासणा : (pajjuvasana) Service, devotion. पर्युपासना पज्जुसप : (pajjusan) Residence in a place during the rainy season. पर्युषण पज्जसपकप्प : (pajjusanakapp) Mansoon-rules, i.e.prescribed rules which the ascetic has to observe during the rainy season. पर्युषणकल्प pajjosavanākappopevam---ukkosao cev . (pancas. 17, 8 32-33). [पज्जोसवणाकप्पोऽपेवं-----उक्कोसओ चेव । (पंचाश. 17, 832-33).] पज्जुसणा : (pajjusanā) Residence in a place during the rainy season. पर्युषणा पट्टाविय : (patthāviy) Beginning of an expiation. प्रस्थापित,प्रायश्चित पडिकुट्ठ : (padikutth) Forbidden. pratikrust पडिक्कंत : (padikkant) one who has repented(thought) for his faults. प्रतिक्रान्त kammam jam puvvaka yam suhāsuhamaneyavitthara visesam. tato ņi yattade appayam tu jo so padikkamanam . (samayapra. 483). [कम्मं जं पुवकयं सुहासुहमणेयवित्थरविसेसं । ततो णियत्तदे अप्पर्य तु जो सो पडिक्कमणं । (समयप्रा. 483).] पडिक्कमण : (padikkaman) Repentance. pratikraman kammam jam puvvaka yam suhāsuhamaneyavitthara visesam. tato ņi yattade appayam tu jo so padikkamanam . (samayaprd. 483). [कम्मं जं पुवकयं सुहासुहमणेयवित्थरविसेसं । ततो णियत्तदे अप्पयं तु जो सो पडिक्कमणं । (समयप्रा. 4e3).] Page #185 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 161 मडिग्गह : (padiggah) A bowel, tendancy of storing. परिग्रह पडिपारायण : (padinārāyan) The enemy of a Vasudeva. प्रतिनारायण पडिनारायण : (padinārāyan) The enemy of a Vasudeva. प्रतिनारायण पडिपुच्छणा : (padipucchanā) Asking permission again; questioning in order to clear a doubt. प्रतिपृच्छना jam kinci mahākajjam karaniyam pucchiūn guruādi . punaravi pucchadi sāhū tam jāņasu hodi padipuccā . (mūlā. 4-1 36). [जं किंचि महाकजं करणीयं पुच्छिऊण गुरुआदी । पुणरवि पुच्छदि साहू तं जाणसु होदि पडिपुच्चा । (मूला. 4-136).] पडिपुच्छा : (padipucchā) Asking permission again; questioning in order to clear a doubt. प्रतिपच्छा jam kiñci mahā ka jjam karaniyam pucchiūņ guruādi . punaravi pucchadi sāhủ tam jāņasu hodi padipuccā . (mūlā. 4-1 36). [जं किंचि महाकजं करणीयं पुच्छिऊण गुरुआदी । पुणरवि पुच्छदि साहू तं जाणसु होदि पडिपुच्चा । (मूला. 4-136).] पडिपुष्पपोसह : (padipunnaposah) Self-observation for a day and night. प्रतिपूर्णपोषध पडिभा : (padibhā) A particular vow or penance. pratima पडिमा : (padimā) A particular vow or penance. pratima pratima yavajjivam niyamasy sthirikaraṇapra tijñā . (ā. di. pr. 51). [प्रतिमा यावज्जीवं नियमस्य स्थिरीकरणप्रतिज्ञा । (आ. दि. पृ. 51).] पडिमाप : (padiman) weight. pratiman se kim padimāņe---se tam davvapamāṇe . (anuyo. sū. 132 , pr. 155). [से किं पडिमाणे---से तं दव्वपमाणे । (अनुयो. सू. 132, पृ. 155).] पडिरूवगववहार : (padiruvagavavahar) Dealing in counterfeit commodities. प्रतिरूपकव्यवहार krtramairhiraṇyādibhirvacananāpūrvako vyavahārah pratir upakavyavahārah , (s. si. 7-27). [कृत्रमैर्हिरण्यादिभिर्वचननापूर्वको व्यवहारः प्रतिरूपकव्यवहार । (स. सि. 7-27).] Page #186 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 162 पडितहण : (padilehan) Inspection. patilakhan etaduktam bhavati-āgamănusāreņ ya nirūpaņā kşe trādeh s a pratilekhaneti . (oghani. v. 3, Pr. 55). [एतदुक्तं भवति-आगमानुसारेण या निरूपणा क्षेत्रादेः सा प्रतिलेखनेति । (ओपनि. वृ. 3, पृ. 55).] पडिलेहण : (padilehanā) Inspection. pattibthane etaduktam bhavati-āgamānusāreņ ya nirūpaņā kşe trādeh s a pratilekhaneti . (oghani. .. 3, pr. 55). हएतदुक्तं भवति-आगमानुसारेण या निरूपणा क्षेत्रादेः सा प्रतिलेखनेति । (ओपनि. वृ. 3, पृ. 55).] पडिवत्ति : (padivatti) Continued cognition. pratipatti śravaņendriyāvadhäneno padeśagrahaņam pratipattiḥ . (t. bha siddh. 7-6, pr. 59). [श्रवणेन्द्रियावधानेनोपदेशग्रहणं प्रतिपत्ति । (त. भा सिद्ध. 7-6, पृ. 59).] पडिवाई : (padivai) Fallible, passing. pratipati pratipattitum silam yasy tat pratipāti. (dhav. pu. 1 3, p. 83). [प्रतिपत्तितुं शीलं यस्य तत् प्रतिपाति । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 83).] पडिवासुदेव : (padivasudev) The enemy of a Vasudeva. प्रतिवासुदेव पडिसंलीपया : (padisamlinaya) Staying at a lonely place, living alone. प्रतिसंलीनता पडिसल्लीपया : (padisalinayā) Staying at a lonely place, living alone. प्रतिसलीनता पडिसुत्त : (padisutt) The enemy of a vasudeva. प्रतिशत्रु पडिसेवण : (padisevanā) Incurring a fault. pratisevani पडिसेवा : (padiseva) Incurring a fault. pratiseva pratisevā sacittăcitt-miśradravyāśrayadoşanişe vanam . (prāyascittas. ti. 2-3). [प्रतिसेवा सचित्ताचित्त-मिश्रद्रव्याश्रयदोषनिषेवणम् । (प्रायश्चित्तस. टी. 2-3).] पडिहा : (padihā) Grasp. pratibha पनिहाप : (panihān) Concentration. pranidhan pranidhānam visistasce todharmah . (dasavai. ni. hari. vr. 1-23, pr. 24). [प्रणिधानं विशिष्टश्चेतोधर्म । (दशवे. नि. हरि. वृ. 1-23, पृ. 24).] Page #187 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI -163 परिहि : (panihi) Concentration. pranidhi pranidhih vratāparinatāvāsaktih pranidhānam . (t. bhā. siddh. .. 8-18, pr. 146). [प्रणिधि प्रतापरिणतावासक्तिः प्रणिधानम् । (त. भा. सिद्ध. वृ. 8-18, पृ. 146).] पणीयरसमोयप : (paniyarasamoyan) Delicious food. प्रणीतरसमेोजन पप्पत्ति : (pannatti) Explanation, exposition. प्रज्ञप्ति पष्णवण : (pannavanā) Explanation, exposition. प्रज्ञापना jivādinām prajñāpanam prajñāpanā . (nandi. hari. Vs. pr. 98). [जीवादीनां प्रज्ञापनं प्रजापना । (नन्दी. हरि. १. पृ. 98).] पण्ण : (pannā) Reasoning. prajha Jhapohātmika prajna . (an. dh. 3-3). [उहापोहात्मिका प्रज्ञा । (अन. ध. 3-3).] पण्ावण्ड : (panhāvanh) Stating to both who asks and does not ask. प्रश्नाप्रश्न pasiņāpasiņam sumiņe vijjăsiţtham kahei annass , ahava ainkhiniya ghantiyasittham parikahei . (brhatk. bhā. 1312 ). [पसिणापसिणं सुमिणे विज्जासिळं कहेइ अन्नस्स । अहवा आइंखिणिया घंटियसिळं परिकहेइ । (बृहत्क. भा. 1312).] पत्तेय : (pattey) one body having one soul, an individual body. प्रत्येक । पत्तेयपयडी : (patteyapayadi) An individual type of body making karma. प्रत्येकप्रकृति पत्तेयबुद्ध : (patteyabuddh) one who attains enlightment by means of something. प्रत्येकयुद्ध patteyam ņiyamā vihāro jamhā tamha y te patte yabuddhā , jadhā kara kandumāda to . (nandi. cū. pr. 19). [पत्तेयं पियमा विहारो जम्हा तम्हा य ते पत्तेयबुद्धा, जधा करकंडुमादतो । (नन्दी. चू. पृ. 19).] पत्तेयसरीर : (patteyasarir) one body having one soul, an individual body. प्रत्येकशरीर pratyekam prthak śariram yeşām te pratye kaśarīrāḥ khadir adayo vanaspatayah . (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 238). [प्रत्येकं पृथक् शरीरं येषां ते प्रत्येकशरीर सदिरादयो Page #188 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 164 वनस्पतयः । (धव. पु. 1, पृ. 238).] पत्य : (patth) One-fourth of Drona. prasth catuhkudavah prasthah . (t. va. 3, 33, 3). [चतुकुडवः प्रस्थः । (त. वा. 3, 38, 3).] पत्याविय : (patthāviy) Beginning of an expiation. प्रस्थापित पदत्य : (padatth) Concentration upon holy chants, A substance, an object. पदस्थ jam jhãijjai ucсāriūn parametthimant-pa yamamalam. eyakkharăd ibibiham payatthajhānam muneyavvam . (vasu. Sr. 464). [जं झाइज्जइ उच्चारिऊण परमेट्ठिमंत-पयममलं । एयक्खरादिबिबिह पयत्यझाणं मुणेयव्वं । (वसु. श्रा. 464).] पदत्य : (padatth) Concentration upon holy chants, A substance, an object. पदार्थ पहेस : (paddes) Aversion. pradves istadār-vittaharanādinimittah kopah pradvesah . (bh. a . vijayo. 887). [इष्टदार-वित्तहरणादिनिमित्तः कोपः प्रद्वेषः । (भ. आ. विजयो. 887).] पदेसिई : (paddesii) A sin incurred by jealusy. प्रादेषिकी pradveşo matsarasten nirvrttā prādveșiki. (sam vā. abhay. vi. 5). [प्रद्वेषो मत्सरस्तेन निर्वृत्ता प्रादेषिकी । (समवा. अभय. वृ. 5).] पहेसिगी : (paddesigi) A sin incurred by jealousy. प्रादेषिकी pradveşo matsarasten nirvittä prädveşiki . (sam vā. abhay. v. 5). [प्रद्वेषो मत्सरस्तेन निर्वत्ता प्राद्धेषिकी । (समवा. अभय. वु. 5).] पन्नत्ति : (pannatti) Explanation, exposition. प्रज्ञप्ति पप्पकारिया: (pappakariya) Coming in close contanct. प्राप्यकारिता Page #189 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI पफोडणा : (pappho dana) A fault incurred by an ascetic jerking clothes. प्रस्फोटन पभावणा: (pabhāvanā) Propagation of the law. prabhavana dhammakahākahanen---dayānukampae (mūlā. 5-67). [धम्मकहाकहणेण -- दयाणुकंपाए । (मूला. 5-67).] पद्मषण (pamajjan) Sweeping, brushing, cleaning. प्रमार्जन pramärjanam mrduno pakaranen pratilekhanam (să. dh. svo ți. 5-40). [प्रमार्जनं मृदुनोपकरणेन प्रतिलेखनम् । (सा. घ. स्वो टी. 5-40).] • मत्तसंजय : (pamattasañ jay) An ascetic having some negligence. प्रमत्तसंयत vattavattapamãe jo vasai pamattasañjao hoi sayalagun-sila kali o mahavvai cittalāyarano (prā pañcasam. 1-14). [वत्तावत्तपमाए जो वसइ पमत्तसंजओ होइ । सयलगुण- सीलकलिओ महव्वई चित्तलायरणो । (प्रा. पंचर्स. 1-14).] . पमाण: (pamān) An organ of knowledge, a means of cognition; right knowledge, valid cognition; complete judgme प्रमाण tattvajñānam pramāņam te yuga patsarvabhasanam. (ăpatmi 101). [ तत्त्वज्ञानं प्रमाणं ते युगपत्सर्वभासनम् । ( आपत्मी 181).] पाणेगुल : (pamānangul) A measure equal to eight thousand barley. प्रमाप्ागुल पमाय : (pamāy) Negligence, carelessness. pramad ko pamādo nām ? cadusanjalan-navanokasāyānām tibbodao (dh v. pu. 7, pr. 11). [को पमादो णाम ' चदुसंजलण-णवणोकसायाणां तिब्बोदओ । ( धव. पु. 7, 9. 11).] एमोक्स (pamokkh) Emancipation. pramolog bandhavioo pamokkho du. (dhav. pu. 8, pr. 3). [बंधविओओ पमोक्खो दु । (धव. पु. 8, पृ. 3).] पर्यगवीहिया : (payangavihiyā) Begging alms without any order. पतंगवी चिका yasyām tu tri-caturādini---pataniga vithiketi bhāvah (b ṛhatk. kṣe. v. 1649). [यस्यां तु त्रि- चतुरादीनि --- पतङ्गवीशिकेति भावः । (बृहत्क. क्षे. q. 1649).] 165 Page #190 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 166 पयडि : (payadi) Nature of karma. prakti payadi silam sahāvo icceyattho . (dhav. pu. 12, pr. 478) [पयडी सीलं सहावो इच्चेयट्ठो । (धव. पु. 12, पृ. 478).] पयडिबंध : (payadibandh) Bondage of karmic nature. प्रकृतिबन्ध avisesiyarasapagaiu pagaivandho muneyavwo . (karmapr. 1-24, pr. 66). [अविसेसियरसपगईउ पगइवंधो मुणेयव्वो । (कर्मप्र. 1-24, पृ. 66).] qucu : (payatth) Concentration upon holy chants, A substance, an object. पदस्थ jam jhāijjai ucсāniūn parametthimant-payamamalam. eyakkharad ibibiham payatthajhānam muneyavvam . (vasu. srā. 464). [जं झाइज्जइ उच्चारिऊण परमेट्ठिमंत-पयममलं । एयक्खरादिबिबिहं पयत्यझाणं मुणेयध्वं । (वसु. श्रा. 464).] पयत्य : (payatth) Concentration upon holy chants, A substance, an object. पदार्थ । पयर : (payar) A layer. pratar pratarobhrapataladinām . (s. si. 5, 24). [प्रतरोऽभ्रपटलादीनाम् । (स. सि. 5, 24).] पयलापयला : (payalapayala) Sleeping while walking. प्रचलाप्रचला saiv punaḥ punarā vartamānā pracalā pracalā . (s. si. 8-7) [सैव पुनः पुनरावर्तमाना प्रचलाप्रचला । (स. सि. 8-7).] 2014 : (payān) Dreaming at length. pra tän परंपर : (parampar) with intervening space or time%3B succession. परम्पर परंपरागम : (paramparāgam) Scriptures received in succession. परम्परागम परत : (paratt) Priority,precedence. paraty परत्यापुमाण : (paratthānuman) Syllogistic inference. परार्यानुमान pararth tu tadarthaparāmaráivacanājjātam . tadvacanamapi tad dhe tutvat . (pariksa. 3, 58-51). [परार्थ तु तदर्थपरामर्शिवचनाज्जातम् । तद्धचनमपि तद्धेतुत्वात् । (परीक्षा. 3, 50-51).] Page #191 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 167 परमंग : (paramaig) A way to salvation. paramang परमत्त: (paramatta) A liberated soul. paramatmi kammakalankavimukko paramappa bhannae devo . (moksapra. 5). [कम्मकलंकविमुक्को परमप्पा भण्णए देवो । (मोक्षप्रा. 5).] परमत्य : (paramatth) Emancipation. paramarth 4*444 : (paramapay) Salvation. para mapad परमाणु : (paramānu) An atom, an indivisible part of matter. परमाणु attādi attamajjham attan tam ņev indiye gejjham . avibh ägi jam da vam paramāmum tam viāņāhi . (ni. sā. 26). |अत्तादि अत्तमज्झं अत्तंतं पेव इंदिये गेज्मं । अविभागी जं दव्वं परमासु तं विआणाहि । (नि. सा. 26).] परमायुपुग्गल : (paramānupuggal) Paramanu, an atom. परमाणुपुदगल परमायय : (paramāyay) Salvation. Paraniyat परमेवी : (parametthi) The supreme divinity. paramesthi jo miccu-jararahido mad-vibbhamased-khed-parihino . upp tti-radivihino so parametthi viyānāhi . (jam. di. p. 13-86). [जो मिच्च-बरारहिदो मद-विन्भमसेद-खेद-परिहीणो । उप्पत्ति-रदिविहूणो सो परमेठी वियाणाहि । (जं. दी. प. 13-86).] परलेगमय : (paralogabhay) Fear produced by another class of beings. परलेकमय paralokabhayam parabhavat (yat prāpyate) . (av. bhā. hari. v r. 184, pr. 483). [परलोकभयं परभवात् (यत् प्राप्यते) । (आव. भा. हरि. वृ. 184, पृ. 483).] परलेगमयसंस : (paralogabhayasamsa) other-worldly desire. परलोकास परब्बवएस : (paravwavaes) To say about one's own possession that it belongs to someone else. परव्यपदेश anyadātudeyarpanam paravyapadesah . (s. si. 7-36). [अन्यदातदेयार्पणं पख्यपदेश । (स. सि. 7-36).] परसंगह : (parasaigah) The ultimate generic viewpoint. परसंग्रह aśeşaviseşeşvaudāsinyam bha jamānaḥ śuddhadra vyam sanmät ramabhimanyamānaḥ parasangrahah . (pr. n. t. 7-15). [अशेषविसेषेचौदासीन्यं भजमान शुदय सन्मात्रमभिमन्यमानः Page #192 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 168 परसंग्रहः । (प्र. न. त. 7-15).] पराघाय : (parāghāy) Superiority over others. paraghat tay-vis-dan tavisai angavayavo y jo u annesim . jivan k unai ghāyam so paraghāyass u vivāgo . (karmavi. g. 129). [तय-विस-दंतविसाई अंगावयवो य जो उ अन्नेसि । जीवाण कुणइ घायं सो परघायस्स उ विवागो ! (कर्मवि. ग. 120).] परिकुंचप : (parikuncan) Deceit, fraud. parikufican परिगोन : (parigov) greed. parigop परिग्गह: (pariggah) Possession, possessiveness. परिग्रह mürcchā parigrahah (t. sū. 7-17). [मूर्छा परिग्रहः (त. सू. 7-17).] परिग्गहपरिमाण : (pariggahapariman) Limited possessions. परिग्रहपरिमाण परिग्गहविरमण : (pariggahaviraman) Abstinence from possessions, non-possessiveness. परिग्रहविरमण परिग्गहसप्पा : (pariggahasannā) Desire for possessions, acquisitive instinct. परिग्रहसंज्ञा ubayaranadamsaņen y tassu vaogen mucchiyae y. lohassudiran ãe pariggahe jāyade sannā. (prā. pañcasam. 1-55). [उबयरणदंसणेण य तस्सुवओगेण मुच्छ्यिाए य । लोहस्सुदीरणाए परिगहे जायदे सण्णा । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-55).] परिग्गहसन्ना : (pariggahasannā) Desire for possessions, acquisitive instinct. परिग्रहसंज्ञा ubayaraṇadamsaņen y tassuvaogen mucchiyāe y. lohassudiran ãe pariggahe jāyade sannā . (prā. pañcasam. 1-55). [उबयरणदंसणेण य तस्सुवओगेण मुछियाए य । लोहस्सुदीरणाए परिगहे जायदे सण्णा । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-55).] परिचारपा : (paricarana) Sexual enjoyment. paricarana परिट्ठावण : (paritthāvan) Abandoning or throwing with care. परिस्थापन परिणइ : (parinai) Modification, transformation, change, inherent nature or capacity. परिणति परिणाम : (parinām) Modification, transformation, change, inherent nature or capacity. परिणाम tadbhāvaḥ pariņāmaḥ . (t. sū. 5, 41). [तद्भाक परिणामः । (त. सू. 5, 41).] Page #193 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 169 परिणामीपिच्चत्त : (parinaminiccatt) Permanence in the midst of changes. परिणामीनित्यत्व परिपामीनिच्चत्त : (parinaminiccatt) Permanence in the midst of changes. परिणामीनित्यत्व परिमिव्वाण : (parinivvan) Perfection, salvation. परिनिर्वाण bhavabandhanamuktasy yä vasthā paramātmanaḥ parinirvīti ristā sā param nirvanarnisyate . (m. pu. 39-206). [भवबन्धनमुक्तस्य या ऽवस्था परमात्मनः । परिनिर्वृतिरिष्टा सा परं निर्वाणमिष्यते । (म. पु. 39-206).] परिप्पा : (parinna) Abandoning after a thorough understanding. परिज्ञा parih samantājjñānam pāpaparityägen parijñāsāmāyikami ti. (av. hari. vi. pr. 834). [परि समन्ताज्ज्ञानं पापपरित्यागेन परिज्ञासामायिकमिति । (आव. हरि. वृ. पृ. 834).] परिदेवप : (paridevan) Bewailing. paridevan sanklesapra vanah sv-paranugrahanāthanamanukampāprāyam parid evanam . (t. bha. siddh. VI. 6-13). [संक्लेशप्रवणः स्व-परानुग्रहनाथनमनुकम्पाप्रायं परिदेवनम् । (त. भा. सिद्ध. व. 6-13).] परिनिव्वाण: (parinivvān) Perfection, salvation. परिनिर्वाण bhavabandhanamuktasy yā vasthā paramātmanan . parinirviti ristā sā param nirvanamisyate . (m. pu. 39-206). [भवबन्धनमुक्तस्य या ऽवस्था परमात्मनः । परिनितिरिष्टा सा परं निर्वाणमिष्यते । (म. पु. 39-206).] परिन्ना : (parinnā) Abandoning after a thorough understanding. परिजा parih samantājjñānam pāpaparityāgen parijñāsāmāyikami ti , (av. hari. vi. pr. 834). [परि समन्ताज्ज्ञानं पापपरित्यागेन परिज्ञासामाधिकमिति । (आव. हरि. वृ. पृ. 834).] परिभोग : (paribhog) Enjoyment of a thing that can be used repeatedly or externally. ORHITI ācchādan-prāvaraņā larkār-sayanāśan-grh-yān-vāhanādiḥ . (s . si. 7-21). [आच्छादन-प्रावरणालंकार-शयनाशन--गृह-यान-वाहनादिः । (स. सि. 7-21).] Page #194 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI परिमंथ : ( parimanth) Destruction, obstruction. parimanth परिबट्टू : ( parivatt) A period consisting of infinite years (Utsarpinis and Avasarpinis) change परिवर्त vrihyannādyen salyannadyupattam parivartitam (an. dh. 5-14). [ व्रीह्यन्नाद्येन शाल्यन्नाद्युपात्तं परिवर्तितम् । (अन. ध. 5-14).] परिवट्टणा : ( parivattana) Revision,repetition. परिवर्तना pariyaṭṭanam nam pariyaṭṭananti va abbhasaṇanti va gunaṇanti vā egattha (daśavai. cū. pr. 28 ). [परियट्टणं णाम परियट्टणंति वा अब्भसणंति वा गुणणंति वा एगट्ठा । ( दशवै. चू. पृ. 28).] परिवट्टपरिहार : ( parivattaparihar) Entering another's dead body. परिवर्तपरिहार परिवट्टिय : (parivattiy) A fault connected with giving of food etc. too anascetic after changing or exchanging. परिवर्तित nayacchalyodanādi kodravādinā prātiveśikagṛhe parivar (ācār. sū. si. vr. 2, 1 ty dadāti tatparivartitam 266, pr. 317). [णयच्छाल्योदनादि कोद्रवादिना प्रातिवेशिकगृहे परिवर्त्य ददाति तत्परिवर्तितम् । (आचार. सू. शी. वृ. 2, 1, 266, पृ. 317).] परिवत्त ( parivatt) A period consisting of infinite years (Utsarpinis and Avasarpinis) change परिवर्त vrihyannadyen śālyannādyupāttam parivartitam . H (an. dh. 5-14). [ व्रीह्यन्नाद्येन शाल्यन्नाद्युपात्तं परिवर्तितम् । (अन. घ. 9 · 5-14).] परिवत्तणा : (parivattana) Revision, repetition. परिवर्तना pariyaṭṭanam nam pariyaṭṭananti va abbhasaṇanti va gunananti (dasavai. cū. pr. 28 ) . vā egatthā [परियट्टणं णाम परियट्टणंति वा अब्भसणंति वा गुणणंति वा एगट्ठा । ( दशवै. चू. पृ. 28).] 170 Page #195 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 171 R RET : (parivattaparihār) Entering another's dead body. uraderer afafru : (parivattiy) A fault connected with giving of food etc. to an ascetic after changing or exchanging. परिवर्तित ņayacchālyodanādi kodra vādinā prátivesikagrhe parivar ty dadāti tatparivartitam. (ācār. sū. si. vr. 2, 1 , 266, pr. 317). [पयच्छाल्योदनादि कोद्रवादिना प्रातिवेशिकगृहे परिवर्त्य ददाति Acufafay I (30R. . sit. q. 2, 1, 266, 4. 317).] akar : (parivāy) Blame, accusation, censure. parivad parivādo mithyopadeśobhyuday-nihśre yasärtheşu kriy àvišeşeşvanyasyanyathā pravartanam . (ratnak. ți. 310). [परिवादो मिथ्योपदेशोऽभ्युदय-नित्रेयसार्थेषु famulan RRIRI wartai I (Tro. I. 3-10).] Rag : (parisapp) A reptile. parisarp R14 : (parissav) The cause of destroying karmas, destruction of bondage. परिसव R : (pariharan) Using, utilising. pariharan Rerah : (pariharavisuddhi) Purity attained by a particular penance lasting for eighteen months, an expiatory catharsis, purification. oferta ato : (pariy) Numerable, limited; seperate, independent; little, small, ota otum : (pariyakāy) One body with one soul. paritakay qurta : (pariyajiv) A soul with a separate body. परीतजीव qurtart : (pariyasamsāri) One who has to wander in this world for a short time. utatur oth : (parisah) A trouble, an affliction. parişah parişahāḥ kṣuttrtsitoşnādayah . (mūlā. VI. 5, 198) [INCE Tocado : (76. . 5, 198).] H e : (parisaha jay) Conquest of troubles, endurance of afflictions. परीषहजय teşām kşudhādi---s parişaha jayah . (br. dravyasam. t. 3 5). [asi gul--- RACURE I (q. Gari. . 35).] Page #196 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 172 45 : (parūvanā) Explanation, exposition. prarü pana oghādesehi---parüvaņā ņām . (dhav. pu. 2, pr. 411)ḥ. [arcafe--- OTA I (9. g. 2, q. 411):.] a : (parokkh) Indirect knowledge, non-perceptual cognition, meditate knowledge. Te jam parado viņņāņam tam tu parokkham ti bhaạidamatthesu . (p rav. sā. 1-58). [जं परदो विष्णाणं तं तु परोक्खं त भषिदमठेसु । (प्रव. सा. 1-58).) TRICHT : (palālag) A straw-bed, yellow. pala lak afer : (paliy) A wicked deed; karmic particles. palit TI : (pall) An innumerable quantity of years, i.e. a number of years crossing seventy-seven cyphers. Tu yo jana vistim yojanocchrāyam vittam palyam . (t. bhā . 4-15). [attaferritof magni qai Taqi (a. 1. 4-15).] Yatan : (pallo vam) An innumerable quantity of years, i.e. a number of years crossing seventy-seven cypher पल्योपम jam joyaņavitthiņņam---paliovamam ekkam . (paumac. 20, 6566). (v olurlakon--- tai geros 1 (9349. 20, 65-66).] 44711 : (pavattag) One who causes monks of observe asceticism, the administrative head of a group of monks. प्रवर्तक 479 : (pavattay) One who causes monks of observe asceticism, the administrative nead of a group of monks. प्रवर्तक 9 : (pavattiņi) A chief nun who causes others to observe asceticism, the female administrative head of a group of nuns. प्रवर्तिनी 947 : (pavatti) One who causes monks of observe asceticism, the administrative head of a group of monks. gak qavra : (pavayan) Scripture, sermon, Order, doctrine, creed. Wat pravacanam śrutajñānam tadupa yogānanyatvadvā sangh iti . (āv. ni. hari. vi. 179). [प्रवचनं श्रुतज्ञानं तदुपयोगानन्यत्वादा सच इति । (आव. नि. Page #197 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 173 हरि. वृ. 179).] पवयणमाइ: (pavayanamai) The mother of scriptures. प्रवचनमातृ पवाई : (pavai) A heretic. pravadi पवाउग : (pavaug) An opponent. pravaduk पवाउय : (pavāuy) An opponent. pravaduk पवीयार : (paviyar) Sexual enjoyment. praticar pravicaranam pravicaro maithunopasevanam . (t. slo. 4-7). [प्रवीचरणं प्रवीचरो मैथुनोपसेवनम् । (त. श्लो. 4-7).] पव्वइय : (pavvaiy) An ascetic. pravrajit prakarșen vra jati gatah pravrajitaḥ, ārambha parigrahāditi gamyate . (dasavai. ni. hari. v. 2, 158). [प्रकर्षेण व्रजति गतः प्रवजितः, आरम्भपरिग्रहादिति गम्यते । (दशवै. नि. हरि. वृ. 2, 158).] पव्वज्जा : (pavvajja) Initiation, consecration. प्रवज्या āh viraipariņāmo pavvajjā bhāvao jiņāeso . (pancav. 164) [आह विरइपरिणामो पव्वज्जा भावओ जिणाएसो । (पंचव. 164).] पस्सत्ता : (passattā) Apprehension, vision. pasyati पस्सवण : (passavan) Urine. prasavan पहावणा : (pahāvanā) Propagation of the law. prabhavana dhammaka hā ka haņeņ---dayāņukam pāe . (mülā. 5-67). [धम्मकहाकहणण---दयाणुकंपाए । (मूला. 5-67).] पहिय : (pahiy) An ascetic who tells the good or evil result of a question. प्राक्निक पाउकरण : (paukaran) A fault incurred by giving food to an ascetic by lighting a lamp. प्रादुष्करण sädhūnuddiśy----prāduşkaraṇam . (ācārā. sū. si. vi .2, 1, 266, p. 317). [साधूनुदिश्य---प्रादुष्करणम् । (आचारा. सू. शी. वृ. 2, 1, 266, पृ. 317).] पाठक्करप : (paukkaran) A fault incurred by giving food to an ascetic by lighting a lamp. प्रादुकरण sadhunuddisy---praduskaranam . (ācārā. su. si. vI . 2, 1, 266, pr. 317). [साधूनुद्दिश्य---प्रादुष्करणम् । (आचारा. सू. शी. वृ. 2, 1, 266, पृ. 317).] Page #198 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 174 9 : (pāogg) Reduction of karmic effect. प्रायोग्य quitata : (pão vagaman) Meeting death voluntarily in a tree-like motionless state. पादोपगमन mus : (pākhand) Heresy. papand qrist : (pākhandi) A heretic. påşandi sitas : (pādiccii) A sin owing to external things. प्रात्ययिकी apūrvadhikaraņotpădanāt prātyayiki kriya . (s. si. 6-5). [37afera TAG-a iritat fa (29. R. 6-5).] as BIRU : (pāļihāriy) Returnable. pră tiharik ut : (pāļiher) A majestic occurance, a miraculous happening. प्रतिहार्य T : (pāņ) A drink. pan T : (pān) A vitality, a life-principle, a vital element, life; out-breath, exhalation, a measure of time equal to breath. 414 hatthass anavagallass niruvakkiţthass jantuņo . ege ūs as-nisāse es pāņutti vuccai . (bhagavati. pr. 824). [हट्ठस्स अणवगल्लस्स निरुवक्किट्ठस्स जंतुणो । एगे ऊसास-णीसासे एस yfa goas I (ituaci. q. 824).) Arr: (pānag) A drink. pänak ragua : (pāņapunn) A virtue acquired by giving water out of compassion. पानपुण्य Tag : (pāņamoyan) Food and drink. pāna bhojan q alay : (pāņava varovan) Destruction of life, severance of a vitality. Taupinu quak: (pāņa vah) Destruction of life, severance of a vitality. ay qu$aru : (pāņāivāy) Injury to vitality, destruction of life, killing violence. MUITAICI pāņādivādo---himsā visayajiva vā vāro . (dhav. pu. 12, p.2 75-76). [greas)---foiluvaaia I (99. g. 12, 9.275-76).] Page #199 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI qpışarıåruy : (pāṇāivāyaviraman) Non-violence, non-killing, non-injuring, abstinence from violence, refraining from killing or injuring. प्राणातिपातविरमण suhumādījīvāṇam---hoi mūlaguno (dharmasam. hari. 858). [सुहुमादीजीवाणं --- होइ मूलगुणो । ( धर्मसं. हरि. 858) . ] q: (pāņi) A sentient being, a living being, an animate being. प्राणी pānā eyass santi tti pāņi. (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 119). [पाणा एयरस संति त्ति पाणी । (धव. पु. 1, पृ. 119 ) .] (pamann) Validity. prāmāny jñānasy prame ya vyabhicäritvam prāmānyam. (pr n. t. 1-18). [ ज्ञानस्य प्रमेयाऽव्यभिचारित्वं प्रामाण्यम् । (प्र. न. त. 1-18).] (pamicc) Borrowing for an ascetic. प्रामित्य pāmiccam---vatthamāisu. (pindani. 316). [ पामिच्चं - - - वत्थमाईसु । (पिण्डनि 316).] . : rufas (pāyacchitt) An expiation, an atonement. प्रायाश्चित्त payacchittam tti tavo jen visujjhadi hu puvvakayapa vam payacchittam patto tti ten vuttam dasaviham tu. (m ŭlā. 5-164). [पायच्छित्तं त्ति तवो जेण विसुज्झदि हु पुव्वकयपावं । पायच्छित्तं पत्तो त्ति तेण वृत्तं दसविहं तु । (मूला 5-164) . ] guga (payapuñchan) A piece of cloth to wipe the feet. पादप्रोञ्छन qual: (pāyavo vagaman) Meeting death voluntarily in a tree-like motionless state. पादपोपगमन ta tränaśaninaḥ---pāda po pagamanamiti. (dasavai. ni. hari. vṛ. 1-47, pr. 26). [ तत्रानशनिन: - - - पादपोपगमनमिति । (दशवै नि. हरि वृ. 1-47, पृ. 26).] rifa: (pārañci) Expulsion from the Order. pārāñcik jo so pārañcio---puvvaharānam hodi. (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 62-63). [ जो सो पारंचिओ --- पुव्वहराणं होदि । ( धव. पु. 13, पृ. 62-63).] 175 Page #200 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 176 riau : (pārañciy) Expulsion from the Order. पाराञ्चिक jo so pārañcio---puvvaharāņam hodi . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 62-63). [जो सो पारंचिओ---पुव्वहराणं होदि । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 62-63).] पारण : (paran) Breaking a fast. paran पारपग : (pāranag) Breaking a fast. paramak पारणा : (paranā) Breaking a fast. parana पारमत्यिय: (paramatthiy) Real, transcendental. पारमार्थिक पारिग्गहिई : (pariggahii) A sin due to an attachment to property. पारिग्रहिकी parigrahāvināśarthā pārigrahiki kriya . (s. si. 6 -5). [परिग्रहाविनाशार्था पारिग्राहिकी क्रिया । (स. सि. 6-5).] पारिपामिई : (parinamii) Mature intelligence. पारिपामिकी niy-niyajadivisese uppannā pāranamiki nāmā . (ti. p . 4, 1828). [णिय-णियजादिविसेसे उप्पण्णा पारणामिकी णामा । (ति. प. 4, 1828).] पारिणामिय : (parinamiy) Inherent, natural. parinamik bhāvāntaro pādānam---pāriņāmikah . (t. vrtti śrut. 5 -37). [भावान्तरोपादानं---पारिणामिकः । (त. वृत्ति श्रुत. 5-37).] पारियावपिया : (pariyavaniya) A sin incurred by troubling others. पारितापनिका duhkhotpattitantratvat paritāpiki kriyā . (s. s i. 685). [दुःखोत्पत्तितन्त्रत्वात् पारितापिकी क्रिया । (स. सि. 685).] पारिहारिय : (parihariy) An ascetic who accepts food avoiding all faults; a performer of a particular penance for a period of eighteen months. पारिहारिक पाव : (pav) Evil karma, sinful karma, evil, sin. pap sammatten suden y viradie kasāyaṇiggahaguņehim . jo par inado s punno tavvivariden pāvam tu . (mula. 5-37). [सम्मत्तेण सुदेण य विरदीए कसायणिग्गहगुणेहिं । जो परिणदो स पुण्णो तब्विवरीदेण पावं तु । (मूला. 5-37).] Page #201 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 177 पावसा : (pavag) Sinful, wicked. papak पावचपिय : (pāvacaniy) A preceptor well-versed in scriptures. argaras पावपइडि : (pāvapaidi) A species of sinful karma. पापप्रकृति pāpaprakrtah katukarasā asubhā ucyante . (satak. de. svo • VI. 1). [पापप्रकृतः कटुकरसा अशुभा उच्यन्ते । (शतक. दे. स्वो. वृ. 1).] पावपयडि : (pavapayadi) A species of sinful karma. पापप्रकृति pāpaprakrtah katukarasa asubha ucyante . (satak. de. svo . VI. 1). [पापप्रकृतः कटुकरसा अशुभा उच्यन्ते । (शतक. दे. स्वो. वृ. 1).] पावयपिय : (pavayaniy) A preceptor well-versed in scriptures. प्रावधनिक पासंड : (pāsand) Heresy. pasand पासंडी : (pasandi) A heretic. pasandi पासत्य : (pasatth) An ascetic fallen from right conduct. पार्श्वस्थ पासत्य : (pāsatth) An ascetic fallen from right conduct. पाशस्थ pāsotti bandhaṇanti y egaţtham bandhahe yavo păsă · păsātthi o pāsattho---. (vyav. bhā. 1-229, pr. 111). [पासोत्ति बंधणंति य एगळं बंधहेयवो पासा । पासाथिओ पासत्यो---1 (व्यव. भा. 1-229, पृ. 111).] पासुग : (pasug) Lifeless. prasuk pagadā osaridā āsavā jamhā tam pāsuam, adhavà jam ņira vajjam tam pāsuam . (dhav. pu. 8, pr. 87) [पगदा ओसरिदा आसवा जम्हा तं पासुअं, अधवा जं गिरवज्जं तं पासुझं । (धव. पु. 8, पृ. 87)] पासुय : (pasuy) Lifeless. prasuk pagadā osarida āsavā jamhā tam păsuam, adhavä jam ņiravajjam tam pāsuam . (dhav. pu. 8, pr. 87) [पगदा ओसरिदा आसवा जम्हा तं पासुअं, अधवा जं गिरवज्जं तं पासुअं । (धव. पु. 8, पृ. 87)] Page #202 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 178 178 पाहुड : (pāhud) A chapter; a quarrel; a present. प्राभूत jamhā padehi pudam (phudam) tamhā pāhudam . (k. pā. cj. p. 29). [जम्हा पदेहि पुदं (फुड) तम्हा पाहुडं । (क. पा. चू. पृ. 29).] पाहुडपाहुड : (pāhudapāhud) A sub-chapter. प्राभृतप्राभूत sankhe jjāņi aniyogaddārāņi ghettün egam pāhudapāhudasu dananam hodi . (dhav. pu. 13, p. 278). [संखेज्जाणि अणियोगदाराणि घेत्तूण एगं पाहुडपाहुडसुदणाणं होदि । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 278).] पाहुडिया : (pāhudiyā) A fault incurred by offering food etc. to an ascetic as a gift. erytroom prakaraṇasy sādhvarthamutsarpanamavasarpaņam vā prābhịtikā . (aca. si. v. 2, 1, 266, pr. 317). [प्रकरणस्य साध्वर्थमुत्सर्पणमवसर्पणं वा प्राभृतिका । (आचा. शी. वृ. 2, 1, 266, पृ. 317).] पिंडत्य : (pindatth) Concentration upon certain material objects. पिण्डस्थ पिंडपइडी : (pindapaidi) A collective type of body-making karma. पिण्डप्रकृति evamedao (gadi-jadipahudio) yao badalisam pindayadio . k o pindo nās ? bahunam payadinam sandoho pindo. (dhav. pu. 13, p-. 336). [एवमेदाओ (गदि-जादिपहुडिओ) या बादालीसं पिंडयडीओ । को पिंडो पास ? बहूर्ण पयडीणं संदोहो पिंडो. (धव. पु. 13, प-. 336).] पिंडपयडी : (pindapayadi) A collective type of body-making karma. पिण्डप्रकृति evamedao (gadi-jadipahudio) yao badalisam pindayadio . k o pindo nās ? bahānam payadinam sandoho pindo. (dhav. pu. 13, P-. 336). [एवमेदाओ (गदि-जादिपहुडिओ) या बादालीसं पिंडयडीओ । को पिंडो णास ? बहूर्ण पयडीणं संदोहो पिंडो. (धव. पु. 13, प-. 336).] पिंडलग : (pindalag) One who lives on alms. pindalak पिंडवाय : (pindavay) Alms. pindapat Page #203 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 179 पिंडविसन्ति : (pindavisuddhi) Purity of food. पिण्डविशुद्धि पिंडेसणा : (pindesanā) Search of food. pindaisana पिदिय : (pihiy) A fault incurred by an ascetic by accepting food covered with an animate thing. पिहित saccitten v pihidam athavā acittagurugapihidam c. tam chandiy jam deyam pihidam tam hodi bodhavvo . (mālā. 6-47 ). [सच्चित्तेष व पिहिदं अथवा अचित्तगुरुगपिहिदं च । तं इंडिय जं देयं पिहिदं तं होदि बोधव्वो । (मूला. 6-47).] पीयलेसा : (piyalesa) Yellow thought-tint. pitalesya pitavamadravyavastambhāt pitalesy . (t. bhā. siddh . v. 2-6). [पीतवर्णद्रव्यावष्टम्भात् पीतलेश्या । (त. भा. सिद्ध. वृ. 2-6).] पीयलेस्सा : (piyalessā) Yellow thought-tint. पीतलेश्या pitavamadravyāvastambhāt pitalesyā . (t. bha. siddh . . 2-6). [पीतवर्णद्रव्यावष्टम्भात् पीतलेश्या । (त. भा. सिड. वृ. 2-6).] पुवेय : (pumvey) Masculing desire. pum ved पुक्सरिपी : (pukkharini) A lotus-pond. pusalarial पुग्गल : (puggal) Matter; flesh. pudgal khandhā des-padesă aņu tti vi y poggalā rūvi. (mülā. 5-35). [खंधा देस-पदेसा अणु ति वि य पोग्गला रूवी । (मूला. 5-35).] पुग्गलत्यिकाय : (puggalatthikāy) An extensive substane in the form of matter. पुद्गलास्तकाय पुग्गलपक्सेव : (puggalapakkhev) Throwing of pebbles(transperent crystals) etc. पुद्गलप्रक्षेप losthādinipatah pudgalaksepah . (s. si. 7-31). [लोष्ठादिनिपात पुद्गलक्षेप । (स. सि. 7-31).] पुग्गलपरावट्ट : (puggalaparāvatt) A period required by a soul for absorbing all the material particles of the universe as gross body etc. पुद्गलपरावर्त osappiņi añantā poggalapariyațţao muñeyavvo . te nant a tiyaddhā aṇāgayaddhā anan taguņā . (prav. sāro. 162). [ओसप्पिणी अणंता पोग्गलपरियट्टओ मुणेयव्वो । ते ऽणंता तीयदा अणागयडा अणतगुणा । (प्रव. सारो. 162).] Page #204 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI quicurati : (puggalaparavatt) A period required by a soul for absorbing all the material particles of the universe as gross body etc. पुद्गलपरावर्त osappini anantă poggala pariyaṭṭao muneyavvo te nant ā tīyaddhā aṇāgayaddhā aṇantaguņā (prav. sāro. 162). [ओसप्पिणी अनंता पोग्गलपरियट्टओ मुणेयव्वो । ते ऽणंता तीयद्धा अणायद्धा अनंतगुणा । ( प्रव. सारो. 162).] quaukaçe : (puggalaparivaṭṭ) A period required by a soul for absorbing all the material particles of the universe as gross body etc. पुद्गलपरिवर्त quarkan (puggala parivatt) A period required by a soul for absorbing all the material particles of the universe as gross body etc. पुद्गलपरिवर्त go (pucchaṇā) Enquiring. pṛcchana pucchaṇā suttass atthass vā bhavati. (daśavai cũ. pr. 2 8). [पुच्छणा सुत्तस्स अत्यस्स वा भवति । (दशवै चू. पृ. 28 ) . ] (pudhakk) From two to nine. prthaktv पुटक्क विद्यक्क : ( pudhakkaviyakk ) Meditating upon the ye difference among the modes of a substance according to scriptural knowledge. पृथक्त्ववितर्क year (pudhavikāy) An earth-bodied soul. pṛthvikäy kāyaḥ śariram, pṛthivikāyajiparityaktaḥ pṛthvīkāyaḥ . (s si. 2-13). [कायः शरीरम्, पृथिवीकायजीपरित्यक्तः पृथ्वीकाय ं । (स. सि. 2-13).] पुढविसिलापट्टग : ( pudhavisilāpattag) An earthen slab as a plank. पृथ्वीशिलापट्टक पुढवीकाय : (pudhavikay) An earth-bodied soul. pṛthvikay kāyaḥ śariram, pṛthivīkāyajiparityaktaḥ pṛthvikayaḥ. (s si. 2-13). [कायः शरीरम्, पृथिवीकायजीपरित्यक्तः पृथ्वीकाय: । (स. सि. 2-13).] gч (punabhav) Rebirth. punarbhav qu: (punn) Good karma, virtuous karma, good virtue. पुण्य suhapayadio punnam (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 352). [ सुहपयडीओ पुण्णं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 352 ) . ] 180 Page #205 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 181 goorusts : (puņnapaiļi) A species of virtuous karma. पुण्यप्रकृति punyapraksta yo jivāhlādajanakāḥ śubhā ucyante . (śatak. de. Svo. v. 1). [quyunut valescE THI gani (Idos. &. a. a. 1).] quoquuß : (punnapa yaļi) A species of virtuous karma. पुण्यप्रकृति punyaprakstayo jivāhlāda jana kāḥ śubhā ucyante . (satak. de. svo. VI. 1). [पुण्यप्रकृतयो जीवाहलादजनका: शुभा उच्यन्ते । (शतक. दे. स्वो. q. 1).] gva : (purākamm) A sin due to washing of hands etc. before giving food to an ascetic. groot Todo : (purusavey) Masculine desire. puruşam ved purisa ve dodaen purisa vedo . (dhav. pu. 7, pr. 79). Cyfrydstopy grydet i (eta. 9. 7, 9. 79).] TAISIA : (purusādānijj) Honourable, respectable, reversed. TøUCIARI 1024 : (puro kamm) A sin due to washing of hands etc. before giving food to an ascetic. gear goa : (puw) A period equal to eighty-four lakhs of Purvangas; a scripture that was composed first, 84x84=7356 lakh years. पूर्व caupāsitipuvvangasayasahassāim se ege puvve . (bhagavati. 6, 7, 4, pr. 826). [7134kifayodinHUNGRYTS À OTT god I (Hadit. 6, 7, 4, q. 826).] gogga : (puvvabhav) Previous birth, former life. पूर्वभव gour : (puvvayar) Predecessor. pūrvacar gorru : (puvvaray) Sexual enjoyments earlier experienced. पूर्वरत gaad : (puvvavam) Inference by predecence. pūrvavat godt : (puvavang) A period equal to eighty-four lakhs of years. पूर्वाङ्ग Page #206 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 182 9031 : (puvvavia) One versed in the Purva texts. पूर्वविद goalas : (puwvavid) One versed in the Purva texts. पूर्वविद gog : (puvvahar) One versed in the Purva texts. पूर्वधर gaat : (puvvi) One versed in the Purva texts. प्रा 594 : (pūikamm) Mixing of pure food with the impure. पूतिकर्म appāsuen missam pāsuyadavvam tu pūdikammam tam. (mūi ā. 6-9). (370484pa mucod a fi I (. 6-9).] T : (pekkhā) Reflection, inspection. pre kşa du, 031 : (pey, pea) Attachment. preyas 4993. : (pesapaog) Sending a servant outside the prescribed sphere. प्रेयसप्रयोग Ruant : (pesapariccāg) A Vow in which the lay-votary does not ask his servant to do any work. प्रेयसपरित्याग du Roan : (pesapariccăg) A vow in which the lay-votary does not ask his servant to do any work. प्रेयसपरित्याग dhe Roare : (pesapariccāy) A vow in which the lay-votary does not ask his servant to do any work. प्रेयसपरित्याग 1 : (pesunn) Slander, back-biting. paisuny prstha to doşāvişkaranam paiśünyam . (t. vä. 1, 20, 12 s pr. 75). [qon shafas RU ERT I (a.al. 1, 20, 12, q. 75).] dikap : (pessapariccây) A vow in which the lay-votary does not ask his servant to do any work. प्रेयसपरित्याग fr : (poggaliy) Material. paudgalik U : (poyag) A cotton cloth. po tak Page #207 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI ___183 183 पोयज : (poyaj) One born in a bare state. potaj पोयय : (poyay) One born in a bare state. potaj पोरसी : (porusi) A watch, a quarter of a day or night. पौरुपी पोसह : (posah) Self-observation,spiritual activity. पोषक्ष पोसह : (posah) Self-observation, spiritual activity. पौषध HEHICH : (posa hasālā) A place for observing spiritual activity. पौषधशाला पोसहोववास : (posahovavas) Fasting combined with self-observation. पोषधोपवास pausadhapavāsaḥ aştamyādiparvadinesūpavasanam, āhārādityāg ityarthah . (aupapa. abhay. vr. 48, pr. 101). [पौषधपवास अष्टम्यादिपर्वदिनेषूपवसनम्, आहारादित्याग इत्यर्थः । (औपपा. अभय, वृ. 48, पृ. 181).] फंदण : (phandan) Vibration. spandan फड्ड : (phadd) A group of karmic particles. sparddhak phadda yaparūvaņāe asankhe jjāo vaggaņão sedhie asakhe jjadibhāg mettiyo tamegam phaddayam hodi . (satkham. 4, 2, 4, 182) [फध्यपरूवणाए असंखेज्जाओ वग्गणाओ सेटीए असखेज्जदिभागमेतीयो तमेगं फट्यं होदि । (षट्खें. 4, 2, 4, 182).] 4551 : (phaddag) A group of karmic particles. स्पर्टक phaddayaparūvaņāe asankhejjāo vaggaņão sedhie asakhe jjadi bhāg mettiyo tamegam phaddayam hodi . (satkham. 4, 2, 4, 182) [फद्दयपरूवणाए असंखेज्जाओ वग्गणाओ सेटीए असखेज्जदिभागमेतीयो तमेगं फयं होदि । (षट्खें. 4, 2, 4, 182).] 4554 : (phaddug) A group of karmic particles. स्पर्दक phadda yaparūvaņãe asankhe jjão vaggañão sedhie asakhe jjadibhāg mettiyo tamegam phaddayam hodi . (satkham. 4, 2, 4, 182) [फयपरूवणाए असंखेज्जाओ वग्गणाओ सेटीए असखेज्जदिभागमेत्तीयो तमेगं फयं होदि । (षट्खें. 4, 2, 4, 182).] Page #208 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI फास : (phās) Touch. spars फासण : ( phāsan ) The tactile sense-organ. sparśan atmanā spṛśyate nene ti sparśanam, spṛśatiti spar sanam (s. si. 2-19). [आत्मना स्पृश्यतेऽनेनेति स्पर्शनम्, स्पृशतीति स्पर्शनम् । (स. सि. 2-19 ) . ] फासमिन्दिय : (phāsanindiy) The tactile sense organ. स्पर्शेन्द्रिय atmanā spṛśyate nene ti sparśanam, spṛśatiti spar śanam (s. si. 2-19). [आत्मना स्पृश्यतेऽनेनेति स्पर्शनम्, स्पृशतीति स्पर्शनम् । (स. सि. 2-19).] फासणेन्दिय : (phāsanendiy) The tactile sense organ. स्पर्शेन्द्रिय ātmanā spṛśyate nene ti sparśanam, spṛśatiti spar sanam (s. si. 2-19). [आत्मना स्पृश्यतेऽनेनेति स्पर्शनम्, स्पृशतीति स्पर्शनम् । (स. f. 2-19).] फौडकम्म : (phodakamm) Livelihood from hewing. sphotakarm phodikamm_udattenam halen vā bhūmiphodanam (av. hari. vr 6-7, pr. 829). [फोडिकम्म उदत्तेणं हलेण वा भूमीफोडणं । ( आव. हरि वृ. 6-7, पृ. 829).] बंध: (bandh) Bondage of karmas; binding. bandh jam suhamasuhamudinnam bhavam ratto kare di jadi appā . so ten havadi bandho poggala kammen vivihen. (pañcā. kā. 1 47). [जं सुहमसुहमुदिण्णं भावं रत्तो करेदि जदि अप्पा 1 सो तेण हवदि बंधो पोग्गलकम्मेण विविण । (पंचा. का. 147).] बंघण : (bandhan) Binding, bondage bandhan bandhanam samyamanam rajjunigadādibhih (dhyānas. hari. vr. 19) badhyatestaprakāram karm yen tadbandhanam. (kar mapr. malay. vṛ. bam. k. 2, pṛ.19). [बन्धनं संयमनं रज्जुनिगडादिभिः । (ध्यानश हरि वृ. 19). बध्यतेऽष्टप्रकारं कर्म येन तद्बन्धनम् । ( कर्मप्र. मलय. वृ. बं. क. 2, पृ. 19).] 184 Page #209 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI (bambhacer) Celibacy, continence. brahmacary vrata paripālanay jñānābhivṛddhaye kaṣāyaparipākāy c guruk ulavāso brahmacaryam. (t. bhā. 9-6-207) [ व्रतपरिपालनाय ज्ञानाभिवृद्धये कषायपरिपाकाय च गुरुकुलवासो ब्रह्मचर्यम् । (त. भा. 9-6-207) ] (bambhan) Celibace, salvation, self-knowledge, self-restraint. jo loe bambhano---tam vayam būm māhanam. (paṭhā. 27). [ जो लोए बंभणो---- तं वयं बूम माहणं । ( पाठा. 27 ) . ] (baus) An ascetic who cares for the adornment of his body and implements and whose mind is spotted by infatuation, a spotted ascetic. बकुश, मूढता, कलंकित uvagaraṇ---vāusā bhaṇiyā. (dharmaratnapr. 135, pr. 84). [उवगरण --- वाउसा भणिया । (धर्मरत्नप्र. 135, पृ. 84 ).] (bagus) An ascetic who cares for the adornment of his body and implements and whose mind is spotted by infatuation, a spotted ascetic. बकुश, मूढता, कलंकित uvagaraṇ---vāusā bhaṇiyā. (dharmaratnapr. 135, pr. 84). [उवगरण --- वाउसा भणिया । (धर्मरत्नप्र. 135, पृ. 84 ) . ] ፡ (baddha pitth) Closely touched. baddhasprst (baladev) The elder brother of a Vasudeva. बलदेव THE (balabhadd) Baldeva. balabhadr aflafs (bahio vahi) External alien belongings. redturfor (bahimuh) Extrovert. bahirmukh afgura (bahiyātav) External austerity, physical penance. बास्यतप so nam bahiratavo jen mano dukkadam n utthedi jen y saddhā jāyadi jen y jogā ņ hiyante. (mūlā. 5-161). [सो णाम बाहिरतवो जेण मणो दुक्कडं ण उट्ठेदि । जेण य सद्धा जायदि जेण य जोगा ण हीयंते । (मूला 5-161 ).] afuaf (bahiyavatti) External concomitance. afgoufita pakṣādanyatr vyāptiḥ bahirvyāptiḥ. (siddhivi. v. 6-5, pr. 382). [ पक्षादन्यत्र व्याप्तिः बहिर्व्याप्तिः । (सिद्धिवि. वृ. 6-5, q. 382).] 185 Page #210 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 186 - aftu : (bahirattā) Exterior self. bahira tma antar-bahirajappe jo vattai so havei bahirappa . (ni. s a. 158). [अंतर-बाहिरजप्पे जो वट्टइ सो हवेइ बहिरप्पा । (नि. सा. 158).] बहिरमुह : (bahiramuh) Extrovert. bahirmukh बहिव्यत्ति : (bahivwatti) External concomitance. बहियाप्ति paksadanyati vyaptih bahirvyaptih . (siddhivi. v. 6-5, p. 382). [पक्षादन्यत्र व्याप्तिः बहिाप्तिः । (सिडिवि. वृ. 6-5. पृ. 382).] बहुबीयग : (bahubiyag) Having numerous seeds. bahubi jak atthiy tendu---bahubiyaga, settam rukkha . (prajnap . su. 23, ga. 15-17). [अस्थिय तेंदु---बहुबीयगा, सेत्तं रुक्खा । (प्रज्ञाप. सू. 23, गा. 15-17).] बहुरय: (bahuray) A doctrine which holds that an act takes many a moment for its performance. बहुरत बहुसय , बहुस्सुय : (bahusuy , bahussuy) One versed in many scriptures, a very learned person. बहुत bahuśrutată yugapradhānāgamatā . (uttară. ni. śă. v. 5 8, p. 39). [बहुश्रुतता युगप्रधानागमता । (उत्तरा. नि. शा. वृ. 58, पृ. 39).] बादर : (bādar) Gross. badar bādaraśabdaḥ sthūla paryāyaḥ . (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 249). [बादरशब्दः स्थूलपर्याय । (धव. पु. 1, पृ. 249).] बादरकाय : (badarakāy) A gross-bodied being. badaralay बादरणाम : (bādaranām) A kind of body-making karma which causes gross body. बादरनाम jass kamamss udaen jívā bādarā honti tam bādaraņām . (dh v. pu. 13, p. 365). [जस्स कमम्स्स उदएण जीवा बादरा होंति तं बादरणाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 365).] बदरनम : (badaranām) A kind of body-making karma which causes gross body. बादरनाम jass kamamss udaen jivā bâdarā honti tam bădaraņām . (dh v. pu. 13, p. 365). [जस्स कमम्स्स उदएण जीवा बादरा होति तं बादरपाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 365).] Page #211 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 187 187 STRU : (bādarasamparay) One in whom passions occur in a gross form. बादरसम्पराय sâmparāyah kaşayah bādaraḥ sāmparāyo yasy s vădarasāmparā yah. (s. si. 9, 12). [साम्परायः कषायः बादर साम्परायो यस्य स वादरसाम्परायः । (स. सि. 9, 12).] HIGIJO : (bala tav) An ignorant practice of penance, childish penance. बालतप bālo mūdhah ityanarthāntaram, tasy tapo bāla tapah. (t. bh a. 6-20). Cant : TAUTR4, PO aut all I (a. 41. 6-20).] Taitu : (bālapiņdiy) A lay-votary, one with partial renunciation. T PS CATART : (bālamaran) Foolish death, an ignorant form of leath, childish death. 1 4 balamaran asaijamamaranamityarthah . (uttara. cũ. Dr. 128). ATTHET 3RİH R UE I (JARI. a. q. 128).] ist : (biibuddhi) One having intellect like a seed which leads him to many meanings from a word having one neaning. बीजबुदि vi japadasarūvāvagamo bi jabuddhi . (dhav. pu. 9, pr. 59). 545 art aftuest 1 (ga. 9. 9, 4. 59).] 5 : (buddh) Omniscient, Tirthankara; enlightened, earned. बुद्ध evala jñānādyanantagunasahitatvád buddhaḥ . (br. drav rasam. ți. 27). Tamargoftare qe i (q. cari. a. 7).] foto: (buddhi) intelligence, intellect; vivid etermination. बुद्धि T : (bondi) Body. bondi le : (bodh) Comprehension. bodh tma pari jñānamişyate bodhaḥ (pu. si. 216). 316afnfrard ale i (g. R. 216).] h : (bodhi) Right belief. bodhi prăptānām hi samyagdarśanādinām prāptirbo dhih (ratnak. ți. 2-2). अप्राप्तानां हि सम्यग्दर्शनादीनां प्राप्तिबोधि । (रत्नक. 1. 2-2).) Page #212 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI बोधिदुल्लहत्त : (bodhidullahatt) Rarity of right belief. बोषिदुर्लभत्व बोह : (boh) Comprehension. bodh atmaparijnanamisyate bodhah . (pu. si. 216). [आत्मपरिज्ञानमिष्यते बोधः । (पु. सि. 216).] बोहि : (bo hi) Right belief. bodhi aprāptānām hi samyagdarśanādinām prāptirbodhih . (ratnak. ki. 2-2). [अप्राप्तानां हि सम्यग्दर्शनादीनां प्राप्तिर्बोधिः । (रत्नक. टी. 2-2).] बोहिदल्लहत्त : (bo hidullahatt) Rarity of right belief. बोधिदुर्लभत्व भंग : (bhang) A division, a fold. bhang भंगिय : (bhangiy) A cloth of flax. bhangik भज्ज : (bhajj) Optional, contingent, indefinite. bha jy भट्ट : (bhatt) An honourable one. bhatt भट्टारग : (bhattarag) A venerable one. bhattarak bhațţăn paņditān arayati prerayatīti bhattārakaḥ . (jin sah. asa. ki. 3-9, pr. 155). [भट्टान् पण्डितान् अस्यति प्रेरयतीति भट्टारकः । (जिनसह. आशा. टी. 3-9, पृ. 155).] भत्तकहा : (bhattakahā) A talk about food. bhaktakatha bhaktasy kathā---bhakta ka thāḥ . (mūlā. VI. 9-89). [भकस्य कथा---भक्तकथा: । (मूला. वृ. 9-89).] भत्तपच्चक्खाण : (bhattapaccakkhān) Fasting. भकप्रत्याख्यान bhattapaccakkhâņam ņām ke valamev bhattam paccakkhā tam, ņ tu cankamaņādikriyā, pāņam vā ņ ņirumbhati . (uttarā. cũ. pr. 129). [भत्तपच्चक्खाणं णाम केवलमेव भत्तं पच्चक्खातं, ण तु चकमणादिक्रिया, पार्ण वा ण णिरुभति । (उत्तरा. चू. पृ. 129).] भत्तपरिण्पा, भत्तपरिन्ना : (bhattaparinna, bhattaparinnā) Abandoning of food for ever. bhatta pari jñā bhaktaparijñā---yathāsamādhibhāvatovagantavyā . (daśavai. ni . hari. VI. 47). [भक्तपरिज्ञा---यथासमाधिभावतोऽवगन्तव्या । (दशवै. नि. हरि. वृ. 47).] Page #213 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 189 भत्तपाण : (bhattapan) food and water. bhaktapan भदन्त : (bhadant) Respectable revered. bhadant HET : (bhaddā) A penance to be performed in a particular posture for two days. TGT भदोत्तरा : (bhaddottarā) A particular penance. भादोत्तरा for : (bhanti) Lapse of memory. bhrānti sadrsadarsanādviparyayajnānam bhrāntih . (kāvyanu. 6 , pr. 284). [सदृशदर्शनाद्विपर्ययज्ञानं भ्रान्तिः । (काव्यानु. 6, पृ. 284).] भय : (bhay) A deluding karma that causes fear. bhay jass kammass udaeņ jivass satt bhayāni samuppa jjanti t m kammam bhayam nam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 361). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण जीवस्स सत्त भयाणि समुप्पज्जति तं कम्मं भर्य णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 361).] भयणा : (bhayana) Option, contingency, idenfiniteness. भजना भयपिज्ज : (bhayanijj) Optional, contignet, indefinite. भजनीय भयसप्पा : (bhayasannā) The instinct of fear. bhayasali jna aibhimadamsaņen y tassuvaogen ūnasatten. bhaya kammudiraņāe bhayasaộnā jāyade cauhim. (go. ji. 135). [अइभीमदंसणेण य तस्सुवओगेण ऊपसत्तेण । भयकम्मुदीरणाए भयसण्णा जायदे चउहिं । (गो. जी. 135).] भयसन्ना : (bhayasannā) The instinctof fear. bhayasan jna aibhimadamsanen y tassuvaogen ūņasatten . bhaya kammudiraņāe bhayasannā jāyade cauhim . (go. ji. 135). [अइभीमदसणेण य तस्सुवओगेण ऊणसत्तेण । भयकम्मुदीरणाए भयसण्णा जायदे चउहिं । (गो. जी. 135).] भवण । (bhavan) A type of residential quarters meant for gods. भवन valahi-kudavivajjiya sur-narāvāsā bhavanāni nām . (dhav. pu . 14, pr. 495). [वलहि-कूडविवज्जिया सुर-णरावासा भवणाणि णाम । (धव. पु. 14, पृ. 495).] Page #214 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 190 H aş : (bhavana vai) A residential god. bhavanapati hayarit : (bhavaņavāsi) A residential god. bhavana visi bhavanesu vasantitye vam śīlā bhavanavāsinah. (s. si. 4-10) [Hay Quild zich 4-10RTE I (H. A. 4-10),] 9 : (bhavantar) Another life. bhavantar Haytay : (bhavapaccay) Owing to birth. bhava pratyay H049 : (bhavabambhan) Wandering in the worldly life. भावशमण Ha : (bhavavirah) The end of worldly existence. भवविरह Hallo : (bhavasiddhiy) A soul fit to attain emancipation. भवसिद्रिक Ray : (bhaviy) Capable of salvation. bhavik Han : (bhaviyattā) A meritorious man, a virtuous soul. भावितात्म Hoe : (bhavy) Capable of salvation, bhavy bhavya siddhiryasyāsau bhavyaḥ . (t. bhā. siddh. vr. 2 -7). [Han R RUNT HQE1 (a. 11. 16. q. 2-7).] H16T014 : (bhädagakamm) Livelihood from letting beasts of burden etc. on hire. Cao bhāļikammam--- baladde yn deti . (äv. 6, pr. 829). [Histon Hi---OSE g afa l (3119. 6, 9. 829).] Ara : (bhāv) State, mode, modification, condition, inclination, intention, thought, nature, quality, psyche, mind, object, thing, actuality, reality. 410 bhāvaḥ aupaśamikādilakṣaṇaḥ . (s. si. 1-8). [HTC 3114 at 1 (F. R. 1-8).] T4 : (bhāvanā) Contemplation, reflection, thought, disposition, intention, mentality, attitude. HET bhāvyate iti bhāvanā, bhāvanā dhyānābhyāsakriyatyarthah . (dhyānaś. hari. Vr. 2). [rand shot 4-1, 47 BUR BURU I (ENY. ff. q. 2).] Page #215 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 191 भावबंध : (bhāvabandh) Psychical bondage. bhāvabandh uvaogamao jivo mujjhadi rajjedi vā padussedi . pappa v ividhe visae jo hi puno tehim sambandho . (prav. sā. 283). [उवओगमओ जीवो मुज्झदि रज्जेदि वा पदुस्सेदि । पप्पा विविधे विसए जो हि पुणो तेहिं संबंधो । (प्रव. सा. 2-83).] भावविसुति : (bhāvavisuddhi) Purity of thought, mental purity. भावविशुदित bhāvāviśuddhimisakalmaşată, dharmasādhanāmātrāsvapi anabh isvaigah . (t. bhā. 9-6, pr. 195). [भावाविशुद्धिनिषकल्मषता, धर्मसाधनामात्रास्वपि अनभिष्वङ्गः । (त. भा. 9-6, पृ. 195).] भावसाहु : (bhavasahu) A real ascetic. bhavasādhu je nivvānasāhae joge sādhayanti te bhāvasādhavo bhannanti. (dasavai. c. pr. 261). [जे णिव्वाणसाहए जोगे साधयंति ते भावसाधवो भण्णंति । (दशवै. चू. पृ. 261).] भावसुय : (bhavasuy) Scriptural knowledge. bhavasrut khayovasamaladdhi bhāvasutam . (nandi. cu. pr. 34). [खयोवसमलद्री भावसुतं । (नन्दी. चू. पृ. 34).] भावस्सुय : (bhavassuy) Scriptural knowledge. bhāvakrut khayovasamaladdhi bhāvasutam . (nandi. c. pr. 34). [खयोवसमलद्धी भावसुतं । (नन्दी. चू. पृ. 34).] भासापरिपइ : (bhāsāparinai) Modification of material particles in the form of speech. भाषापरिपति भासासमिइ : (bhāsāsamii) Carefulness in speaking. भाषासमिति pesunn-has-kakkas-paranindapp-pasamsiyam vayanam . paricatt as-parahiyam bhāsāsamidi vadantass . (ni. sā. 62). [पेसुण्ण-हास-कक्कस-परणिंदप्प-पसंसियं वयणं । परिचत्ता स-परहियं भासासमिदी वदंतस्स । (नि. सा. 62).] भिक्खाचरिया : (bhikkhācariya) Begging alms. bhikacarya मिक्खायारी : (bhikkhayani) Begging alms. bhikacari मिक्खुचरिया : (bhikkhucariya) The conduct of an ascetic. मिचर्य Page #216 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI fego (bhikkhuņi) A nun. bhikṣuņi भिक्खुपडिमा : (bhikkhupadima) A particualr penance or vow observed by the ascetic. भिक्षुप्रतिमा quчRaw: (bhuyaparisapp) A reptile moving on the arms. भुजपरिसर्प T: (bhūy) A living being. bhut ayurnāma karmodayavaśād bhavanad bhūtāni sarvai präņinah (t. slo. 6-12). [ आयुर्नामकर्मोदयवशाद् भवनाद् भूतानि सर्वे प्राणिनः । (त. श्लो. 6-12).] Tu: (bhūyatth) Real, truth. bhütärth भूयवाद : (bhūyavād) Realism. bhū tavād Tar (bhüyavāy) Realism. bhūtavād (bhey) Division, dissociation, differene, distinction. भेद samaniddhadā samalhukkhadā bhedc. (şṣatkham. 5, 6, 33-pu. 14, pr. 30). [समणिद्धदा समल्हुक्खदा भेदो । (षट्खं 5, 6, 33- पु. 14, पृ. 30).] (bheyan) Destruction. bhedan भेयाभेयवाद : (bheyābheyavād) The doctrine of identity-cum-difference. GrÀGarç भेयाभेयवाय : (bheyabheyavāy) The doctrine of identity-cum-difference. areas (bhog) Enjoyment of things. bhog sakrd bhujyat iti bhogah. (t. bha. hari. vṛ. 2-4). [ सकृद भुज्यत इति भोग: । ( त. भा. हरि बृ. 2-4 ) . ] : (bhogantaray) A variety of power obstructing karma by the rise of which one cannot enjoy (non-consumable) things. भोगान्तराय jass kammass udaen bhogass viggham hodi tam bhogantaraiyam (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 78). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण भोगस्स विग्धं होदि तं भोगंतराइयं । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 78 ).] भोगभूमि : (bhogabhūmi) A region of enjoyment, a land of inaction, भोगभूमि 192 Page #217 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI at (bhogo vabhog) Non-consumable and consumable things. भोगोपभोग भोगोवभोगपरिमाण: (bhogovabhogaparimān) Limiting consumable and non-consumable things. भोगोपभोगपरिमाण jāņitta sampatti bhoyan-tambol-vatthamādiņam jam parimāṇ m kiradi bhouvabhoyam vayam tass. (kārtike. 350). [ जाणित्ता संपत्ती भोयण- तंबोल- वत्थमादीणं । जं परिमाणं कीरदि भोउभोयं वयं तस्स । ( कार्तिके. 350).] (bhomejj) A residential god. bhau mey (bhomeyag) A residential god. bhaume y (mankh) A wandering beggar earning his livelihood by showing pictures. As (maṇḍalag) A weight equal to 120 grains (twelve DO Karmamasakas) मङ्गलक (mai) Intelligene, intellect, determination, decision. मति idiyapaccakkhampi y aṇumāṇam uvamayam c maināṇam. (jivas. 1 42). 42). . [इदियपच्चक्खंपि य अणुमाणं उवमयं च मइनाणं । (जीवस. 142 ).] $41 (mainan) Sensory knowledge. matijñān idiyapaccakkhampi y aņumānam uvamayam c maināṇam. (jivas. 1 [इदियपच्चक्खपि य अणुमाणं उवमयं च मइनाणं । ( जीवस. 142 ) . ] Şary: (maiņāṇāvaran) A kind of karma obscuring sensory knowledge (Matijnana). #istiqRY tass (madiņāṇass) avaranam madiņānā varanam. (dhav. pu. 7, p !. 67). [तस्स (मदिणाणस्स) आवरणं मदिणाणावरणं । (धव. पु. 7, पृ. 67).] (mainan) Sensory knowledge. matijñān 193 As idiya paccakkhampi y anumānam uvamayam c maināņam. (jivas. 1 42). [इदियपच्चक्खपि य अणुमाणं उवमयं च मइनाणं । (जीवस. 142 ). ] A$CILIARY: (maināṇāvaran) A kind of karma obscuring sensory knowledge (Matijnana). RY tass (madiņāṇass) avaranam madināṇāvaranam. (dhav. pu. 7, p !. 67). [तस्स (मदिणाणस्स) आवरणं मदिणाणावरणं । (धव. पु. 7, पृ. 67 ).] Page #218 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 194 मइयणाप : (maiyanān) Wrong sensory knowledge. matyajan vis-jant-kud-pañjar-bandhādisu aņuvaesakaraņem - jā khalu pavat tae mai maiannānantti nam vinti . (pra. pancasam. 1-11 8). [विस-जंत-कुड-पंजर-बंधादिसु अणुवएसकरणेम । जा खलु पवत्तए मई मइअण्णाणंत्ति पं विति । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-118).] मइयनाण : (maiyanān) Wrong sensory knowledge. matyajhan vis-jant-kud-panjar-bandhadisu anuvaesakaranem . ja khalu pavat tae mai maiaņņāṇantti ņam vinti . (prā. pañcasam. 1-11 8). [विस-जंत-कुड-पंजर-बंधादिसु अणुवएसकरणेम । जा खलु पवत्तए मई मइअण्णाणंत्ति पं विति । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-118).] मक्कडबंध : (makkadabandh) A weak joining of bones. मर्कटबन्ध मक्खिय : (makkhiy) A fault incurred by an ascetic by accepting food etc. smeared with an animate thing. समित sasiņiddhen y de yam hatthen y bhāyaṇen davvie . eso mak khidadoso pariharadavvo sadā muņiņā . (mūlā. 6-45). [ससिणिद्रेण य देयं हत्येण य भायण दवीए । एसो मक्खिददोसो परिहरदव्वो सदा मुणिणा । (मूला. 6-45).] मग्गपया : (magganaya) Searching. nirgapata jesu jivā maggijjanti tesim maggaņão idi saņaņā . (dhav • pu. 7, p.. 7). [जेसु जीवा मग्गिज्जति तेसिं मग्गणाओ इदि सपणा । (धव. पु. 7, पृ. 7).] मग्गणा : (maggana) Searching. miryapa मच्चपाप : (maccanān) Wrong sensory knowledge. मत्यज्ञान vis-jant-kud-painjar-bandhādisu anuvaesakaranem . ja khalu pavat tae mai maiannānantti nam vinti . (pra. paficasam. 1-11 8). [विस-जंत-कुड-पंजर-बंधादिसु अपुवएसकरणेम । जा खलु पवत्तए मई मइअण्णात्ति पं विति । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-118).] मच्चनण : (maccanān) Wrong sensory knowledge. मत्यज्ञान vis-jant-kud-panjar-bandhadisu anuvaesakaranem . ja khalu pavat tae mai maiannanantti nam vinti . (pra. paficasam. 1-11 8). [विस-जंत-कुड-पंजर-बंधादिसु अणुवएसकरणेम । जा खलु पवत्तए मई Page #219 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 195 मइअण्णाणंत्ति णं विति । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-118).] मज्जत्य : (majjhatth) Indifference. madhyasth rag-dvesapurvakapaksapatābhāvo madhyastham . (s. si. 711). [राग-द्वेषपूर्वकपक्षपताभावो माध्यस्थम् । (स. सि. 7-11).] मज्जालोग : (majjhalog) Middle world. madhyalok मण : (man) Mind. man manaśc mano vargaņāpariņatirūpam dravyendriyam . (t. bh a. siddh. VI. 1-6). [मनश्च मनोवर्गणापरिणतिरूपं द्रव्येन्द्रियम् । (त. भा. सिद्ध. वृ. 1-6).] मणपज्जयणाण : (manapajjayanān) Telepathy, direct knowledge of mental modes. मनपर्ययज्ञान maņa pa jjavaņāņam pun jaṇamaņaparacintiatthapăgadaņam . māņusakhitt nibaddham gunapaccaiyam carittavao . (nandi. gā. 57, pr. 182). [मणपज्जवणाणं पुण जणमणपरचिंतिअत्यपागडणं । माणुसखित्तनिबद्धं गुणपच्चइयं चरित्तवओ । (नन्दी. गा. 57, पृ. 182).] मपपज्जयनाप : (manapajjayanan) Telepathy, direct knowledge of mental modes. मनपर्ययज्ञान maņapajjavaņāņam pun janamaņaparacin tiatthafāgadaņam, māņusakhitt nibaddham gunapaccaiyam carittavao . (nandi. gā. 57, pr. 182). [मणपज्जवणाणं पुष जणमणपरचिंतिअत्थपागडणं । माणुसखित्तनिबद्धं गुणपच्चइयं चरित्तवओ । (नन्दी. गा. 57, पृ. 182).] मणपज्जयनाणावरण : (manapajjayanānāvaran) A kind of karma obscuring direct knowledge of mental modes. मनपर्ययज्ञानावरण manapajjavanānass āvaranam manapajjavanānāvaraniyam . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 29). [मणपज्जवणाणस्स आवरणं मणपज्जवणाणावरणीयम् । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 29).] मणपज्जवषाण : (manapajjavanān) Telepathy, direct knowledge of mental modes. मनपर्यवज्ञान मपपजवपापावरप : (manapajjavanānāvaran) Telepathy-obscuring karma. मनपर्ययज्ञानावरण manapajjavanānass avaranam manapajjavanānāvaraniyam . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 29). [मणपज्जवणाणस्स आवरणं मणपज्जवणाणावरणीयम् । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 29).] Page #220 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI मणपज्जवणाव : (manapajiavanāv) Telepathy, direct knowledge of mental modes. मनपर्ययज्ञान maṇapajjavaṇānam pun jana manaparacin tia ttha pagadanam manusakhitt nibaddham gunapaccaiyam carittavao (nandi. gā. 57, pr.. 102). [मणपज्जवणाणं पुण जणमणपरचिंति अत्थपागडणं । माणुसखित्तनिबद्धं गुणपच्चइयं चरित्तवओ । ( नन्दी गा. 57, पृ. 102 ). ] मणपज्जवनाण: (manapajjavanān) Telepathy, direct knowledge of mental modes. मन्पर्ययज्ञान manapajjavaṇānam pun janama naparacin tiatthapagadanam. manusakhitt nibaddham guṇapaccaiyam carittavao (nandi. ga. 57, pr. 102). [मणपज्जवणाणं पुण जणमणपरचिति अत्थपागडणं । माणुसखित्तनिबद्धं गुणपच्चइयं चरित्तवओ । (नन्दी गा. 57, पृ. 102). ] मणपज्जवनाण: (manapajjavanān) Telepathy, direct knowledge of mental modes. मन्द्रपर्यवज्ञान मणपज्जवनाणावरण : (manapajjavanānāvaran ) Telepathy-obsruring karma. मन्त्पर्ययज्ञानावरण 196 manapajjavaṇānass avaranam manapajjavaṇāṇāvaraniyam. (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 29 ). [मणपज्जवणाणस्स आवरणं मणपज्जवणाणावरणीयम् । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 29).] मणुस्सगइ : (manussagai) The human state of existence. मनुष्यगति मणोओग : (manoog ) Mental activity. mano yog bhāvamanasaḥ samutpattyarthaḥ prayatno mano yogah (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 279). [भावमनसः समुत्पत्त्यर्थः प्रयत्नो मनोयोगः (धव. पु. 1, पृ. 279).] मणोगुति : (manogutti) Mental control. manogupti ja räyädiniyatti manass jāņihi tammanogutti. (ni. să. 69). [जा रायादिणीयत्ती मणस्स जाणीहि तम्मणोगुत्ती । (नि. सा. 69 ).] मणोजोग : (manojog ) Mental activity. mano yog bhāvamanasaḥ samutpattyarthaḥ prayatno mano yogaḥ (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 279 ). [भावमनसः समुत्पत्त्यर्थः प्रयत्नो मनोयोगः (धव. पु. 1, पृ. 279).] Page #221 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 197 मणोण : (manon) An ascetic of high reputation. manojn manojño lokasammataḥ . (s. si. 9-24). viparitam manojñas y . (t. su. 9-31). [मनोज्ञो लोकसम्मतः । (स. सि. 9-24). विपरीतं मनोज्ञस्य । (त. सू. 9-31).] मगोपाप : (manonān) Telepathy, direct knowledge of mental modes. मनोज्ञान मणोदुप्पापिहाण : (manoduppānihān) Improper mental act. मनोदुषप्रणिधान manasonarpitatvam manoduhpranidhānam . (ca. sā. pr. 1 1). [मनसोऽनर्पितत्वं मनोदुप्रणिधानम् । (चा. सा. पृ. 11).] 447-14 : (maņonān) Telepathy, direct knowledge of mental modes. मनोज्ञान महव : (maddav) Modesty, mildness. mārday kul-rūp-jādi - buddhisu tav-sud-silesu gāravam kiñci. jo n vi kuwadi samano madda vadhammam have tass . (dvādaś anu. 72). [कुल-रूप-जादि-बुद्धिसु तव-सुद-सीलेसु गारवं किंचि । जो ण वि कुव्वदि समणो महवधम्म हवे तस्स ! (द्वादशानु. 72).] मधुगर : (madhugar) Bee. madhular मधुगरउटि : (madhugarautti) Begging food like a bee. मधुकरवृत्ति मधुगरवित्ति : (madhugaravitti) Begging food like a bee. मधुकरवृत्ति मधुगरी : (madhugari) Begging of alms. madhukari furs : (mayāi) One who eats lifeless things. mrtādī मरणासंसा : (maranāsamsa) To wish for death. marana samsa rugādibhiterjivasyäsanklesen marañe manoratho maraņāśamsā . (t. vrtti 7-37). [रुणादिभीतेर्जीवस्यासंक्लेशेन मरणे मनोरथो मरणाशंसा । (त. वृत्ति 7-37).] मसिड : (masiddh) Liberated, emancipated. siddh natthatthakammabandhā atthamahāguņasamanniyā paramā . loyaggat thida nicca siddhā je erisa honti . (ni. sā. 72). [णठ्ठठ्ठकम्मबंधा अट्ठमहागुणसमणिया परमा । लोयग्गठ्ठिदा णिच्चा सिडा जे एरिसा होति । (नि. सा. 72).] Page #222 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 198 महक्खंद : (mahakkhand) The biggest physical aggregate. महास्कंध mahā kandhavaggaņā ņām tarika pavvay-kūdādiņ assiyā poggalā mahākhandha vuccanti . (karmapr. ci. 1-18, pr. 43). [महाकंधवग्गणा णाम टंकपव्वय-कूड़ादीण अस्सिया पोग्गला महाखंधा वुच्चंति । (कर्मप्र. चू. 1-18, पृ. 43).] महत्तर : (mahattar) A chief monk. mahattar gambhiro maddavito, kusalo jāiviņayasampanno . juvaranne sahito pecchai kajjaim mahattarao . (vyav. bhā. (tr. vi. ) pr. 129). [गंभीरो महवितो, कुसलो जाइविणयसंपन्नो । जुवरण्णाए सहितो पेच्छड़ कज्जाइं महत्तरओ । (व्यव. भा. (तृ. वि.) पृ. 129).] महत्तरा : (mahattarā) A chief nun. mahattara gambhiro maddavito, kusalo jāiviņayasampanno . juvaranne sahito pecchai kajjāim mahattarao . (vyav. bhā. (tr. vi. ) pr. 129). [गंभीरो मद्दवितो, कुसलो जाइविणयसंपन्नो । जुवरण्णाए सहितो पेच्छा कज्जाइं महत्तरओ । (व्यव. भा. (तृ. वि.) पृ. 129).] महत्तरिया : (mahattariya) A chief nun. mahattarika महरिसी : (maharisi) A Tirthanakra. mahari महव्वई : (mahavvai) An ascetic who observes great vows. महाव्रती महव्वय : (mahavway) A great vow, a complete vow. महाव्रत sāhanti jam mahallā āyariyam jam mahalla puvvehim. jam cm hallani tado mahallayā ittahe yāim . (caritrapra. 38 [साहंति जं महल्ला आयरियं जं महल्लपुव्वेहिं । जं च महल्लाणि तदो महल्लया इत्तहे याई । (चारित्रप्रा. 38).] महासिलाकंटग : (mahāsilakantag) A battle in which a pebble becomes a huge stone. Heritaguas महआसव : (mahuasav) One possessed of sweet speech like honey. मध्वामाव munikaranikkhittānim----mahuvasavi riddhi . (ti. p. 4, 1882-83). [मुणिकरणिक्खित्ताणि---महुवासवी रिद्धी । (ति. प. 4, 1882-83).] Page #223 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 199 199 महुगर : (mahugar) Bee. madhular महुगरउदिट : (mahugarautti) Begging food like a bee. मधुकरवृत्ति महुगरवित्ति : (mahugaravitti) Begging food like a bee. मधुकरवृत्ति महुगरी : (mahugari) Begging of alms. madhulal महुयर : (mahuyar) Bee. madhular महुयरउटि : (mahuyarautti) Begging food like a bee. मधुकरवृत्ति महुयरवित्ति : (mahuyaravitti) Begging food like a bee. मधुकरवृत्ति महुयरी : (mahuyari) Begging of alms. madhulan HISTA : (maigām) Women. mätagram माप : (mān) Pride, a means of measurement, a means of knowledge, honour, respect. मान prasthādi mānam . (t. vā. 7, 27, 4). māno garvah s tabdhamityekorthah . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 41). [प्रस्थादि मानम् । (त. वा. 7, 27, 4). मानो गर्क स्तब्धमित्येकोऽर्थः । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 41).] ARU : (māyā) Deceit. māya māyā svapnedrajaladih . (a. mi. vasu. vr. 84). [माया स्वप्नेद्रजालादिः । (आ. मी. वसु. वृ. 84).] मायामरिसा : (māyāmarisā) Falsehood together with deceit. मायामृषा veşāntar-bhāşāntara karaṇen yatparavañcan tanmāyāmộşāvādaḥ . (aupapa. abhay. v. 34, p.. 79). [वेषान्तर-भाषान्तरकरणेन यत्परवञ्चन तन्मायामृषावादः । (औपपा. अभय. वृ. 34, पृ. 79).] मारपन्तिय : (māranantiy) To be done when death approaches. मरपान्तिक मालावह, मालावल्य : (mālāvahad, mālāvahay) Brought down from an upper storey. मालापहत yatkaradurgrāhyam mālãdibhy uttāry gļhi datte tan malapahrtam . (gu. gu. sat. svo. I. 28, pr. 49). [यत्करदुर्गास्यं मालादिभ्य उत्तार्य गृही दत्ते तन्मालापहृतम् । (गु. गु. षट्. स्वो. वृ. 29, पृ. 49).] Page #224 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 28a मासकप्प : (māsakapp) A rule that an ascetic should not stay at a place for more than a month except in the rainy season. मासकल्प मासकसमण : (māsakkhaman) Fasting for a month. māsaksaman मासियमत्त : (masiyamatt) Fasting for a month. मालिकमक मिच्छ : (micch) Anarya. mlecch se kim tam milikkhū---settam milikkhū . (prajñāp. 1-37, pr. 55). [से किं तं मिलिक्खू---सेत्तं मिलिक्खू । (प्रज्ञाप. 1-37, पृ. 55).] मिच्छत्त : (micchatt) Delusion, wrong or false belief. मिथ्यात्व arihantavuttaatthesu vimoho hoi micchattam . (mula. 5 -48). [अरिहंतवुत्तअत्येसु विमोहो होइ मिच्छत्तं । (मूला. 5-48).] मिच्छत्तमोहपिज्ज : (micchattamohanijj) A kind of belief deluding karma which produces wrong belief. मिथ्यात्वमोहनीय मिच्छदिदिल : (micchadditthi) One who possesses wrong belief. मिय्यादृष्टि micchâditthi ņām katham bhavadi ? micchattakammass udaen . (satkham. 2, 1, 88-81). [मिच्छादिट्ठी णाम कथं भवदि ? मिच्छत्तकम्मस्स उदएण । (षट्खें. 2, 1, 88-81).] मिच्छागार : (micchāgar) Repentance. mithyakar micchākāro tahev avarahe . (mula. 4-5). [मिच्छाकारो तहेव अवराहे । (मूला. 4-5).] मिच्छादसण : (rnicchādamsan) wrong or false belief, delusion. मिथ्यादर्शन micchatt-sammamicchattāni micchamsanam . (dhav. p. 12, pr. 286). [मिच्छत्त-सम्मामिच्छत्ताणि मिच्छंसणम् । (धव. प. 12, पृ. 286).] मिच्छादिट्ठी : (micchāditthi) One who possesses wrong belief. मिथ्यादृष्टि micchāditthi ņām katham bhavadi ? micchattakammass udaen . (satkham. 2, 1, 80-81). [मिच्छादिट्ठी णाम कथं भवदि ? मिच्छत्तकम्मस्स उदएण । (षट्खं. 2, 1, 88-81).] Page #225 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 281 मिच्छायार : (micchāyar) Repentance. mithyalar micchākāro tahev avarāhe . (māla. 4-5). [मिच्छाकारो तहेव अवराहे । (मूला. 4-5).] मिलिक्ख : (milikkh) Anarya. mlecch se kim tam milikkhu---settam milikkhu . (prajnap. 1-37. pr. 55). [से किं तं मिलिक्खू---सेत्तं मिलिक्खू । (प्रज्ञाप. 1-37, पृ. 55).] मिलेच्छ : (milecch) Anarya. mlecch se kim tam milikkhu---settam milikkhu . (prajnap. 1-37, pr. 55). [से किं तं मिलिक्खू---सेत्तं मिलिक्खू । (प्रज्ञाप. 1-37, पृ. 55).] मिसा : (misa) False. mah मिसावाय : (misavāy) A lie, falsehood. msavad asantavayaņam musā vādo . kimasan tavayanam ? micchattásañja makaşāy -paramādutthaviyo vayanakalavo . (dhav. pu. 12, pr. 279). [असंतवयणं मुसावादो । किमसंतवयणं ? मिच्छत्तासजमकषाय-परमादुट्ठावियो वयणकलावो । (धव. पु. 12, पृ. 279).] मिसावायविरमण : (misāvayaviraman) Abstinence from falsehood, non-falsehood. मृषावादविरमण ahāvare ducce---musavāyāo veramanam . (dasavai. su. 4-4, pr. 146). [अहावरे दुच्चे---मुसावायाओ वेरमणं । (दशवै. सू. 4-4, पृ. 146).] मिस्सजाय : (missajay) A fault incurred by an ascetic by accepting food prepared for both, the ascetic and the householder. मिश्रजाता miśrajā tam c-adit ev grhasamyat-miśropaskstarūpam . (d savai. ga. hari. v. 55, pr. 174). [मिश्रजातं च-आदित एव गृहसंयत-मिश्रोपस्कृतरूपम् । (दशवै. गा. हरि. वृ. 55, पृ. 174).] मुच्छा : (mucchā) Attachment. murecha मुमि : (muni) An ascetic. nuni मुण्डकेवली : (mundakevali) An ordinary omniscient person. मुण्डकेवली Page #226 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI (mutt) Liberated, emancipated. mukt sayalakamma vajjiyo anantaṇān-damsan-viriy-caran-suh-sammattă digunagaṇāinno ņirāmao ņirañjano nicco kayakicco mutt o ṇām (dhav. pu. 16, pr. 338). [सयलकम्मवज्जियो अनंतणाण- दंसण-वीरिय-चरण- सुह-सम्मत्तादिगुणगणाइण्णो पिरामओ णिरंजणो पिच्चो कयकिच्चो मुत्तो णाम । (धव. पु. 16, पृ. 338 ).] ga (mutt) Having a form, i.e. touch, taste, smell and colour. मूर्त (mutti) Liberation, salvation, emancipation. मुक्ति mukti lohass niggaho. (gu. gu. sat. svo. vг. pr 38). [मुक्ती लोहस्स निग्गहो । (गु. गु. षट्. स्वो वृ. पृ. 38 ) . ] H (mudha) Non-attachment. mudha geel (musal) A measure equal to four cubits. müsal मुहपोइया : : (muhapoiyä) A piece of cloth to cover the mouth. मुखोपोतिका मुहपोतिया (muhapotiya) A piece of cloth to cover the mouth. मुखोपोतिका : gulfaur (muhapottiyā) A piece of cloth to cover the mouth. मुखोपोतिका yeakuu (muhavatthiya) A piece of cloth to cover the mouth. मुखवस्त्रिका Har (muhavas) Anything to scent the mouth. mukhavas (muhāṇantag) A piece of cloth to cover mouth. Hea मुखानन्तक H: (muhutt) A period equal to seventy-seven lavas, i.e. forty-eight minutes. d H (mul) Root; reordainment in monkhood. mül He (mülaka mm) Securing food by causing abortion etc. मूलकर्म He (mülagun) A fundamental or primary duty, a basic virtue मूलगुण Haus: (mülapaiḍi) A fundamental type of karma, a basic division of karma. मूलप्रकृति sangahiyāsesaviyappa davvaṭṭhiyanayanibandhaṇā mūlapayadi ṇām (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 5). [ संगहियासेसवियप्पा दव्वट्ठियणयणिबंधणा मूलपयडी णाम । (धव. पु. 6, 202 Page #227 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 283 पृ. 5).] मूलपइडी : (mulapaidi) A fundamental type of karma, a basic division of karma. मूलप्रकृति sangahiyāsesaviyappā davvaţthiyaņayaņibandhaņā mūlapayaļi ņām. (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 5). [संगहियासेसवियप्पा दव्वट्ठियणयणिबंधणा मूलपयडी णाम । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 5).] मुलपयडि : (mālapayadi) A fundamental type of karma, a basic division of karma. Taugher sangahiyăsesaviyappā davvatthiyaņayaņibandhaņā mūlapa yaļi ņām. (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 5). [संगहियासेसवियप्पा दव्वठ्ठियणयणिबंधणा मूलपयडी गाम । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 5).] मुलपयडी : (mālapayadi) A fundamental type of karma, a basic division of karma. मूलप्रकृति sangahiyāsesaviyappa dawvatthiyaņayaņibandhaņā mūlapa yaļi ņām. (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 5). [संगहियासेसवियप्पा दव्वट्ठियणयणिबंधणा मूलपयडी णाम । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 5).] मूलबीय : (mālabiy) A kind of vegetation whose roots serve as seeds. मूलबीज GRAU : (mülavay) A fundamental or basic vow. müla vrat मूलव्यय : (mālavvay) A fundamental or basic vow. मूलव्रत मुलसुत्त : (mālasutt) An original canonical text, a fundamental canonical text. मूलसूत्र मेषा : (medha) Retentiveness. medha pathagrahanasaktirmedhā . (an. dh. svo.ti. 3-4). [पाठग्रहणशक्तिमेंधा । (अन. ध. स्वो. टी. 3-4).] मेहा : (mehā) Retentiveness. medha pathagrahanasaktirmedha . (an. dh. svo. ti. 3-4). [पाठग्रहणशक्तिर्मेधा । (अन. ध. स्वो. टी. 3-4).] मेहुप : (mehun) Copulation, coition. maithun tthi-purisavisayavavaro man-vayan-kāyasarvo mehunam . (dhav • pu. 12, p. 282). [त्यी-पुरिसविसयवावारो मण-वयण-कायसरूवो मेहुणम् । (धव. पु. 12, पृ. 282).] Page #228 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI #gu (mehuṇaviraman) Abstinence from copulation, non-copulation. मैथुनविरमण : g: (mehuṇasanṇā) Sexual desire. maithunasañ jñā panidarasabhoyanen y tassuvaogen kusilase väe . vedassudiran ãe mehuṇasanna havadi evam. (pra. pañcasam. 1-54). [पणिदरसभोयणेण य तस्सुवओगेण कुसीलसेवाए । वेदस्सुदीरणाए मेहुणसण्णा हवदि एवं 1 (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-54).] मोक्ष : (mehuṇasanna) Sexual desire. maithunasañjñā panidarasabhoyanen y tassuvaogen kusilase väe. vedassudiran äe mehunasanna havadi evam. (pră. pañcasam. 1-54). [पणिदरसभोयणेण य तस्सुवओगेण कुसीलसेवाए । वेदस्सुदीरणाए मेहुणसण्णा हवदि एवं । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-54).] (mokkh) Emancipation, liberation, salvation. bandhahetvabhav-nirjarābhyam kṛtsnkarmavipramokṣo mokṣaḥ (t. sû. di. 10-2). [ बन्धहेत्वभाव-निर्जराभ्यां कृत्स्न्कर्मविप्रमोक्षो मोक्षः । (त. सू. दि. 18 -2).] (mog) Urine. mok (mon) Asceticism; silence. maun nu (moy) Urine. mok G (moh) Delusion, infatuation. moh mohaścājñānam. (t. vä. 1, 1, 44). [ मोहश्चाज्ञानम् । (त. वा. 1, 1, 44 ) .] 3G (mohajj) Talkativeness. maukhary maukharyamasambaddhabahu pralapitvam. (t. bhā. 7-27). [ मौखर्यमसंबद्धबहुप्रलापित्वम् । ( त. भा. 7-27).] (mohanijj) Deluding karma. mohanly vimohasahāvam jivam mohedi tti mohaniyam. (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 208). [विमोहसहावं जीवं मोहेदि त्ति मोहणीयं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 288 ) .] (rai) Liking. rati jesim kammakkhandhanamudaen davv-khett-kal-bhāvesu radi s muppajjai tesim radi tti sannā (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 4 · 7). [जेसिं कम्मक्खंधाणमुदएण दव्व-खेत्त-काल-भावेसु रदी समुप्पज्जइ तेसि रदित्ति सण्णा । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 47 ) . ] 204 Page #229 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 205 25HP : (raimohanijj) A kind of deluding karma which produced liking. रतिमोहनीय 3164 : (raoharan) A broom. ra jo haran T : (rajju) 1/7 of the total hight of the universe, i.e. innumerable yojanas. jagasedhie sattamabhāgo rajjū pabhāsante . (ti. p. 1-132). [hidIY I post qurid i (fa. 9. 1-132).] ATT : (rattibhatt) Taking food at night. राविभक्त herau : (rattihoyan) Taking food at night. रात्रिभोजन THIULARAM : (rattibhoyanaviraman) Avoidane of night-eating, abstinence from taking food at night. रात्रिभोजनविरमण RUTU : (rayanatay) The three jewels, viz. right belief, right knowledge, and right conduct. TORO Ramach : (rayaņāvali) A penance to be performed for five years, two months and twenty-eight days. That TUUU : (rayaņāhiy) Senior in initiation; superior in merit. RUB : (rayaņi) A cubit, ratani RAM : (rayattan) A covering for vessels. ra jastrăin : (ras) Taste, intensity. ras raso bhukt-pitānn-panapariņāmajo nisyandaḥ . (yogaśã. 4-72). (4 97-01415-49fMAS ARTE. I (UNTIT. 4-72).] 94 : (rasan) The gustatory sense-organ, the tongue. rasya te āsvādya terthonene ti rasanam, rasa yatyarthami ti vă rasanam . (t. vitti śrut. 2-19). [रस्यते आस्वाद्यतेऽर्थोऽनेनेति रसनम्, रसयत्यर्थमिति वा रसनम् 1 (a.. 2-19).] T : (rasaņā) The gustatory sense-organ, the tongue. af : (rasanindiy) The gustatory sense-organ, the tongue. रसनेन्द्रिय Page #230 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 286 रसपेन्दिय : (rasanendiy) The gustatory sense-organ, the tongue. रसनेन्द्रिय रसपरिच्चाग : (rasapariccag) Abandonment of stimulating or delicious food. रसपरित्याग khir-dahi-sappi-tel-gud-lavanam c jam pariccayanam . tittkadu-kasayamvil-madhurarasānam c jam cayanam . (mālā. 5-155). [खीर-दहि-सप्पि-तेल-गुड-लवणं च जं परिच्चयणं ।। तित्त-कडु-कसायंविल-मधुररसाणं च जं चयणं । (मूला. 5-155).] रसपरिच्चाय : (rasapariccay) Abandonment of stimulating or delicious food. रसपरित्याग khir-dahi-sappi-tel-gud-lavanam c jam pariccayanam . tittkadu-kasayamvil-madhurarasanam c jam cayanam . (mālā. 5-155). [खीर-दहि-सप्पि-तेल-गुड-लवणं च जं परिच्चयणं । तित्त-कडु-कसायंविल-मधुररसाणं च जं चयणं । (मूला. 5-155).] रसबंध : (rasabandh) Bondage of karmic intensity. rasabandh रसवामिज : (rasavanijj) Trade in alcohol. ravanijy navanit-vasa-ksaudr-mady-prabhrtivikrayah dvipaccatus pādavikrayo vanijyam ras-ke sayoh . (yogasa. 3-109). [नवनीत-वसा-झौद्र-मद्य-प्रभृतिविक्रय द्विपाच्चतुष्पादविक्रयो वाणिज्यं रस-केशयोः । (योगशा. 3-109).] रहमुसल : (rahamusal) A battle in which a club is tied at the back of a chariot. रथमुसल रहरेषु : (raharenu) A molecule of eight part of a hair-tip Trasarenus. atth taraseņão sã egā rahareņū . (anuyo. sū. pr. 162). [अट्ठ तरसेपूओ सा एगा रहरेपू । (अनुयो. सू. पृ. 162).] रहस्सन्मक्खाप : (rahassabbhakkhan) Revealing a secret. रहस्थभ्याख्यान . rahaḥ ekäntastatr bhavam rahasyam, ten tasmin vă abhya khyānam rahasyābhyākhyānam . (av. a. 6, hari. vr. pr. 821). [रहः एकान्तस्तत्र भवं रहस्यम्, तेन तस्मिन् वा अभ्याख्यानं रहस्याभ्याख्यानम् । (आव. अ. 6, हरि. वृ. पृ. 821).] रहस्सभेय : (rahassabhey) Revealing a secret. nhasyabhed रहोमक्ख ण : (rahobbhakkhān) Revealing a secret. रझेऽभ्याख्यान rahah ekāntastatr bhavam rahasyam, ten tasmin vā abhya khyānam rahasyābhyākhyānam . (av. a. 6, hari. vr. pr. 821). Page #231 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 287 [रहः एकान्तस्तत्र भवं रहस्यम्, तेन तस्मिन् वा अभ्याख्यानं रहस्याभ्याख्यानम् । (आव. अ. 6, हरि. वृ. पृ. 821).] राइभत्त : (raibhatt) Taking food at night. ratribhakt राइभोयण : (raibhoyan) Taking food at night. ra tribbo jan राइभोयपविरमण : (raibhoyanaviraman) Avoidance of night-eating, abstinence from taking food at night. रात्रिभोजनविरमण राग (rāg) Attachment. rag maya-lobh-hass-radi-tivedanam davwakammodayajanidaparinamo rago . (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 11). [माया-लोभ-हस्स-रदि-तिवेदाणं दव्वकम्मोदयजणिदपरिणामो रागो । (धव. पु. 14, पृ. 11).] रागदेस : (rigades) Attachment and aversion. ragadves रायपिय : (rayaniy) Senior in initiation; superior in merit. रात्निक रायपिंड : (rayapind) King's food. rajapind रासिजुम्म : (rasijumm) An even quantity. rasiyugm राहावेह : (rāhāven) Shooting a doll's eye with an arrow. राधावेष रुड़ : (rui) Belief, faith. ruci रुक्ख : (rukkh) Rough touch. ruks rūkşaņäd rūkşah . (s. si. 5-33). [रूक्षणाद् रूक्षः । (स. सि. 5-33).] रूव: (ruv) Form rup रूवत्यज्माण : (ruvatthajjhan) Concentration on the form of the Jina. रूपस्थध्यान jarisao dehattho----phurantaviteyasankaso . (bhāvasam. de. 62 3-25). [जारिसओ देहत्यो---फुरंतवितेयसंकासो । (भावसं. दे. 623-25).] रूवाईयज्वाप : (rvaiyajjhan) Concentration on the formless Siddha. रूपातीतध्यान vann-ras-gandh-phasehim vajjio nān-damsanasardo . jam jhaij jai evam tam jhanam rāvarahiyam ti (vasu. Sra. 476). [वण्ण-रस-गंध-फासेहिं वज्जिओ गाण-दसणसरूओ । जं झाइज्जइ एवं तं झापं रूवरहियं ति (वसु. श्रा. 476).] Page #232 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 208 रुवाणुवाय: (ruvanuvāy) Makinng a bodily gesture. रूपानुपात svavigrahadarsanam rpānupā tah . (s. si. 7-31). [स्वविग्रहदर्शनं रूपानुपातः । (स. सि. 7-31).] रूबी : (rivi) with form, having form, possessing form. रूपी gunāvibhāgapadicchede hi samānā je niddh-lhukkhagunajut tapoggalā te rūviņo ņām . (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 31-32). [गुणाविभागपडिच्छेदेहि समाणा जे गिद्ध-ल्हुक्खगुणजुत्तपोग्गला ते रूविणो णाम । (धव. पु. 14, पृ. 31-32).] रोदज्झाप : (roddajjhān) Cruel contemplation. रौद्रध्यान rudrah krurasayah, tasy karm tatr bhavam vā raudram . (s. si. 9-28). [रुद्रः क्रूराशय, तस्य कर्म तत्र भवं वा रौद्रम् । (स. सि. 9-28).] JAIER : (romāhār) Taking food from air etc. through hair. रोमाहार रोयग : (royag) Belief in right conduct. rocak VIRRU : (langaliy) A motion with two curves. lārgalika लक्खावाणिज्ज : (lakkhāvanijj) Trade in lac. लामावाणिज्य laksa-manahsila-nili-dhataki-taikanādinah . vikrayah pāpas danam laksavānijyamucyate . (yogasa. 3-188). [लाक्षा-मनःशिला-नीली-घातकी-टंकणादिनः । विक्रयः पापसदनं लाक्षावाणिज्यमुच्यते । (योगशा. 3-108).] लज्जा : (lajja) Self-restraint. lajja लडक्खर : (laddhakkhar) Capacity to follow the meaning of the letters and their combinations. लब्ब्य क्षर लदिन : (laddhi) Attainment of capacity: attainment of supernormal power. लन्द्रि lambhanam labdhih. kā punarasau ? jñānāvaraṇakşayopaśama višeş h. (s. si. 2-18). [लम्भनं लब्धिः । का पुनरसौ ? ज्ञानावरणक्षयोपशमविशेष: । (स. सि. 2--18).] Page #233 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 2e9 AUTY : (layan) A piace of rest, a house. layan लव : (lav) A period equal to forty-nine breaths; a karma. लव sattahi tthove him lavo ņām kālo hodi . (dhav. pu. 4, p. I. 318). [सत्तहि त्योवेहि लवो णाम कालो होदि । (धव. पु. 4, पृ. 318).] लवालव : (lavalav) Observance of right conduct every moment, लवालव लहू : (lahu) Light. laghu लाभन्तराय : (labhantarāy) A kind of power-obstructing karma which hinders gaining. लाभान्तराय jass kammass udaen lāhass viggham hodi tam lābhantarāiyam . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 78). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण लाहस्स विग्धं होदि तं लाभंतराइयं । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 78).] 5116TVU : (lāhantarāy) A kind of power-obstructing karma which hinders gaining. लाभान्तराय jass kammass udaen lãhass viggham hodi tam lābhan tarãiyam . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 78). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण लाहस्स विग्धं होदि तं लाभंतराइयं । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 78).] लिंग : (ling) A sign, a mark. ling annāhānuvavattilakkhanam lingam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 245 [अण्णाहाणुववत्तिलक्खणं लिंगं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 245).] लिक्खा : (likkhā) A molecule equal to eight tips of hair. लिशा tah (kesagrakotyah) astau samhatān ekā liksa bhavati . (t. va. 3, 38, 67). [ता: (केशाग्रकोट्यः) अष्टौ संहताः एका लिक्षा भवति । (त. वा. 3, 38, 67).] 199 : (luncan) Plucking out of hair. luncan day : (luñciy) One whose hair are plucked out. लुचित लुसग : (lusag) Cruel; destroyer. lusak Page #234 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 218 लेसा : (lesā) Temperamental thought-tint, mentality; light, luster. लेश्या lippai appikirai eyāe niyayapuņnapāvam c . jīvo tti hoi lessā lessāguņa jāņayakkhāyā . (prā. pañcasam. 1-1 42) [लिप्पइ अप्पीकीरइ एयाए णिययपुण्णपावं च । जीवो त्ति होइ लेस्सा लेस्सागुणजाणयक्खाया । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-142)] BRI : (lessā) Temperamental thought-tint, mentality; light, luster. लेश्या lippai appikirai eyae niyayapuņņapāvam c. jivo tti hoi lessā lessāguņa jāņayakkhāyā . (prā. pañcasam. 1-1 42) [लिप्पइ अप्पीकीरइ एयाए णिययपुण्णपावं च । जीवो नि होइ लेस्सा लेस्सागुणजाणयक्खाया । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-142)] लोइय: (loiy) Ordinary,worldly . laukik लोग : (log) The universe, the world. lok loyādi āloyadi paloyadi salloyadi tti egattho . jamha jinehi kasin teneso vuccade loo . (mālā. 7-43). [लोयादि आलोयदि पलोयदि सल्लोयदि ति एगत्थो । जम्हा जिणेहि कसिण तेणेसो वुच्चदे लोओ । (मूला. 7-43).] लोगग्ग : (logagg) The tip of the universe. lokagr लोगवाई : (logavai) A believer in the world. lokavadi loyapasiddhi satthā pañcāli pañcapandavatthi hi . saiutthiyā ņ rujjhai milide him surehim duvvārā . (angap. 2-33 , pr. 282). [लोयपसिद्धी सत्या पंचाली पंचपंडवत्थी ही । सइउठ्ठिया ण रुज्झइ मिलिदेहिं सुरेहिं दुव्वारा । (अंगप. 2-33, पृ. 282).] लोगसण्णा : (logasannā) worldly desire. lolasan jha लोगागास : (logāgās) The universe-space, the space within the universe. लोकाकाश poggal-jivaņibaddho dhammādhammātthikāy-kāladdho . vatt di āyāse jo logo so savvakāle du . (prav. sā. 2-36) [पोग्गल-जीवणिबद्धो धम्माधम्मात्यिकाय-कालड्टो । वट्टदि आयासे जो लोगो सो सव्वकाले दु । (प्रव. सा. 2-36).] Page #235 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 211 लोगालोग : (logalog) The universe and the non-univere. लोकालोक लोगोत्तर : (logottar) Extra-ordinary. lokottar लोमाहार : (lomahar) Taking food from air etc. through hair. लोमाहार tayā y phasem lomaāhāro. (sūtrakr. ni. 171). [तया य फासेम लोमआहारो । (सूत्रकृ. नि. 171).] लोय : (loy) Plucking out of hair. loc viy-tiy-caukkamāse loco ukkass-majjhim-jahanno . sapad ikkamane divase uvavāseņev kāyavvo . (mūlā. 1-29). [विय-तिय-चउक्कमासे लोचो उक्कस्स-मज्झिम-जहण्णो । सपडिक्कमणे दिवसे उववासेणेव कायव्वो । (मूला. 1-29).] लोह : (loh) Greed. lobh bajjhatthesu mamedambhavo lobho . (dhav. pu. 12, pr. 284). [बज्झत्येसु ममेदंभावो लोभो । (धव. पु. 12, पृ. 284).] वक्कगइ , वंकगइ : (vakkagai , vaikagai) Curved motion. वक्रगति वग्गणा : (vagganā) A group of material particles. वर्गण samāņa jogasavvajivapadesāvibhāgapadicchedānam c vaggaņā tti sannā siddhā . (dhav. pu. 18, pr. 458). [समाणजोगसव्वजीवपदेसाविभागपडिच्छेदाणं च वग्गणा ति सण्णा सिडा । (धव. पु. 10, पृ. 450).] वजमा : (vajjamajjhā) A penance having the form of the middle part of the thunder-bolt. वजमध्या बजरिसहणाराय : (vajjarisahanārāy) An excellent joining of the body in which the bones are hooked into one another. वर्षभनाराच jass kammass---uttam hodi . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 73). [जस्स कम्मस्स---उत्तं होदि । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 73).] बपरिसहनाण्य : (vajjarisahanārāy) An excellent joining of the body in which the bones are hooked into one another. वर्षभनाराच jass kammass---uttam hodi . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 73). [जस्स कम्मस्स---उत्तं होदि । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 73).] Page #236 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 212 वट्टपा : (vattanā) Gradual change, incessant change. वर्तना vItemijantāt---vartana iti . (s. si. 5-22) [वृतेर्णिजन्तात्---वर्तना इति । (स. सि. 5-22)] वपकम्म : (vanakamm) Livelihood from wood. vanakarm jo vanam kiņati, pacchā rukkhe chindittum mullen jivat. i. (av. cu. p. 829). [जो वणं किणति, पच्छा रुक्खे हिंदित्तुं मुल्लेण जीवति । (आव. चू. पृ. 829).] वणकाय : (vanakāy) A plant-bodied soul. vanalay वपप्पइकाइय : (vanappaikāiy) A plant-bodied soul. वनस्पतिकायिक udaye du vaņaphphadi kammass y jivā vaņaphphadi honti . (go. ji. 185). [उदये दु वणफ्फदिकम्मस्स य जीवा वणफ्फदी होति । (गो. जी. 185).] वपप्फइ : (vanapphai) Vegetation, plants. vanaspati udaye du vanaphphadikammass y jivā vaņaphphadi honti . (go. ji. 185). [उदये दु वणफ्फदिकम्मस्स य जीवा वणफ्फदी होति । (गो. जी. 185).] वणप्फइकाय : (vanapphaikāy) A plant-bodied soul. वनस्पतिकाय udaye du vaņaphphadikammass y jivā vaņaphphadi honti . (go. ji. 185). [उदये दु वणफ्फदिकम्मस्स य जीवा वणफ्फदी होति । (गो. जी. 185).] वणीवन : (vanivag) Accepting alms by showing misery. बनीपक वपीवय : (vanivay) Accepting alms by showing misery. वनीपक quo: (vann) Colour. vam vanyante alankriyate Sariramaneneti varmah . (prajnap. malay. I. 293, pr. 573). [वण्यंते अलंक्रियते शरीरमनेनेति वर्ण: । (प्रज्ञाप. मलय. वृ. 293, पृ. 573).] qurator : (vannavãy) Praise, glorify. vainavād वत्तपा : (vattanā) Gradual change, incessant change. वर्तना vstemmijantāt---vartanā iti . (s. si. 5-22) [वृतेर्णिजन्तात्---वर्तना इति । (स. सि. 5-22)] Page #237 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 213 ariel : (vattav) Expressible, describable. vaktavy GA : (vaddhamān) The increasing one. verdha mãn utpatterārabhy---iti vardhamanah. (yogāśā. svo. viv 3-124). (364RW---şfè a I (UNI. R. fac. 3-124).] au : (vay) Speech. vacas quu: (vayan) Speech. vacan Qui : (vayanagutti) Control of speech. vacanagupti qu4t : (vayaņa jog) Vocal activity. vacana yog qu455 : (vayaņaşand) Sinful speech, vacana dand 04965 : (vayanadand) Sinful speech. vaca na daņd qu457814 : (vayanaduppaņihān) improper speech. वचनदुधानिधान Qum : (vayanasamiy) Careful in speech. vacana samit quo : (vayaņijj) Censurable. Vacaniy "' : (varagai) Liberation, varagati RT : (varaṇān) Omniscience. vara jñān R : (varanăn) Omniscience. vara jnän TRA : (varis) A region, a country, an year. varg dvädiśamāsam varşam , (dhav. pu, 4, pr. 320). [GENARİ 7 (90. g. 4, 9. 320).] 1424 : (valanamaran) Death after falling from self-restraint. Try QHTIARY : (vasattamaran) Death caused by the subjection of senses. वर्तिमरण indiyavisa javasagayă maranti je tam vasattam tu . (prav. sāro · 1010, pr. 298). [skuld ir trifa Ruçė ta. ART. 1010, Q. 298).) ORT: (vass) A region, a country, an year. varg dvādaśamāsam varşam. (dhav. pu. 4, pr. 320). [ZISTARÝ A 1 (84. g. 4, q. 320).] RIGT : (vassahar) A mountain which forms boundary of a particular region or country. 26 : (vah) Killing, injuring, beating. vadh àyurindriy-balaprāņaviyogakaraṇam vadhah. (s. si 6-11). [31ypfsu- uufauluh duj a I (19. FH 6-i1).] Page #238 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 214 वाई : (vai) A disputant. vadi vādi-prativadi---vadatiti vadi . (yogasa. svo. viv. 2-16, pr. 185). [वादि-प्रतिवादी---वदतीति वादी । (योगशा. स्वो. विव. 2-16, पृ. 185).] वाउकाइय : (vaukaiy) An air-bodied soul. vayutayik vāyuh kāyatven gļhito yen saḥ vāyukāyikaḥ ka thyate .( t. vrtti srut.2-13). [वायु कायत्वेन गृहीतो येन स. वायुकाधिकः कय्यते । (त. वृत्ति श्रुत. 2-13).] वाउकाय : (vaukay) An air-bodied soul. vayulay vāyukāyika jivaparihstaḥ sadā viloạito vāyurvāyukāyaḥ kath yate . (t. vrtti srut. 2, 13). [वायुकायिकजीवपरिहत सदा विलोडितो वायुर्वायुकायः कय्यते । (त. वृत्ति श्रुत. 2, 13).] वामप : (vaman) Dwarf. vaman au : (vāy) Speech. vac au : (vāy) Debate. väd vād ev ekah kathāvišeşah tattvādhyavasāyasamra kşaņaphalah lābhpuja-khyatihetuh--(nyāyaku. 2, 7, p. 339). [वाद एव एकः कथाविशेषः तत्त्वाध्यवसायसंरक्षणफल लाभ-पूजा-ख्यातिहेतु--(न्यायकु. 2, 7, पृ. 339).] वायग : (vayag) A reader, a teacher. vacak dvādaśāngavid vácakaḥ . (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 22). [दादशाङ्गविद् वाचकः । (धव. पु. 14, पृ. 22).] बायण (vayana) Reading, teaching. vacana tatth paresim vakkhāņam vāyaņā . (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 9). [तत्य परेसिं वक्खाणं वायणा । (धव. पु. 14, पृ. 9).] वायवलय : (vayavalay) Circular air. vatavalay वासणा : (vasanā) Impression. vasana vasanayogastadāvaranaksayopasam ityarthamh . (visesa. svo . v. 291). [वासनायोगस्तदावरणक्षयोपशम इत्यर्थं : । (विशेषा. स्वो. वृ. 291).] वासहर : (vasahar) A mountain which forms boundary of a particular region or country. वर्षधर Page #239 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 215 arca : (vāsudev) The sovereign king of the half of a country, apica vāsavādyaiḥ---vāsude vastato hi sah. (āptasv. 32). [arga ---ardatrici fe # 1 (371679. 32).] Accu: (viuțțaņā) Pain due to beating in various ways. Raccount Mascar, Marga : (viuvvaņā, vikuvvaņā) Transformation. vikurvaņā og : (vikad) An object that causes passion e.g. milk etc. Mga Marici : (vikāl) Evening. vikay MARU : (vikiriyā) Transformation. vikriya vividhakaraṇam vikriya . (t. vã. 2, 47, 4). [Rafapoi falan i (a. a. 2, 47, 4).] Rapan : (vikkhe vaņā) Expanding; expounding. विक्षेपणा framan : (vikkhe vaņi) a kind of religious story which expounds different doctrines, Margot Para : (vigam) Destruction. vigam Parang : (viggah) Body, curve, bend, obstruction; quarrel. विग्रह aparadho vigrahah . (nitivă. 28-44, pr. 324). [3797Et fauci (ifaar. 28-44, q. 324).] Marmaris : (viggahagai) Transmigratory motion, विग्रहगति vigraho dehaḥ---vigrahagatiḥ . (s. si. 2-25). [faust de---Pawguilat i (A. R. 2-25).] free : (vicay) Contemplation. vicay vicayanam vicayo vive ko vicaraṇamatyarthah . (s. si. 9-36) [faquri faraul Radant faluhRNE I (19. R. 9-36).] par : (vicár) Transition. vicar vicãrorth-vyañjanayogasankrāntiḥ . (t. sů. (śve. ) 9-46). [Partsei-2007uHTUARI (a. y. (.) 9-46).] Page #240 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI विचारभूमि : (vicārabhūmi) A place for voiding stools. विचारभूमि विचिगच्छा : ( vicigicchā ) Inconstancy; disgust विचिकित्सा vicikitsä cittaviluptirvidva jjugupsā vā. (sū trakr. sū. si. vr. 18-3, pr. 189). [विचिकित्सा चित्तविलुप्तिर्विद्वज्जुगुप्सा वा । (सूत्रकृ. सू. शी. वृ. 10- 3, पृ. 189 ) ] विचल : (vicel) Naked. vicel विज्जापिंड : (vijjāpind) Securing food by showing the application of a lore. विद्यापिण्ड vidyām (mantram cum yogam c) bhikṣārth prayuñjän sy catvāro vidyādipindah (yogasā. svo. viv. 1 -38). [विद्यां (मंत्र चूर्ण योगं च ) भिक्षार्थ प्रयुञ्जानस्य चत्वारो विद्यादिपिण्डाः । (योगशा. स्वो विव. : - 38 ) . ] विज्जायारण : (vijjayaran) An ascetic who can move the sky through the power of his lore. विद्याचारणा ye puvarvidyavasataḥ samutpannaga manāgamanalabdhayaste vidy ācāranāh . (āv. ni. malay. VI. 69, pr. 78). [ये पुवर्विद्यावशतः समुत्पन्नगमनागमनलब्धयस्ते विद्याचारणाः । ( आव. नि. मलय. वृ. 69, पृ. 78).] विज्जाह : (vijjāhar) A person who can fly in the sky through the power of his lore. विद्याधर kule vidyādharā jāta vidyādharanayogatah (padmapu 6-21 1). [कुले विद्याधरा जाता विद्याधरणयोगतः । (पद्मपु. 6-211 ). J विडंड: (vidand) A staff as high as the armpit vidand विजय : ( vinay) Veneration, reverence. vinay jamhā viņedi kammam atthaviham caurangamokkho y tamhā vadanti viduso viņao tti vilinasamsārā. (mūlā. 7-81) [ जम्हा विणेदि कम्मं अट्ठविहं चाउरंगमोक्खो य । तम्हा वदंति विदुसो विणओ त्ति विलीणसंसारा । (मूला. 7-81) ] विषयवाई : ( vinayavai) Veneratic ( Vainayika ). vinayavādi . 216 Page #241 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 217 Pagudiu : (viņa yavāy) Doctrine of non-discrimination. विनयवाद Pune : (viņņān) Determination, cognition. vijñän Manches, Mura : (vitakk, viyakk) Scriptural knowledge. वितर्क vitarkaḥ śrutam dvādaśāngam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 77) [facto: TTİ GIGNETH 1 (Ta. q. 13, q. 77).] Raku : (vitatthi) A measure equal to twelve fingers. वितस्ति 35 : (vidand) A staff as high as the armpit. vidand 114 : (vinnān) Determinate cognition. vijñān fait : (vippaog) Removal. vipra yog Broar : (vibhajjaväy) Conditional expression, explanation by making divisions. विभज्यवाद Re : (vibhass) Enquiry. vimars vimarśanam vimarśaḥ---iti sampratyayah. (āv. ni. malay. VI. 12, pr. 38). [fausti fast---sa LYRUT I (319. A. AFU. q. 12, q. 38).) Ram : (vímān) A heavenly abode; a celestial car. विमान valahi-kudasamannidā pāsādā vimāņāņi nām. (dhav. pu. 14 , pr. 495). [asile-15 HHROUCI QYICI Patrono MA I (ga. . 14, Q. 495).] R ear : (vimāņavāsi) Living on a celestial car (Vaimanika). Ararat NAMA : (vimāṇāvās) A clestial abode. vimānāvās T: (vimutt) Emancipated, released. vimukt Ray : (vimutti) Salvation, release, emancipation. विमुक्ति Panta : (vimo kkh) Salvation, release, emancipation. विमोक्ष Paupec : (viyatti) A stick lower by four fingers than one's own body. Saule Page #242 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI वियदिट्ठ: (viyatthi) A stick lower by four fingers than one's own body. Brufe वियड ( viyad) Water. vilat विराडणा: (viyadanā) Confesion. vikatana वियडभोई विकटभोगी (viyadabhoi) One who eats in the daytime. वियत्यि : (viyatthi) A measure equal to twelve fingers. वितरित वियय : (viyay) Sound produced by a stringed instrument. वितत vitado ṇām bheri-muding-paṭahādisamubbhūdo saddo (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 221 ) . [वितदो नाम भेरी मुदिंग - पटहादिसमुब्भूदों सदो । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 221).] वियलाएस : (viyalāes) Partial statement. vikalades vikalādeso nayādhinah (s. si. 1-6 ). [विकलादेशो नयाधीनः । ( स. सि. 16).] वियलेन्दिय : (viyalendiy) A living being having two, three or four senses. विकलेन्द्रिय विचार : ( viyar ) Transition. vicar vicārorth-vyañjanayogasanikrāntih . (t. sū. (śve. ) 9-46). [विचारोऽर्थ-व्यञ्जनयोगसंक्रान्ति । (त. सू. (वे.) 9–46).] विद्यारणकिरिया : (viyāranakiriyā) Proclaiming others' sins. विदर्पक्रिया विद्यारभूमि : (viyārabhūmi) A place for voiding stools. विचारभूमि वियाल : (viyāl) Evening. vikay विरय : (viray) An ascetic virat विरयसम्मदिति : : (virayasammadiṭṭhi) An ascetic with right belief. विरतसम्यग्दृष्टि विरयसम्मादिट्ठी : (virayasammāditthi) An ascetic with right belief. विरतसम्यग्दृष्टि विरयाविरय: (virayāviray) A lay-votary, the laity (Desavirata). विरताविरत jo tasabähäu virado aviradao tah y thavaravahādo. ekkasamayam ( go. 31 ). hi jivo viradāvirado jinekkamai [जो सबाहार विरदो अविरदओ तह य थावरवहादो । एक्कसमयम्हि जीवो विरदाविरदो जिणेक्कमई । ( गो . 31 ) . ] 218 Page #243 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 219 219 विवज्जय : (vivajjay) Wrong, false. viparyay viparitaikakotiniscayo viparyayah . (nyāyadi. pr. 9). [विपरीतैककोटिनिश्चयो विपर्ययः । (न्यायदी. पृ. 9).] विवाग : (vivāg) Fruit, fruition. vipak kammanamudao udiranā vā vivāgo nām . (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 10). [कम्माणमुदओ उदीरणा वा विवागो णाम । (धव. पु. 14, पृ. 18).] विवागवियार : (vivagaviyar) Contemplation of frution of karmas. विपाकविचार विवुलमइ : (vivulamai) Complex telepathy. vipulamati ujjugamanujjugam---atthe jānadi . (satkham, 5, 5, 78-7 2). [उज्जुगमणुज्जुगं---अत्ये जाणदि । (षट्वं, 5, 5, 78-72).] विहंगणाण : (vihaiganān) False clairvoyance. vibhanga jhan vivariy ohiņāņam khao vasamiy c kammavijam c. vebhango tti y vuccai samattanānihi samayamhi . (prā. paicasam. 1-128 ). [विवरीय ओहिणाणं खओवसमिय च कम्मवीजं च । वेभंगो ति य वुच्चइ समत्तणाणीहि समयम्हि । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-128).] R$ 79 : (vihanganāņ) False clairvoyance. vibhanga jñān vivariy ohiņāņam khaovasamiy c kammavijam c . vebhango tti y vuccai samattaņāņihi sama yamhi . (prā. pañcasam. 1-120 . [विवरीय ओहिणाणं खओवसमिय च कम्मवीजं च । वेभंगो ति य वुच्चइ समत्तणाणीहि समयम्हि । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-128).] विहज्जयाय : (vihajjavāy) Conditional expression, explanation by making divisions. विभज्यवाद विहाप : (vihan) Division, classification. vidhan विहिकप्पण : (vihikappana) Positive aspect. vidhilalpana 456 : (vd'Idah) Hump-backed. va tabh Hour : (sankapp) Intention. sari kalp vyāpādanābhisandhiḥ sankalpaḥ . (śrā. pr. ți. 107). [व्यापादनाभिसंधि संकल्प । (श्रा. प्र. टी. 187).] संकमण: (saikaman) Transformation. sankraman tatthath pagati-tthitianubhāg-padesäņam aņņahābhāvapariņāmaņam annapagatiparinamanam ih va saikamanakaranam . (karmapr. c. 2 ). [तत्यथ पगति-ट्ठितिअणुभाग-पदेसाणं अण्पहाभावपरिणामणं अण्णपगतिपरिणामणं इह वा संकमणकरणं । (कर्मप्र. चू. 2).] Page #244 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 228 संकर : (sankar) Confusion, mixture. sikar संकलप : (Saikalan) Synthetic judgment, contact, junction. संकलन संकिलिट्ठ : (saikilitth) Malevolent. sanklist purvajanmani-~-sanklistah . (s. si. 3-5). [पूर्वजन्मनि---संक्लिष्टाः । (स. सि. 3-5).] संखडि : (sankhadi) Feast. sankhadi sankhadayante prāņināmāyūmși yasyām prakaraṇakriyāyām s a sankhadi . (dasavai. si. hari. v. 36, pr, 219). [संखडयन्ते प्राणिनामायूंषि यस्यां प्रकरणक्रियायां सा संखडी । (दशवै. सू. हरि. वृ. 36, पृ, 219).] संखादत्तिय : (sankhadattiy) An ascetic who accepts food according to a number of Dattis. संख्यादत्तिक संखिज्ज : (sankhijj) Numerable. sankhyey ahavä jam sarkhāņam pañcindiyavisao tam sankhejjam ņām . (dhav. pu. 3, pr. 267). [अहवा जं संखाणं पंचिंदियविसओ तं संखेज्जं णाम । (धव. पु. 3, पृ. 267).] संसेज्ज : (saikhe jj) Numerable. sankhyey ahavä jam sankhăņam pañcindiyavisao tam sarkhejjam ņām . (dhav. pu. 3, p. 267). [अहवा जं संखाणं पंचिंदियविसओ तं संखेज्जं णाम । (धव. पु. 3, पृ. 267).] संग : (sang) Attachment, bondage. sang संगहपय : (sangahanay) Generic viewpoint. sarigrahanay jam sāmannaggāhi sanginhai ten sangaho niyayam. (višeşā . bha. 76). [जं सामन्नग्गाही संगिण्हइ तेण संगहो निययं । (विशेषा. भा. 76).] संगहणयाभास : (saigahanayābhās) Fallacy of the generic view point. संग्रहनयाभास brahmavādastadābhāsah svārthabhedanirākrteh . (laghiy. 38 [ब्रह्मवादस्तदाभासः स्वार्थभेदनिराकृतेः । (लघीय. 38).] संगहपयाहास : (saigahanayāhās) Fallacy of the generic view point. संग्रहनयाभास brahmavādastadābhāsaḥ svārthabhedanirākrteh . (laghiy. 38 [ब्रह्मवादस्तदाभास स्वार्थभेदनिराकृतेः । (लघीय. 38).] Page #245 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 221 संघ : (saigh) A religious order, an order of monks, nuns, laymen and laywomen, church. संघ sangho gunasanghão sangho y vimocao y kammāņam . damsaņ-ņān-c ritte sanghāyan to have sangho . (bh. ā. 714). (संघो गुणसंघाओ संघो घ विमोचओ य कम्माणं । दसण-णाण-चरित्ते संघार्यतो हदे संघो । (भ. आ. 714).] संघस : (sanghams) Sound produced by rubbing. sanghars FUCE : (sanghatt) Touch. sanghatt संघरिस : (saigharis) Sound produced by rubbing. saigharg संवाडग : (sanghādag) A group. sanghatak संघाडी : (saighadi) An upper garment used for covering. संघाटी संघाय : (sanghāy) Union, fusion, association, combination. संघात paramānupoggalasamudayasamāgamo sanghado nām . (dhav. pu. 14, pr. 121). [परमाणुपोग्गलसमुदयसमागमो संघादो णाम । (धव. पु. 14, पृ. 121).] संघायण : (sanghāyan) Union, fusion, association, combination. संघातन संबई : (san jai) A nun. samyati संजम : (san jam) Self-restraint. samyam vay-samidi-kasayanam dandanarn indiyan paicanham . ghāran-pal n--niggah-cay-jao sanjamo bhanio . (pra. pancasam. 1-127). [वय-समिदि-कसायाणं दंडाणं इंदियाण पंचण्हं । शरण-पालन-णिग्गह-चाय-जओ संजमो भणिओ । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-127).] संजमा जम : (sain jamasan jam) Partial self-restraint. संयमासंयम vira távirata tven samyamāsamyamaḥ smrtah (t. sā. 2-85). विरताविरतत्वेन संयमासंयमः स्मृतः (त. सा. 2-85).] संजय : (sanjay) An ascetic, a monk. samyat pañcasamido tiguito pañcendiyasambudo jidakasão . damsan-n anasamagge samane so sanjado bhanido . (prav. sā. 3-48). [पंचसमिदो तिगत्तो पंचेन्दियसंबडो जिदकसाओ । दसण-गाणसमग्गो समणो सो संजदो भणिटो । (प्रव. सा. 3-48).] संजयासँजय : (sanjayāsanjay) A lay-votary. samyatasamyat samyatāsc te ayatāsc samyatasamyatah . (dhav. pu. 1, pr. 173). [संयताश्च ते अयताश्च संयतासंघताः । (धव. पु. 1, पृ. 173).] Page #246 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI संजुत्ताहिगरण : (sañjuttāhigaran) Combining destructive instruments. संयुक्ताधिकरण samyuktādhikaranam---tadadhikaranam ceti samāsah (av. hari. v. a. 6, pr. 831). [ संयुक्ताधिकरणम्---तदधिकरणं चेति समासः । ( आव. हरि. वृ. अ. 6, q. 831).] संजेलण: (sañjelan) A group of passions preventing perfect conduct. संज्वलन samekābhāve vartate samyamen sahāvasthānādekibhūy (t vā. dekibhūtāḥ) jvalanti samyamo vā jvalatyeṣu satsavapiti sañjvalanāh krodh-mān māyā- lobhāh (s. si. 8-9h. [समेकीभावे वर्तते, संयमेन सहावस्थानादेकीभूय (त. वा. देकीभूताः) ज्वलन्ति संयमो वा ज्वलत्येषु सत्सवपीति संज्वलना: क्रोध-मान- माया-लोभा: । (स. सि. 8-9:.] संजोगी : (sañjogi) Having the activities of mind, speech and body. सयोगी संजोयणा : ( sañjoyanā) A fault incurred by an ascetic by combining different things to create taste. संयोजना sayojana y doso jo sajoedi bhatt-pānam tu ( mūla 6-57 ). [ सयोजणा य दोसो जो सजोएदि भत्त-पाणं तु । (मूला 6-57 ).] संजोयपाहिगरण : ( sañjoyanāhigaran) Combining destructive instruments संयोजनाधिकरण yatpurv nirvartitayoh---samyo janādhikariniki (sthān am. abhay. vṛ. 60). [ यत्पूर्व निर्वर्तितयो: --- संयोजनाधिकरणिकी । ( स्थानां. अभय. वृ. 60).] संठाण : (santhan) Figure, institute. samsthan jesim kammakkhandhāṇamudaen jäikammodaya para tanten sarirass s mthānam kirade tam sarirasanthānam nām (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 53 . 222 ). [जेसि कम्मक्खंधाणमुदएण जाइकम्मोदयपरतंतेण सरीरस्स संठाणं कीरदे तं सरीरसंठाणं णाम । ( धव. पु. 6, पृ. 53 ) . ] संठाणविचय : (santhānavicay) Contemplation of the structure of the universe. संस्थानविचय tinnam logānam santhan-pamāṇāuyādicintaṇam santhanavicayam nā m cauttham dhammajjhāņam. (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 72). [ तिष्णं लोगाणं संठाण - पमाणाउयादिचितणं संठाणविचयं णाम चउत्थं धम्मज्झाणं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 72 ) . ] Page #247 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 223 संतिण : (santinn) Liberated. sanim सयाण : (santhān) Figure, institute. samsthan jesim kammakkhandhāņamudaen jāikammodayaparatanten sarirass s mthānam kirade tam sarirasanthānam nam . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 53 जेसि कम्मक्खंधाणमुदएण जाइकम्मोदयपरतंतेण सरीरस्स संठाणं कीरदे तं सरीरसंठाणं णाम । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 53).] संथापविचय : (santhānavicay) Contemplation of the structure of the universe. संस्थानविचय tiņņam logāņam santhān-pamāṇāuyādicintaņam santhāņavicayam ņā m cauttham dhammajjhanam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 72). [तिण्णं लोगाणं संठाण-पमाणाउयादिचिंतणं संठाणविचयं णाम चउत्थं धम्मज्झाणं । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 72).] संथार : (santhar) A bed. samstar samstiryate yah pra tipannapauşadho pavāsen darbh-kus-kambal --vastrādih s samstarakah . (sra. pr. ti. 323). [संस्तीर्यते स प्रतिपन्नपौषधोपवासेन दर्भ-कुश-कम्बल-वस्त्रादिः स संस्तारकः । (श्रा. प्र. टी. 323).] संथारग : (santhārag) A bed. samstarak samstiryate yaḥ pratipanna pausadho pavāsen darbh-kus-kambal -vastuadih s samstarakah . (Srā. pr. ti. 323). [संस्तीर्यते यः प्रतिपन्नपौषधोपवासेन दर्भ-कुश-कम्बल-वस्त्रादिः स संस्तारकः । (श्रा. प्र. टी. 323).] संयोह : (santhoh) Transformation. sasto bh संपओग : (sampaog) Contact. samprayog संपराय : (samparāy) Passion, transmigration. samparāy samantātparābhav ātmanaḥ samparāyaḥ karmabhiḥ samantādāt manah parābhavo bhibhavah samparāy ityucyate . (t. vā. 6, 4, 4). [समन्तात्पराभव आत्मनः सम्परायः । कर्मभिः समन्तादात्मनः पराभवोऽभिभक सम्पराय इत्युच्यते । (त. वा. 6, 4, 4).] संपाइम : (sampaim) A flying insect. samparatim संवाहा : (sambāhā) Pain, connected. sambaddh संबोहि : (sambohi) Right knowledge, enlightenment. सम्बोधि Page #248 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI संभिण्णसोठ : (sambhinnasou) One who possesses the power of hearing through any part of the body. सम्भिन्नश्रोत्र संभोइय : (sambhoiy) Ascetics of the same state of conduct wherein they can interdine etc. साम्भोगिक sambhogaḥ sadhūnām samānasāmācārika taya parasparamu padhyādidā n-grahanasamvyavahāralakṣaṇaḥ s vidyate yasy s sambhogikaḥ (sthānā. sū. abhay. v. 3, 3, 173, pr. 139). [सम्भोग: साधूनां समानसामाचारीकतया परस्परमुपध्यादिदान-ग्रहणसंव्यवहारलक्षणः स विद्यते यस्य स साम्भोगिकः । ( स्थाना. सू. अभय वृ. 3, 3, 173, पृ. 139 ).] संभोग : (sambhog ) Intercourse, interdining etc. sambhog sādhūnām samānasāmācārikata ya parasparamupadhyādidān-grahanas mvyavahāralaksanah ( sthānām. abhay br. 173). [ साधूनां समानसामाचारीकतया परस्परमुपध्यादिदान- ग्रहणसंव्यवहारलक्षणः । (स्थानां. अभय. बृ. 173).] संमोय : (sammoy) Intercourse, interdining etc. sambhog sādhūnām samānasāmācārīkatayā parasparamu padhyādidān-grahaṇas mvyavahāralaksanah ( sthānām. abhay br. 173 ). [ साधूनां समानसामाचारीकतया परस्परमुपध्यादिदान-ग्रहणसंव्यवहारलक्षणः । ( स्थानां, अभय. बृ. 173).] संयसंबुद्ध : (samyasambuddh) One who becomes enlightened by himself without the aid of anybody, self-enlightened. स्वयंसम्बुद्ध svayam ātmanaiv samyagvarabodhiprāptyä buddha mithy ātv-nidrāpagamasambodhen svayam sambuddhāh . (lalit. v i. pr. 20). [स्वयम् आत्मनैव सम्यग्वरबोधिप्राप्त्या बुद्धा मिथ्यात्व - निद्रापगमसम्बोधेन स्वयं सम्बुद्धा: । (ललित. वि. पृ. 20).] संरंभ : (samrambh) Sinful planning. samrambh samrambhosarikappo--- (bh. a. 812 ). [ संरम्भो संकप्पो --- 1 (भ. आ. 812).] लिंगी : (samlingi) A Jaina ascetic. svalingi 224 Page #249 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI (samle hana) Voluntary death, making the body and passions thin, passionless end. samlikhyate sarirakaṣāyādi yayā tapaḥkriyā sā samle khanā. ( pañcav. svo. vṛ. 2). [ संलिख्यते शरीरकषायादि यया तपःक्रिया सा संलेखना । (पंचव. स्वो. वृ. 2). ] (samvar) Stoppage of the influx of karma. samvar jass jadā khalu punnam jode pävam c natthi viradass. sam varanam tass tada suhãsuhakadass kammass (pañcā. kā. 14 3). [जस्स जदा खलु पुण्णं जोदे पावं च णत्थि विरदस्स । संवरणं तस्स तदा सुहासुहकदस्स कम्मस्स । (पंचा. का. 143).] aku (samvavahariy) Empirical, practical. संव्यवहारिक samicino vyavahāraḥ samvyavahāraḥ, pravṛtti-nivṛttilak sanah samvyavahāro bhanyate. (br. dravyasam. ti. 5). [ समीचीनो व्यवहार संव्यवहार, प्रवृत्ति - निवृत्तिलक्षणः संव्यवहारो भण्यते । (बृ. द्रव्यसं. टी. 5).] : (sam vibhāg) Proper sharing. samvibhāg (samvuḍ) An ascetic. samvṛt samyagvṛtaḥ samvṛtah, samvṛt iti durupalakṣyapradeś uc yate. (s. si. 2-32). [सम्यग्वृतः संवृतः संवृत इति दुरुपलक्ष्यप्रदेश उच्यते । (स. f. 2-32).] digsrigs: (samvuḍāsamvuḍ) A lay-votary. samvṛtāsam vṛt an: (samveg) Desire for emancipation. samveg siddhi y devalogo sukuluppatti y hoi samvego. (dasav ai. ni. 203). [सिद्धी य देवलोगो सुकुलुप्पत्ती य होइ संवेगो । ( दशवै. नि. 203).] du (samvey) Desire for emancipation. sam ve g siddhi y devalogo sukuluppatti y hoi samvego . (daśav ai. ni. 203). [सिद्धी य देवलोगो सुकुलुप्पत्ती य होइ संवेगो । (दशवै. नि. 203).] 225 Page #250 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 226 226 संसय : (samsay) Doubt. saptay samsayo nāmānavadhāritārtha jhānam . (suryapr. malay. पा. 2, pr. 5). [संशयो नामानवधारितार्थज्ञानम् । (सूर्यप्र. मलय. वृ. 2, पृ. 5).] संसेइम : (samseim) Water in which or with which something is boiled or washed. संसवेदिम संसेदय : (samseday) A living being born in sweat. संसवेदज संसेदिम : (samsedim) water in which or with which something is boiled or washed. संसवेदिम संसेयय : (samseyay) A living being born in sweat. संसवेदन संहड : (samhad) A fault incurred by an ascetic by accepting food from a vessel besmeared with a living thing. संत संहपप : (samhanan) Bone-Structure. samhanan jass kammass udaen sarire haddaņippatti hodi tam sarir saighadanam nām . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 364). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण सरीरे हड्डणिप्पत्ती होदि तं सरीरसंघडणं णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 364).] . संहय : (samhay) A fault incurred by an ascetic by accepting food from a vessel besmeared with a living thing. संहूत सई : (sai) In some respect, from a certain point of view, under a certain condition, relatively, memory. स्मृति ditth-sudanubhudatthavisayanānavisesidajivo sadi nām . (dhav • pu. 13, p.. 333). [दिट्ठ-सुदाणुभूदट्ठविसयणाणविसेसिदजीवो सदी णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 333).] सकाममरण : (sakāmamaran) Voluntary death, wise death. सकाममरण सम्ग : (sagg) A heaven. svarg सचित्त : (sacitt) Having life, living. sacitt sah citten vartat iti sacittam cetanāvad dra vyam .( s. si. 7-35). [सह चित्तेन वर्तत इति सचित्तं चेतनावद् द्रव्यम् । (स. सि. 7-35).] Page #251 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI सचित्तणिक्खेव : (sacittanikkhev) Placing a thing on wha possesses life. सचित्तनिक्षेप सचित्ततिहाण : (sacittatihān) Covering a thing by what possesses life. सचित्तपिधान sacittenā varaṇam sacittapidhānam. (cā. să. pr. 14). [सचित्तेनावरणं सचित्तपिधानम् । (चा. सा. पृ. 14).] सचित्तपडिबद्ध : (sacittapadibaddh) A thing connected with what possesses life. सचित्तप्रतिबद्ध सचित्तसंबद्ध : (sacittasambaddh) A thing connected with what possessed life. सचित्तसंबद्ध सचित्तसम्मिस्स : (sacittasammiss) A thing mixed with what possesses life. संचित्तसम्मिश्र सचित्तसम्मीस : (sacittasammis ) A thing mixed with what possesses life. सचित्तसम्मिश्र सचित्ताहार : (sacittāhār) Food having life. सचित्ताहार cetanavad dravyam sacittam harita kayaḥ, tadabhyavaharanam sacit tāhārah (cā sā. pr. 13). [ चेतनावद् द्रव्यं सचित्तं हरितकाय:, तदभ्यवहरणं सचित्ताहार (चा. सा. पृ. 13).] सचेल : (sacel) One wearing garments. sacel सचेलग : (sacelag) One wearing garments sace lak सच्च : (sacc) True, truth, truthfulness. saty parasan tā va yakārama vayaṇam mottun s-par-hida vayaṇam jo vadadi bhi kkhu turiyo tass du dhammo have saccam. (dvādaśānu. 74). [परसंतावयकारमवयणं मोत्तूण स-पर-हिदवयणं । जो वददि भिक्खु तुरियो तस्स दु धम्मो हवे सच्चं । ( द्वादशानु. 74) .] सजीव : (sajiv) Living. sajiv सजोग, सओग (sajog saog) Having the activities of mind, speech and body. सयोग सजोगकेवली, सओगकेवली : (sajogakevali, saogakevali) An omniscient having activities of mind, speech and body. सयोगकेवली 9 kevalanān---sajoijino anāi- nihanārise vutto . (pra. pañcasam. 1-27, 29 ) . [केवलणाण - - - सजोइजिणो अणाइ - जिहणारिसे वुत्तो । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1- 27, 29).] 227 Page #252 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS: PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI ru (sajoniy) A worldly soul. sayoņik सज्जेलण : : (sajjelan) Angry. sajvalan (sajjh) Probandum; end, goal. sadhy avyutpattisam say-viparyāsavisaṣṭorthaḥ sadhyaḥ. (p ramāṇasam. svo. viv. 20). [अव्युत्पत्तिसंशय-विपर्यासविशष्टोऽर्थः साध्यः । ( प्रमाणसं. zat. faa. 20).] (sajjhāy) Self-study, study of scriptures. jñānabhāvanālasyatyāgaḥ svädhyāyaḥ. (s. si. 9-20 [ज्ञानभावनाऽऽलस्यत्यागः स्वाध्यायः । ( स. सि. 9-20).] Holy (saṭṭhāņumān) Subjective inference, inference for oneself. स्वार्थानुमान svayamev niścitāt---svārthānumānamityarthaḥ . (ny ayadi. pr. 71-72). [ स्वयमेव निश्चितात् -- स्वार्थानुमानमित्यर्थः । ( न्यायदी. पृ. 71-72).] : (sanṇakkhar) The script or alphabet. संज्ञावर akkharass sanṭhānagii, settam sannakkharam. (nandi. s. 38, pr. 187). [अक्खरस्स संठाणागिई, सेत्तं सन्नक्खरं । ( नन्दी. स. 38, पृ. 187).] H: (sanņā) Instinct, desire, recognition, knowledge, rationality, reason. स्वाध्याय ). jen saddakaläven attho padivajjāvijjadi so saddakalão s nṇā ņām. (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 333). [ जेण सद्दकलावेण अत्थो पडिवज्जाविज्जदि सो सद्दकलाओ सण्णा णाम । ( धव. पु. 13, पृ. 333 ) . ] :(sanni) A rational being. sañjñl sikṣa-kriyälä pagrāhi sañjñi. (t. va. 9, 7, 11). [शिक्षा-क्रियालापग्राही संज्ञी । (त. वा. 9, 7, 11).] H: (satt) A living being. satv (sattabhangi) Sevenfold predication, sevenfold judgment, sevenfold proposition, sevenfold statement. सप्तभङ्गी vihi-nisehāvattavvabhangānam patte yadusañjoy-tisan joya jādā nam tinni tinni egasambhoyanam melanam saptabhangi. (angap 228 Page #253 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 229 • pr. 288). [विहि-पिसेहावत्तव्वभंगाणं पत्तेयदसंजोय-तिसंजोयजादाणं तिण्णि तिणि एगसंभोयाणं मेलणं सप्तभंगी । (अंगप. पृ. 288).] सत्तसत्तमिया : (sattasattamiya) A penance extending upto seven weeks. सप्तसप्तमिका सत्ता: (satta) Endurance, existence. satta sattā savvapayatthā savissarūvă anantapajjāyā . bhanguppa d-dhuvattā sappadivakkhā havadi ekkā . (pañcā. kā. 8). [सत्ता सव्वपयत्या सविस्सरूवा अणंतपज्जाया । भंगुष्पाद-धुवत्ता सप्पडिवक्खा हवदि एक्का । (पंचा. का. 8).] सत्यापुमाष : (satthānumān) Subjective inference, inference for oneself. स्वार्थानुमान svayamev niścitāt---svārthānumānamityarthah. (ny āyadi. pr. 71-72). [स्वयमेव निश्चितात्---स्वार्थानुमानमित्यर्थः । (न्यायदी. पृ. 71-72).] सदारमंतभेय : (sadaramantabhey) Exposing the secret of one's own life. स्वदारमंत्रभेद svadāramantrabhedam c strakalatraviśrabdhabhāṣitānyaka thanam cetyarthah . (sra. pr. ti. 263). [स्वदारमन्त्रभेदं च स्त्रकलत्रविश्रब्धभाषितान्यकथनं चेत्यर्थः । (श्रा. प्र. टी. 263).] सन्त : (sant) Having an end. ant सन्तरोत्तर : (santarottar) An under and upper garment. सान्तरोत्तर सपक्स : (sapakkh) Homologous, relative position. sapaks sadhyasajatiyadharmā dharmi sapaksah . (nyāyadi. pr. 83). [साध्यसजातीयधर्मा धर्मी सपक्षः । (न्यायदी. पृ. 83).] सपज्जवसिय : (sapajjavasiy) Having an end. saparyavasit सप्पवीयार : (sappaviyar) One who is given to sexual enjoyment. सप्रवीचार Hau : (sabbhūy) Real, true. sambhūt समचउरस्स : (samacaurass) The entire body to be symmetrical. समचतुरम समणक्क : (samanakk) One possessed ot mind. samanask sañjñinah samanaskāḥ . (t. sū. di. 2-24). [संज्ञिनः समनस्का : । (त. सू. दि. 2-24).] Page #254 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 238 समपुष्प : (samanunn) One who observes similar conduct. समनोज sambhogayuktāḥ samanojñāḥ (t. bhā. 9-24). [सम्भोगयुक्तः समनोज्ञाः (त. भा. 9-24).] समणोप्य : (samanonn) One who observe similar conduct. . समनोज्ञ sambhogayuktāḥ samanojñāḥ (t. bhā. 9-24). [सम्भोगयुक्ताः समनोज्ञE (त. भा. 9-24).] समन्तापुवाय : (samantānuvāy) Leaving excrements in places frequented by men etc. समन्तानुपात समभाव : (samabhav) Equanimity. samabhav समभिरूट : (samabhirudh) Conventional view-point. samabhirudh vatthūo sankamaņam hoi avatthū nae samabhirūdhe . (anuyo. gā. 139, Pr. 264). [वत्यूओ संकमणं होइ अवत्यू नए समभिरूदे । (अनुयो. गा. 139, पृ. 264).] समभिरुटाभास : (samabhirudhābhās) Fallacy of the conventional viewpoint. समभिरुटाभास paryāyanānātvamantareņāpindrādibhedaka thanam tadābhāsah ( prameyar. 6-74). [पर्यायनानात्वमन्तरेणापीन्द्रादिभेदकथनं तदाभासः । (प्रमेयर. 6-74).] सममिरुटाहास : (samamiridhāhās) Fallacy of the conventional viewpoint. सममिरुटामास paryāyanānātvamantareņāpindrădibheda ka thanam tadābhāsah .( prameyar. 6-74). [पर्यायनानात्वमन्तरेणापीन्द्रादिभेदकथनं तदाभासः । (प्रमेयर. 6-74).] HAU : (samay) The minimum time-unit, moment, an instant, a doctrine, a precept, a scripture, sign, convention, self, soul. समय paramāņuss niyatthidagayamapadesassadikkamaṇametto . jo kāl o avibhagi hodi pudham samayanāmā so . (t. p. 4-285). [परमाणुस्स णियट्ठिदगयमपदेसस्सदिक्कमणमेत्तो । जो कालो अविभागी होदि पुटं समयणामा सो । (त. प. 4-285).] Page #255 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 231 समयखेत्त : (samayakhett) The human region where time is measured by the movements of sun etc. समयक्षेत्र açdhāijjā divā do y samuddā es ņam evaie samayakkhett e tti pavuccati . (bhagavati 2, 9, 52, pr. 303). [अड्टाइज्जा दीवा दो य समुद्दा एस णं एवइए समयक्खेत्ते ति पवुच्चति । (भगवती 2, 9, 52, पृ. 383).] समया : (samaya) Equanimity. samati sattu-mitt-mani-pāhān-suvann-mattiyāsu rāg-dosābhāv o samadā ņām. (dhav. pu. 8, pr. 84). [सत्तु-मित्त-मणि-पाहाण-सुवण्ण-मट्टियासु राग-दोसाभावो समदा णाम । (धव. पु. 8, पृ. 84).] समसेपि: (samaseni) An even row. samatreni समहिस्ट : (samahirudh) Conventional view-point. samabhiridh vatthūo sankamaņam hoi avatthū nae samabhirūdhe . (anuyo. gã. 139, pr. 264). [वत्यूओ संकमणं होइ अवत्यू नए समभिरूद्धे । (अनुयो. गा. 139, पृ. 264).] समहिस्टामास : (samahiridhābhās) Fallacy of the conventional viewpoint. समभिरुटाभास paryāyanānātvamantareņāpindrādibhedaka thanam tadābhāsaḥ. ( : prameyar. 6-74). [पर्यायनानात्वमन्तरेणापीन्द्रादिभेदकथनं तदाभासः । (प्रमेयर. 6-74).] समाहिस्टाहास : (samahiridhāhās) Fallacy of the conventional viewpoint. सममिस्टाभास paryāyanānātvamantareņāpindrādibheda ka thanam tadābhāsah .( prameyar. 6-74). [पर्यायनानात्वमन्तरेणापीन्द्रादिभेदकथनं तदाभासः । (प्रमेयर. 6-74).] समा: (sama) An era. sama HAISH : (samães) A fault incurred by reserving particular food for ascetics. HAIGT nigganthānam samāesam . (pindani. 238). [निग्गंथाणं समाएसं । (पिंडनि. 238).] समादाण : (samādān) Violation of vows. samadan Page #256 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 232 HART : (samāy) Attainment of equanimity. sa may warun : (samāyān) Violation of vows. sa mädän समायार : (samayar) Right conduct. samacar samadā sāmācāro sammācāro samo v ācāro. savvesim sam māņam sāmācāro du ācāro . (mūlā. 4-2, pr. 110). [समदा सामाचारो सम्माचारो समो व आचारो । सव्वेसिं सम्माणं सामाचारो दु आचारो । (मूला. 4-2, पृ. 118).] समायारी : (samāyāri) Conduct of an ascetic, proper conduct. समाचारी HARA : (samārambh) Sinful preparation. samārambh samārabhaņam nām tass sanghattaņādidandass pavattanam . (daśavai. cd. p. 142). [समारभणं नाम तस्स संघट्टणादिडंडस्स पवत्तणं ! (दशवे. चू. पृ. 142).] समाहि : (samāhi) Peace of mind, easement. samādhi damsan-nan-carittesu sammamavatthānam samāhi nām . (dhav. p u.8, pr. 88). [दसण-णाण-चरित्तेसु सम्ममवट्ठाणं समाही णाम । (धव. पु. 8, पृ. 88).] समाहिमरण : (samahimaran) Peaceful death. samadhimaran samadhimaranam ratnatrayaikāgratayā pranatyāgah . (sā. dh. svo. . 7-58). [समाधिमरणं रत्नत्रयैकाग्रतया प्राणत्यागः । (सा. ध. स्वो. टी. 7-58).] समाहिय : (samāhiy) Pacified, tranquil. samahit समिइ : (samii) Carefulness, cautionness. samiti pranipidaparihararth samyagayanam samitih . (s. si. 9-2 [प्राणिपीडापरिहारार्थ सम्यगयन समितिः । (स. सि. 9-2).] समिय: (samiy) Careful, cautions. samita समुग्धाय : (samugghāy) Emanation of soul particles from the body to destroy some karmas, HAUGEITT mūlasariramachandiy uttarade hass jivapiņdass . niggamanam de hādo hodi samugghādaņāmam tu . (go. ji. 668). [मूलसरीरमऊंडिय उत्तरदेहस्स जीवपिंडस्स ! णिागमणं देहादो होदि समुग्धादणामं तु । (गो. जी. 668).] Page #257 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 233 समलिण्पकिरियापिवित्ति : (samucchinnakiriyanivitti) Away from the worldly actions Vyuparatakriyanivritti. समुच्छिन्नक्रियानिवृत्ति tassev y selesiga yass selo w ņippa kampass . vocchi nnakiriyamappadivaijjhānam paramasukkam . (dhyānas. 82). [तस्सेव य सेलेसीगयस्स सेलो व्व णिप्पकंपस्स । वोच्छिन्नकिरियमप्पडिवाइज्झाणं परमसुक्कं । (ध्यानश. 82).] समुच्छिष्णकिरियानिवित्ति : (samucchinnakiriyānivitti) Away from the worldly actions Vyuparatakriyanivritti. समुकिन्नक्रियानिवृत्ति tassev y se lesiga yass selo w nippakampass, vocchi nnakiriyamappadivaijjhānam paramasukkam . (dhyānas. 82). [तस्सेव य सेलेसीगयस्स सेलो ब्व णिप्पकंपस्स । वोछिन्नकिरियमप्पडिवाइज्झाणं परमसुक्कं । (ध्यानश. 82).] समुच्छेय : (samucchey) Momentariness. samucched eka jātyavirodhini kramabhuvām bhāvānām santäne pūrvabhāvav ināsah samucchedah . (panca. ka. amrt. VI. 18). [एकजात्यविरोधिनि क्रमभुवां भावानां संताने पूर्वभावविनाशः समुच्छेदः । (पंचा. का. अमृत. वृ. 18).] समुच्छेयवाई : (samuccheyavai) One who holds the doctrine of momentariness. समुच्छेदवादी समुदिव्य : (samutthiy) Ready to observe self-restraint. समुत्थित समुदाण : (samudan) Begging, seeking alms. samudan समुदेस : (samuddes) Teaching, food, a sub-chapter. समुद्देश samuddeso vyakhya, arthapradanamiti bhāvah . (vyav. bh a. malay. vr. pi. 1-115, pr. 48). [समुद्देशो व्याख्या, अर्थप्रदानमिति भावः । (व्यव. भा. मलय. वृ. पी. 1-115, पृ. 48).] समुदेसपकाल : (samuddesanakal) Teaching time. समुद्देशनकाल समुदसिय : (samuddesiy) A sin incurred by an ascetic dy accepting the food etc. specially prepared for him (Auddesika). समुद्देशिक Page #258 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 234 समुयाण : (samuyān) Begging, seeking alms. samudan समोसय : (samosay) Arrived, reached. samavast समोसरण : (samosaran) An assembly, a conference, a gathering, a meeting, arriving, coming. समवसरण समोसिय : (samosiy) Arrived, reached. samavasat सम्म : (sammam) Right, true. samyak samañcati gacchati vyāpno ti sarvan dra vyabhāvāniti s myak . (t. bha. siddh. . 1-1, pr. 38). [समञ्चति गच्छति व्याप्नोति सर्वान् द्रव्यभावानिति सम्यक् । (त. भा. सिद्ध. वृ. 1-1, पृ. 38).] सम्मचारित्त : (sammacaritt) Right conduct. सम्यक्चारित्र cārittam samabhāvo visayesu virūdhamaggāņam . (pañca. kā. 187). [चारित्तं समभावो विसयेसु विरूटमग्गाणं । (पंचा. का. 187).] सम्मणाण : (sammanan) Right knowledge. samyagjnan सम्मत्त : (sammatt) Righteousness, right belief, right faith. सम्यक्ष sammattam saddahaņam bhāvāņam---. (pañcă. kä. 107). [सस्मत्तं सद्दहणं भावाणं---1 (पंचा. का. 187).] सम्मत्तमोहपिज्ज : (sammattamohanijj) A kind of deluding karma causing right belief in a preliminary degree. सम्यश्वमोहनीय attāgamapadatthasaddhāe jassodaen sithilattam hodi tam samm ttam . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 39). [अत्तागमपदत्यसखाए जस्सोदएण सिथिलत्तं होदि तं सम्मत्तं । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 39).] सम्मदसप : (sammadamsan) Right belief, right faith. सम्यग्दर्शन tattvārthasraddhānam samyagdarsanam . (t. su. 1-2). [तत्त्वार्यश्रद्धानं सम्यग्दर्शनम् । (त. सू. 1-2).] HARRO : (sammadiţthi) One having right belief, one possessing right faith. सम्यग्दष्टि bhūdatthamassido khalu sammādiţthi havadi jivo . (samayaprā . 13). [भूदत्यमस्सिदो खलु सम्मादिट्ठी हवदि जीवो । (समयप्रा. 13).] Page #259 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 235 सम्मनाक : (sammanan) Right knowledge. samyagjhan सम्ममिच्छत्तदंसप : (sammamicchattadamsan) Mixed i.e. right and wrong belief. सम्यमिथ्यात्वदर्शन tadev mithyātvam---samyanamithyātvamiti yāvat . (s. s i. 8-9). [तदेव मिथ्यात्वं---सम्यङमिथ्यात्वमिति यावत् । (स. सि. 8-9).] सम्ममिच्छत्तदिदिठ : (sammamicchattaditthi) One having right and wrong, i.e. mixed belief. सम्यमिथ्यादृष्टि सम्ममिच्छत्तमोहपिज्ज : (sammamicchattamohanijj) A kind of deluding karma causing right and wrong i.e. mixed belief. सम्यमिथ्यात्वमोहनीय HIIRRO : (sammādiţthi) One having right belief, one possessing right faith. सम्यग्दृष्टि bhūdatthamassido Khalu sammădiţthi havadi jivo . (samayaprā - 13). [भूदत्यमस्सिदो खलु सम्मादिट्ठी हवदि जीवो । (समयप्रा. 13).] सम्मुच्छप : (sammucchan) Spontaneous generation. सम्मूर्छन triņu lokeşūrdhvamadhastiryak c dehass samantato mūr cchanam sammurcchanamavayavaprakalpanam . (s. si. 2-31). [त्रिषु लोकेपूर्ध्वमस्तिर्यक् च देहस्स समन्ततो मूर्छनं सम्मूचनमवयवप्रकल्पनम् । (स. सि. 2-31).] सय : (say) Existent, being, real, true, good. sat uttpad-vyay-dhrauvyayuktam sat . (t. si. 5-38). [उत्त्पाद-व्यय-धौव्ययुक्तं सत् । (त. सू. 5-38).] सयंबुन : (sayambuddh) one who becomes enlightened by himself without the aid of anybody, self-enlightened. स्वयंबुद्ध svayam ātmanaiv samyagvarabodhiprāptyā buddhā mithy atv-nidrāpagamasambodhen svayam sambuddhah . (lalit. v i. pr. 28). [स्वयम् आत्मनैव सम्यग्वरबोधिप्राप्त्या बुद्धा मिथ्यात्व-निद्रापगमसम्बोधेन स्वयं सम्बुद्धाः । (ललित. वि. पृ. 28).] HUSIVA : (sayalāes) A synthetic statement, a complete judgement. सकलादेश Page #260 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 236 सयारमंतभेय : (sayaramantabhey) Exposing the secret of one's own life. स्वचारमंत्रभेद svadāramantrabhedam c strakalatraviśrabdhabhāṣitānyaka thanam cetyarthah . (sra. pr. th. 263). [स्वदारमन्त्रभेदं च स्त्रकलत्रविश्रब्धभाषितान्यकथनं चेत्यर्थः । (श्रा. प्र. टी. 263).] सरप : (saran) Recollection. smaran diţth-sudāņubhūdaţthavisayaņāņavisesida jivo sadi ņām . (dhav pu. 13, pr. 333). [दिट्ठ-सुदाणुभूदट्ठविसयणाणविसेसिदजीवो सदी णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 333).] सराग : (sarag) Passionate, having passions. sarig samsārakāraṇanivsttim pratyāgūsmokṣiṇāśayaḥ sarāg i tyucyate . (s. si. 6-12). [संसारकारणनिवृत्ति प्रत्यागर्णोऽक्षीणाशयः सराग इत्युच्यते । (स. सि. 6-12).] सरीसय : (sarisay) A reptile. sarep सरीसव : (sarisav) A reptile. sarisp सरुवी : (saruvi) A worldly soul. sarupi सरोसोसण : (sarososan) Drawing off the water from lakes etc. सरशोषण सलिंग : (saling) one's own garb. svaling rajoharan-mukhavastrika-colapattakādi svaliigam . (t. bh a. siddh. VI. 10-7). [रजोहरण-मुखवस्त्रिका-चोलपट्टकादि स्वलिङ्गम् । (त. भा. सिद्धा. वृ. 18-7).] सलिंगसिद्ध : (saliigasiddh) One who attains liberation in the garb of a Jaina ascetic. स्वलिंगासक svalingen rajoharaņādinā dravyalingen siddhāḥ svali ligasiddhāh . (yogasa. svo. viv. 3-124). [स्वलिङ्गेन रजोहरणादिना द्रव्यलिङ्गेन सिद्धाः स्वलिङ्गसिद्धाः । (योगशा. स्वो. विव. 3-124).] सलेस : (sales) A soul with a thought-tint. salesy सलेस्स : (saless) A soul with a thought-tint. salesy सल्लेहपा : (sallehanā) Voluntary death, making the body and passions thin, passionless end. संलेखना samlikhyate sarira kaşāyādi yayā tapahkriyā să samlekhanā .( pancav. svo. vr. 2). [संलिख्यते शरीरकषायादि यया तपक्रिया सा संलेखना । (पंचव. स्वो. Page #261 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 237 9. 2).) HASIGA : (salle haņā) Voluntary death, making the body and passions thin, passionless end. HRT salle khanā kāyass kaṣāyāņām c samyakkṛśikaraṇam . (an. dh. svo. ți. 7-98). [Mt PURT UM a trilogiya (374. g. st. d. 7-98).) Ho : (savakkh) Homologous, relative position. sa paks sādhyasa jätiyadharmă dharmi sapakşah . (nyāyadi. pr. 83). [Yerywiduauf auff 449 I (curci. q. 83).] HOWARRU : (savajja vasiy) Having an end. saparyä vasit OR : (saviyar) Having transition, with shifting. सविचार atthāņ vañjaņān y jogān y sankamo hu vicãro . tass y bh āven tayam sutte uttam savicāram . (bh. ā. 1882). [अत्याण वंजणाण य जोगाण य संकमो हु वीचारो । तस्स य भावेण तयं 37 dari 1 (4. 31. 1882). ] ART : (sa vises) A little more. sa vises Hau : (savey) A person with sexual desire, saved Home : (savvao bhadd) A kind of meditation lasting for ten days; a kind of penance lasting for 100 days or for 245 days. सर्वतोभद्र Hou : (sawvag) Omnipresent. sarvag Houru : (savvagay) Omnipresent. sarvagat Hours : (savvaghāi) Completely obscuring karmic particles. सर्वघाती Hago : (savvann) Omniscient, one who possesses perfect comprehension. सर्वज्ञ jo jāņādi paccakkham tiyalaguna pajjaehim san juttam. loy āloyam sayalam so savvanhũ have deo . (kärtike. 302). [जो जाणादि पच्चक्खं तियालगुणपज्जएहिं संजुत्तं । लोयालोयं सयलं Hoque ad ani mlads. 302).] Houa : (sawannatt) Omniscience. sarvajñatv Haci : (savvadamsi) Omniscient, one who possesses perfect apprehension Page #262 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 238 Haarl : (savvann) Omniscient, one who possesses perfect comprehension. सर्वज्ञ jo jāņādi paccakkham tiyālaguņapajjae him sanjuttam. loy aloyam sayalam so savvanhu have deo . (kārtike. 382). [जो जाणादि पच्चक्खं तियालगुणपज्जएहिं संजुत्तं । लोयालोयं सयलं सो सव्वण्हू हवे देओ । (कार्तिके. 382).] सव्वन्नत्त : (savvannatt) Omniscience. sarvajhatv सव्वमा : (savvabhadda) A penance of 392 fasts and 49 break-fasts. सर्वभदा सव्वविरह : (savvavirai) Complete renunciation. सर्वविरति sthūlānāmitareşām c himsādinām vivarjanam . siddhisau dhaikasaranih sā sarvaviratistathā . (tri. ś. pu. c. 1, 1 , 195). [स्यूलानामितरेषां च हिंसादीनां विवर्जनम् । सिद्धिसौधैकसरणिः सा सर्वविरतिस्तथा । (त्रि. श. पु. च. 1, 1, 195).] सव्वहा : (savvahā) Absolutely. sarvatha How : (savvejj) A kind of feeling-producing karma which causes pleasure, pleasure-producing karma. HTE yadudayad devādigatişu śāriramānasasukhaprāptistat sad vedyam . (s. si. 8-8). [यदुदयाद् देवादिगतिषु शारीरमानससुखप्राप्तिस्तत् सद्भेद्यम् । (स. सि. 8-8).] सहभावी : (sahabhavi) Simultaneous, co-existent. sahabhai सहयर : (sahayar) Concomitant. sahacar सहसम्मक्खाप : (sahasabbhakkhan) Speaking thoughtlessly. सहसाभ्याख्यान sahasa anālocy abhyākhyānam sahasabhyakhyanam . (āv. han. I. a. 6, pr. 821). [सहसा अनालोच्य अभ्याख्यानं सहसाऽभ्याख्यानम् । (आव. हरि. व. अ. 6, पृ. 821).] साइ : (sai) The body below the navel to be symmetrical, having a beginning. सादि साइज : (saijj) All that is relished. svadim साइम (saim) All that is relished. svadim Page #263 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 239 साइय : (saiy) The body below the navel to be symmetrical, having a beginning. Higas Histu : (säirey) A little more. sätirek सागर : (sāgar) A period equal to more than ten crore years. सागर das kodakodio pallanam sagaram havai ekkam . (paumac. 20-6 7). [दस कोडाकोडीओ पल्लाणं सागरं हवइ एक्कं । (पउमच. 28-67).] सागरोवम : (sāgarovam) A period equal to more than ten crore years. सागरोपम das kodakodio pallanam sāgaram havai ekkam . (paumac. 28-6 7). [दस कोडाकोडीओ पल्लाणं सागरं हवइ एक्कं । (पउमच. 28-67).] सागार : (sagar) A householder, with an exception. सागार sāgāroņuvrato---kathañcan . (h. pu. 58, 136-37). [सागारोऽणुव्रतो----कथंचन । (ह. पु. 58, 136-37).] सागारमन्तभेय : (sāgaramantabhey) Divulging someone's secret. साकारमंत्रभेद sākāramantrabhedaḥ paiśūnyam guhyamantrabhedaśc . (t. bh a.7-21). [साकारमन्त्रभेदः पैशून्यं गुह्यमन्त्रभेदश्च । (त. भा. 7-21).] सागारिय : (sāgariy) A householder. sagarik agama karanādagāram tassaha jogen hoi sāgāri. (brhatk. 3522 [अगमकरणादगारं तस्सहजोगेण होइ सागारी । (बृहत्क. 3522).] सागारिया : (sāgariyā) A housewife. sagarila सागारी : (sāgari) A householder. sagari सागारोवओग : (sāgarovaog) Determinate knowledge. साकारोपयोग kamm-kattārabhāvo ägaro, ten ägaren sah vastamāņo uvajo go sāgaro tti . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 207). कम्म-कत्तारभावो आगारो, तेण आगारेण सह वट्टमाणो उवजोगो सागरो ते । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 287).] साणग : (sanag) A flaxen cloth. sanak Page #264 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI (sätä) Pleasure. sätä Hadu: (sātāve yaṇijj) A kind of feeling producing karma which causes pleasure, pleasure-producing karma. सातावेदनीय sādam suham, tam vedāvedi bhuñjāvedi tti sädāvedaṇiyam . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 35). [सादं सुहं, तं वेदावेदि भुंजावेदि त्ति सादावेदणीयं । (धव. पु. 6, q. 35).] : (sāmann) Generality. sāmany sämanyam bhinneṣvabhinnakaraṇam. (a. mi. vasu. vr. 6 5). [सामान्यं भिन्नेष्वभिन्नकारणम् । (आ. मी. वसु. वृ. 65 ) . ] AŞU: (sāmāiy) A vow pertaining to the attainment of equanimity, abandoning all sinful acts. jivid-marane lābhālābhe sañjoy-vippaoge y bandhuri-suhdukkhādisu samadā sāmāiyam ṇām. (mūlā. 1-23). [जीविद - मरणे लाभालाभे संजोय-विप्पओगे य । बंधुरि- सुह- दुक्खादिसु समदा सामाइयं णाम । (मूला 1-23).] H: (sāmāy) A vow pertaining to the attainment of equanimity, abandoning all sinful acts. T art: (sāmāyāri) Conduct of an ascetic, proper conduct. सामाचारी सामुच्छेइय: (samuccheiy) One who holds the doctrine of momentariness. सामुच्छेदिक ARR: (sayar) A period equal to more than ten crore years. सागर das koḍākoḍio pallanam sagaram havai ekkam. (paumac. 20-6 7). [दस कोडाकोडीओ पल्लाणं सागरं हवइ एक्कं । (पउमच. 20-67).] Ra (sayaro vam) A period equal to more than ten crore years. सागरोपम das koḍākoḍio pallanam sagaram havai ekkam. (paumac. 20-6 7). [दस कोडाकोडीओ पल्लाणं सागरं हवइ एक्कं । (पउमच. 20-67).] HRT: (saya) Pleasure. sātā - 240 Page #265 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 241 सायार : (sayar) A householder, with an exception. sāgāronu vrato---kathañcan . (h. pu. 58, 136-37). [सागारोऽणुव्रतो---कथंचन । (ह. पु. 58, 136-37).] सायारिय: (sayariy) A householder. sgarik agamakaranādagaram tassahajogen hoi sāgari . (brhatk. 3522 [अगमकरणादगारं तस्सहजोगेण होइ सागारी । (बृहत्क. 3522).] सायारिया : (sayariya) A housewife. sagarila सायारी : (sayari) A householder. sagarl सायावेयपिज्ज : (sāyāveyanijj) A kind of feeling producing karma which causes pleasure, pleasure-producing karma. सातावेदनीय satuam suham, tam vedāvedi bhuñjāvedi tti sādāvedaņiyam . (dhav. pu. 6, p. 35). [सादं सुहं, तं वेदावेदि भुंजावेदि त्ति सादावेदणीयं । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 35).] सावज्ज : (savajj) Sinful. savady सासायपसम्मदिदिठ : (sāsāyanasammaditthi) One who has a slight taste of right belief. सास्वादनसम्यग्दृष्टि sammacc-rayanapavvayasihārādo micchabhāvasamabhimuho . ņāsiyas mmatto so sāsaņaņāmo mune yavvo . (pră. pañcasam. 1-9) [सम्मच्च-रयणपव्वयसिहारादो मिच्छभावसमभिमुहो । णासियसम्मत्तो सो सासणणामो मुणेयव्वो । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-9).] साहप : (sāhan) Probans, means. sadhan sādhananutpattinimittam . (s. si. 1-7). [साधनमुत्पत्तिनिमित्तम् । (स. सि. 1-7).] A16H : (sāhamm) Homogeneity. sādhamy sādharmy nām sādhyadhikarana vrttitven niścitatvam. (saptatham. pr. 53). [साधर्म्य नाम साध्याधिकरणवृत्तित्वेन निश्चितत्वम् । (सप्तभं. पृ. 53).] साहम्मिय : (sāhammiy) Co-religionist. sadharmik sădhammikāḥ samānadharmiņo dvādaśavidhasambhogavantaśc . (y ogasa. svo. viv. 4-98). [साधर्मिकाः समानधर्मिणो द्वादशविधसम्भोगवन्तश्च । (योगशा. स्वो. विव. 4-98).] Page #266 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 242 साइम्मी : (sahammi) Co-religionist. sadharmi साहारण : (sāhāran) Common body of several souls. साधारण bahūņam jivāņam jamegaśariram tam sāhāraṇasariram ņām . (dhav, p u. 14, pr. 225). [बहूणं जीवाणं जमेगशरीरं तं साहारणसरीरं णाम । (धव. पु. 14, पृ. 225).] साहारपसरीर : (sāhāranasarir) Common body of several souls. साधारपशरीर bahūņam jivāņam jamegaśariram tam sāhāraṇasariram ņām . (dhav. D u. 14, p. 225). [बहूर्ण जीवाणं जमेगशरीरं तं साहारणसरीरं णाम । (धव. पु. 14, पृ. 225).] साहिय : (sahiy) A little more. sadhik साहु : (sahu) A monk. sadhu mahugārasamā buddha je bhavanti aņissiya . nāņāpiņdara ya dantā ten vuccanti sâhuņo . (daśavai. sū. 1-5, pr. 72) [महुगारसमा बुद्धा जे भवंति अणिस्सिया । नाणापिंडरया दंता तेण वुच्चंति साहुणो । (दशवै. सू. 1-5, पृ. 72).] Hig$ : (sāhui) A nun. sādhvi साहुपी : (sāhuni) A nun. sadhvi सिआवाय : (siavāy) Relativism, non-absolutism. स्थादाद astityādisaptabhaigamayo vadah syādvadah . (laghiy. abh y. br. 51, pr. 74). [अस्तीत्यादिसप्तभङ्गमयो वादः स्याद्वादः । (लघीय. अभय. बृ. 51, पृ. 74).] Rais : (siddhagai) Liberation. siddhagati jāi-jara-maran-bhayā sañjoyavioy-dukkhasaņņão . rogādiga y jisse n santi sā hodi siddhagai . (prā. pañcasam. 1-6 4). [जाइ-जरा-मरण-भया संजोयविओय-दुक्खसण्णाओ । रोगादिगा य जिस्से ण संति सा होदि सिद्धगई । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-64).] सिदत्य : (siddhatth) Salvation. siddharth Page #267 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 243 सिद्धन्त : (siddhant) A scripture; a doctrine. सिद्धान्त सिलसिला : (siddhasila) A place where liberated souls reside. सिदशिला सिन्दाययप : (siddhāyayan) A Jina temple. siddhāyatan सिन्दि : (siddhi) Liberation, salvation, emancipation. सिदि savvam paratthasāhagarüvam pun hoi siddhitti . (yogavi. 6 [सव्वं परत्यसाहगरूवं पुण होइ सिहित्ति । (योगवि. 6).] सिन्दिय : (sindiy) Having senses. sendriy सिय : (siy) In some respect, from a certain point of view, under a certain condition, relatively. स्यात् niyamaņise haņasilo ņipādaņādo y jo hũ khalu siddho . so s iyasaddo bhaniyo jo savekkham pasahedi . (dravyasv. p r. nayac. 253). [णियमणिसेहणसीलो णिपादणादो य जो हू खलु सिद्धो । सो सियसदो भणियो जो सावेक्खं पसाहेदि । (द्रव्यस्व. प्र. नयच. 253).] सिया : (siya) In some respect, from a certain point of view, under a certain condition, relatively. RICE niyamanisehaṇasilo nipādaņādo y jo hū khalu siddho . so s iyasaddo bhaniyo jo savekkham pasāhedi . (dravyasv. p I. nayac. 253). [णियमणिसेहणसीलो णिपादणादो य जो हू खलु सिद्धो । सो सियसहो भणियो जो सावेक्खं पसाहेदि । (द्रव्यस्व. प्र. नयच. 253).] Auraru : (siyāvāy) Relativism, non-absolutism. स्थाद्वाद astityădisaptabhangamayo vādaḥ syādvādaḥ . (laghiy. abh y. br. 51, pr. 74). [अस्तीत्यादिसप्तभङ्गमयो वादः स्याद्वादः । (लघीय. अभय. बृ. 51, पृ. 74).] सयप : (siyan) Negligence. srdan सीहमिक्कीलिय : (sihanikkiliy) A kind of penance in which fasting gradually increases and decreases. सिंहनिषक्रीडित Page #268 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 244 Hishamhu : (sihanikkiliy) A kind of penance in which fasting gradually increases and decreases. सिंहनिक्रीडित Heckru : (sihavikkīliy) A kind of penance in which fasting gradually increases and decreases. सिंहविक्रीडित 150q : (suinn) Rightly done. sucīm 50984 : (suinnakamm) A good deed. sucima karm Huht : (suog) A good activity. suyog 196 : (sukad) A virtue, a good act. sukrt au : (sukay) A virtue, a good act. sukit h : (sujog) A good activity. suyog Ta : (sutt) A scripture (text); An aphorism; a thread. सूत्र suttam gañadharakadhidam tahev patte yabuddhikathidam c. sudake v liņā kadhidam abhiņnadasapuwakadhidam c. (múlā. 5-80). [सुत्तं गणधरकधिदं तहेव पत्तेयबुद्धिकथिदं च । सुदकेवलिणा कधिदं 3fimaqoos for a 1 (F. 5-80).] Rifu : (suttindiy) The sense of hearing, the ear, the auditory organ. sids phāsindiyā varaṇass----sodindiyamuppajjadi ten---. (dhav. pu. 7, pr. 65-66). [th ucun Y---ffcumulo dy--- 1 (99. g. 7, q. 65-66).) Au : (suttendiy) The sense of hearing, the ear, the auditory organ. stafsu phâsindiyāvaraṇass---sodindiyamuppajjadi ten---, (dhav. pu. 7, pr. 65-66)... [fu 9 ---Affauguroulle do---1 (T. g. 7, q. 65-66).) 14 : (sumaran) Recollection. amaran ditth-sudāņubhūdatthavisayaņāņavisesida jivo sadi ņām . (dhav · pu. 13, pr. 333). [faço-Mycofarumfaricu na 1 (era. g. 13, q. 333). ] Page #269 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 245 qu : (suy) Scripture. &rut madiņāņem gahidatthādo jamuppajjadi annesu atthesu ņā nam tam sudanānam nām . (dhav. pu. 13, p. 218). [मदिणाणेण गहिदत्यादो जमुप्पज्जदि अण्णेसु अत्येसु णाणं तं सुदणाणं णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 210).] सुयकेवली : (suyakevali) Perfect in scripture. तकेवली सयसंध : (suyakhandh) A section. kutasandh सुयपाप : (suyanan) Scriptural knowledge, verbal knowledge. शुतज्ञान madiņāņem gahidatthādo jamuppajjadi annesu atthesu ņā nam tam sudanānam nam . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 218). [मदिणाण गहिदत्यादो जमुप्पज्जदि अण्णेसु अत्येसु गाणं तं सुदणाणं पाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 218).] juur44 : (suyaņāņā varan) A kind of karma obscuring scriptural knowledge (Srutajnana). श्रुतजनावरण सुमिस्सिय : (suyanissiy) Backed by scriptural knowledge. श्रुतनिस्ता सययेर : (suyather) well-versed in scriptures. श्रुतस्थविर Srutasthavirah samavayadharah ..(av. ni. malay. vr. 176). [श्रुतस्थविर समवायघर । (आव. नि. मलय. वृ. 176).] सुयनाप : (suyanān) Scriptural knowledge, verbal knowledge. श्रुतज्ञान madiņāņen gahidatthādo jamuppajjadi annesu atthesu ņā nam tam sudananam nām . (dhav. pu. 13, Pr. 218). [मदिणाण गहिदत्यादो जमुप्पजदि अण्णेसु अत्येसु पाणं तं सुदणाणं पाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 218).] सयनपावरप : (suyanānāvaran) A kind of karma obscuring scriptural knowledge(Srutanjana). शुतजनावरण सयनिस्सिय : (suyanissiy) Backed by scriptural knowledge. श्रुतनिसृत सुयहर : (suyahar) Versed in scripture. tutadhar सुयषष : (suyānān) Wrong scriptural knowledge. äbhiyamāsurakkhă bhārah-rămāyaṇādi uvaesā . tucchā asahani ya suyaannan tti nam vinti . (pra. pancasam. 1-119). आभीयमासुरक्खा भारह-रामायणादि उवएसा । तुच्छा असाहणीया सुयअण्णाण ति पं विति । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-119).] Page #270 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 246 सुयानाण : (suyanan) Wrong scriptural knowledge. श्रुताज्ञान ābhiyamāsurakkhā bhārah-rāmāyaṇādi uvaesā . tucchā asāhani ya suyaannan tti nam vinti . (pra. pancasam. 1-119). [आभीयमासुरक्खा भारह-रामायणादि उवएसा । तुच्छा असाहणीया सुयअण्णाण त्ति पं विति । (प्रा. पंचसं. 1-119).] सुर : (sur) A god. sur ahimsādyanusthānaratayah surā nām . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 3 91). [अहिंसाधनुष्ठानरतयः सुरा नाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 391).] सुरहिगंध : (surahigandh) Good smell, fragrance. सुरमिगन्ध jass kammass udaen sarirapoggalã suandhã honti tam surah igandham nam . (dhav. pu. 6, pr. 75). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण सरीरपोग्गला सुअंधा होति तं सुरहिगंधं णाम । (धव. पु. 6, पृ. 75).] que : (suvann) A weight of gold equal to 160 grains(sixteen Karmamasakas). सुवर्ण सुसमदुस्समा : (susamadussamā) Happy-cum-miserable era. सुषमादुषमा do sagarovamakodakodio kalo susamadusama . (bhagavati 6, 7, 5). [दो सागरोवमकोडाकोडीओ कालो सुसमदुसमा । (भगवती 6, 7, 5).] सुसमसुसमा : (susamasusamā) Exceedingly happy era. सुषमासुषमा eeņam sāgaro vama pamāņeņam cattări sägaro vamakodākoņio kālo susam-susamā . (bhagavati 6, 7, 5). [एएणं सागरोवमपमाणेणं चत्तारि सागरोवमकोडाकोडीओ कालो सुसम-सुसमा । (भगवती 6, 7, 5).] सुसमा : (susamā) Happy era. susana susamammi tinni jalahiuvamānam honti kodakodio . (ti. p . 4-318). [सुसमम्मि तिणि जलहीउवमाणं होति कोडकोडीओ । (ति. प. 4-318).] सुस्सर : (sussar) Sweet voice. susvar jassodaen jivăņam mahurasaro hodi tam kammam sussaram ņām . (dhav.pu. 6, pr. 65). [जस्सोदएण जीवाणं महुरसरो होदि तं कम्मं सुस्सरं णाम । (धव.पु. 6, पृ. 65).] Page #271 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 247 247 सुह : (suh) Pleasure, happiness, bliss. sukh sukhamindriyārthānubhavaḥ . (s. si. 4, 20). [सुखमिन्द्रियार्यानुभव । (स. सि. 4, 28).] सुहग : (suhag) Fortunate. subhag सहुम : (suhum) Subtle. saksm sūkşmatve pi hi karaṇānupalabhyāḥ karmavargaņādayah sük smāḥ . (pañcã. kā. amrt. v. 76). [सूक्ष्मत्वेऽपि हि करणानुपलभ्याः कर्मवर्गणादयः सूक्ष्मा: । (पंचा. का. अमृत. वृ. 76).] सहुमकाय : (suhumakāy) A subtle-bodied being. सूक्ष्मकाय सुहुमकिरियापडिवाई : (suhumakiriyapadivai) An imfalliable state of pure meditation in which subtle bodily activities occur. सूक्ष्मक्रियाप्रतिपाती suhumakiriyam sa jogi jhāyadi jhāņam tadiyasukkam tu . (mūlā . 5-288). [सुहुमकिरियं सजोगी झायदि झाणं तद्रियसुक्कं तु । (मूला. 5-208).] सहुमणाम : (suhumanām) A kind of body-making karma which causes subtle body. सूक्ष्मनाम सहुमसंपराय : (suhumasamparāy) one in whom passions occur in a subtle form. सूक्ष्मसम्पराय lobhānu ve yan to jo khalu ubasāmao v khavao vă . so suhumasamp rão ahakhāyā ūņao kinci . (bhagavati 25, 7, 6, pr. 262). [लोभाणू वेयंतो जो खलु उबसामओ व खवओ वा । सो सुहुमसंपराओ अहखाया ऊपओ किंचि । (भगवती 25, 7, 6, पृ. 262).] सरप्पमापभोई : (sārappamanabhoi) One who eats from morning to evening. सूत्रप्रमाणभोजी सेइया : (seiyā) A measure equal to two handfuls. सेतिका सेमि : (seni) A row, a class,a ladder. sreni sedhi sattarajjumettāyāmo . (dhav. pu. 3, pr. 33). [सेटी सत्तरज्जुमेत्तायामो । (धव. पु. 3, पृ. 33).] सेन्दिय : (sendiy) Having senses. gendriy सेयम्बर : (seyambar) white-clad. svetambar सेवट्टसहरण : (sevattasamharan) A weak joining of the body in merely touch one another. सेवार्तसंहनन yatr punaḥ---samhanananāmāpi . (prajñāp. malay. vs. 293, pr. 472). [यत्र पुनः---संहनननामापि । (प्रज्ञाप. मलय. वृ. 293, पृ. 472).] Page #272 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 248 सेवत्तसंहरण : (sevattasamharan) A weak joining of the body in merely touch one another. सेवार्तसंहनन yatr punah---samhanananāmāpi . (prajnap. malay. I. 293, pr. 472). [यत्र पुनः---संहनननामापि । (प्रज्ञाप. मलय. वृ. 293, पृ. 472).] सोइन्दिय : (soindiy) The sense of hearing, the ear, the auditory organ. श्रोतेन्द्रिय phāsindiyavaranass---sodindiyamuppajjadi ten---. (dhav. pu. 7, p. 65-66). [फासिंदियावरणस्स---सोदिदियमुप्पज्जदि तेण---1 (धव. पु. 7, पृ. 65-66).] सोएन्दिय : (soendiy) The sense of hearing, the ear, the auditory organ. श्रोतेन्द्रिय phāsindiyavaranass---sodindiyamuppajjadi ten---. (dhav. pu. 7, pr. 65-66). [फासिंदियावरणस्स---सोदिदियमुप्पज्जदि तेण----1 (धव. पु. 7, पृ. 65-66).] सोवक्कमाउक्क : (sovakkamaukk) One whose life term can be reduced (Apavartyayus). सोपक्रमायुक। upakramyat iti---iti sopakramayuh . (māla. VI. 12-83 ). [उपक्रम्यत इति---इति सोपक्रमायुः । (मूला. वृ. 12-83). हत्य : (hatth) A cubit. hast vehi vihatthihim tahā hattho pun hoi nāyabbo . (jam. d i. p. 13-32). [वेहि विहत्यीहिं तहा हत्यो पुण होइ णायब्बो । (जं. दी. प. 13-32).] हत्यकम्म : (hatthakamm) Masturbation. hastakam हत्यग : (hatthag) A broom, a brush. hastak हरिय: Chariy) Vegetation. harit हरियकाय : (hariyakāy) Vegetables, Vanaspatikaya. हरितकाय हस्स : (hass) Laughter. hasy jass kammass udaen aneyaviho hāso samuppa jjadi tam kam mam hassam ņām . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 361). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण अणेयविहो हासो समुप्पज्जदि तं कम्मं हस्सं णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 361).] Page #273 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH/HINDI 249 हायमापग : (hāyamānag) Decreasing. hayananak हास : (hās) Laughter. his हास : (has) Laughter. hasy jass kammass udaen aneyaviho hāso samuppa jjadi tam kam mam hassam nām . (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 361). [जस्स कम्मस्स उदएण अणेयविहो हासो समुप्पज्जदि तं कम्मं हस्सं णाम । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 361).] हिंसा : (himsā) Injury, hurt, harm, violence, killing. हिंसा himsādo aviramaņam vahapariņāmo y hoi himsă hu . tamhā P mattajoge panavvavarovao niccam . (bh. a. 881). [हिंसादो अविरमणं वहपरिणामो य होइ हिंसा हु । तम्हा पमत्तजोगे पाणव्ववरोवओ णिच्चं । (भ. आ. 881).] हिंसापयाण : (himsāpayān) Giving a hurtful thing. हिंसाप्रदान vis-sasurāgni-rajju-kasa-dandadihimsopakaranapradan h imsapradanam , (ca. sa. pr. 18). [विष-शस्त्राग्नि-रज्जु-कशा-दण्डादिहिंसोपकरणप्रदान हिंसाप्रदानम् । (चा. सा. पृ. 18).] हिज्जमाप : (hijjamān) Decreasing. hiyamān kimhapakkhacandamandalam v jamohiņāņamuppannam santam vaddhi-a vatthānehi viņā hāyamāņam cev hodūņ gacchadi jāv nisse sam vinattham ti tam hāyamānam nām . (dhav.pu.13 pr. 293). [किण्हपक्खचंदमंडलं व जमोहिणाणमुप्पण्णं संतं वढि-अवट्ठाणेहि विणा हायमाणं चेव होदूण गच्छदि जाव णिस्सेसं विणलृ ति तं हायमाणं णाम । (धव.पु. 13 पृ. 293).] हुहुग, हुण, हय : (hāhug, huhun, huhuy) A period consisting of more than eighty-four lakh years. 85% हूहुगंग, सृहुअंग : (hāhugang, huhuaig) A period consisting of more than eighty-four lakh years. हुहुकांग 3: (heu) Reason, cause, mark. he tu hetuḥ sādhyāvinābhāvi lingam, anyathānupapatye kalakṣaṇ opalaksitah . (dhav. pu. 13, p. 287). [हेतु साध्याविनाभावि लिङ्गम्, अन्यथानुपपत्येकलक्षणोपलक्षितः । (धव. पु. 13, पृ. 287).] Page #274 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ JAINA TERMS : PRAKRIT TO ENGLISH / HINDI उआहास : (heuāhās) Fallacious reason. he tvābhās etulakṣaṇarahitā hetuvadavabhāsamānā hetvābhāsāḥ . (nyāy i. pu. 99-180). हेतुलक्षणरहिता हेतुवदवभासमाना हेत्वाभासाः । ( न्यायदी. पु. 9-100).] उवाय सण्णा : (heuvāyasannā ) A discriminated cognition. तुवादसंज्ञा inoti gamayati paricchinattyarthamātmānam ceti pramāṇap icakam va hetuḥ, s ucyate kathyate anene ti hetuvā daḥ ś utajñānam (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 287 ). • हिनोति गमयति परिच्छिनत्त्यर्थमात्मानं चेति प्रमाणपञ्चकं वा रेतु स उच्यते कथ्यते अनेनेति हेतुवादः श्रुतज्ञानम् । (धव. पु. . 13, q. 287).] देउवायसत्रा : (heuvāyasannā) A discriminated cognition. हेतुवादसंज्ञा hinoti gamayati paricchinattyarthamätmänam ceti pramāṇap ñcakam vā he tuḥ, s ucyate kathyate anene ti he tuvādaḥ ś rutajñānam. (dhav. pu. 13, pr. 287). [ हिनोति गमयति परिच्छिनत्त्यर्थमात्मानं चेति प्रमाणपञ्चकं वा हेतुः स उच्यते कथ्यते अनेनेति हेतुवादः श्रुतज्ञानम् । (धव. पु. 13, q. 287).] हे वाएसिई : (heūvāesii) A discriminated cognition. हेतुपदेशिकी 250 Page #275 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ ABOUT THE AUTHOR Dr. MUKUL RAJ MEHTA, born in 1960. Completed his School, Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts (Indian Philosophy & Religion, Securing Gold Medal from Department of Philosophy & Religion) and Ph.D. from Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi. In 1988, he taught in Panjab University, Chandigarh for 1.1/2 years. From 1990 onwards, he is working in the Deptt. of Philosophy & Religion. B. H. U. presently as Research Scientist B (Reader). His specialization is in Jainism. He has produced Ph. D. scholars and many research papers with already published one book. He has delivered lectures in more than ten Universities abroad. He is member of several academic bodies. Page #276 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ________________ KALA PRAKASHAN B. 33/33- A-1- New Saket Colony B.H.U., Varanasi-221005